Sample records for h3 color centers

  1. Measuring Two Key Parameters of H3 Color Centers in Diamond

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Roberts, W. Thomas

    2005-01-01

    A method of measuring two key parameters of H3 color centers in diamond has been created as part of a continuing effort to develop tunable, continuous-wave, visible lasers that would utilize diamond as the lasing medium. (An H3 color center in a diamond crystal lattice comprises two nitrogen atoms substituted for two carbon atoms bonded to a third carbon atom. H3 color centers can be induced artificially; they also occur naturally. If present in sufficient density, they impart a yellow hue.) The method may also be applicable to the corresponding parameters of other candidate lasing media. One of the parameters is the number density of color centers, which is needed for designing an efficient laser. The other parameter is an optical-absorption cross section, which, as explained below, is needed for determining the number density. The present method represents an improvement over prior methods in which optical-absorption measurements have been used to determine absorption cross sections or number densities. Heretofore, in order to determine a number density from such measurements, it has been necessary to know the applicable absorption cross section; alternatively, to determine the absorption cross section from such measurements, it has been necessary to know the number density. If, as in this case, both the number density and the absorption cross section are initially unknown, then it is impossible to determine either parameter in the absence of additional information.

  2. Formation of H a - hydrogen centers upon additive coloration of alkaline-earth fluoride crystals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Radzhabov, E. A.; Egranov, A. V.; Shendrik, R. Yu.

    2017-06-01

    The mechanism of coloration of alkaline-earth fluoride crystals CaF2, SrF2, and BaF2 in calcium vapors in an autoclave with a cold zone is studied. It was found that the pressure in the autoclave upon constant evacuation by a vacuum pump within the temperature range of 500-800°C increases due to evaporation of metal calcium. In addition to the optical-absorption bands of color centers in the additively colored undoped crystals or to the bands of divalent ions in the crystals doped with rare-earth Sm, Yb, and Tm elements, there appear intense bands in the vacuum ultraviolet region at 7.7, 7.0, and 6.025 eV in CaF2, SrF2, and BaF2, respectively. These bands belong to the Ha - hydrogen centers. The formation of hydrogen centers is also confirmed by the appearance of the EPR signal of interstitial hydrogen atoms after X-ray irradiation of the additively colored crystals. Grinding of the outer edges of the colored crystals leads to a decrease in the hydrogen absorption-band intensity with depth to complete disappearance. The rate of hydrogen penetration inside the crystal is lower than the corresponding rate of color centers (anion vacancies) by a factor of tens. The visible color density of the outer regions of the hydrogen-containing crystals is several times lower than that of the inner region due to the competition between the color centers and hydrogen centers.

  3. Superresolution Microscopy of Single Rare-Earth Emitters in YAG and H 3 Centers in Diamond

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kolesov, R.; Lasse, S.; Rothfuchs, C.; Wieck, A. D.; Xia, K.; Kornher, T.; Wrachtrup, J.

    2018-01-01

    We demonstrate superresolution imaging of single rare-earth emitting centers, namely, trivalent cerium, in yttrium aluminum garnet crystals by means of stimulated emission depletion (STED) microscopy. The achieved all-optical resolution is ≈50 nm . Similar results were obtained on H 3 color centers in diamond. In both cases, STED resolution is improving slower than the conventional inverse square-root dependence on the depletion beam intensity. In the proposed model of this effect, the anomalous behavior is caused by excited state absorption and the interaction of the emitter with nonfluorescing crystal defects in its local surrounding.

  4. Bragg superlattice for obtaining individual photoluminescence of diamond color centers in dense 3D ensembles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kukushkin, V. A.

    2017-10-01

    A way to significantly increase the spatial resolution of the color center photoluminescence collection in chemically vapor-deposited (CVD) diamond at a fixed exciting beam focal volume is suggested. It is based on the creation of a narrow waveguide for the color center photoluminescence with a small number of allowed vertical indices of guided modes. The waveguide is formed between the top surface of a CVD diamond film and an underlaid mirror—a Bragg superlattice made of interchanging high- and low boron-doped layers of CVD diamond. The guided color center photoluminescence is extracted through the top surface of a CVD diamond film with the frustrated total internal reflection method. According to the results of simulation made for a case when color centers are nitrogen-vacancy (NV) centers, the suggested way allows to increase the maximal value of the NV center concentration still compatible with selective collection of their photoluminescence by several times at a fixed exciting beam focal volume. This increase is provided without the deterioration of the NV center photoluminescence collection efficiency.

  5. Color-color diagrams in near infrared: (J-H)/(H-K). I

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gyulbudaghian, Armen L.; Baloian, N.; Sanchez, I. A.

    2017-12-01

    In the paper are presented the color-color diagrams (J-H)/(H-K) for all stars with visible values B<11, for which in the known catalogs the values of J, H, K, and also spectral classes and luminosity classes of these stars are given. The diagrams are constructed for luminosity classes Ia, Ib, II, III, IV, V. The similarity of diagrams for classes Ia and Ib (super giants) and II (giants), is obvious from these diagrams. The diagrams obtained by us can be used for discovering of new young stars and also for determining of color excesses of investigating stars. Maximal amounts of stars are registered in the classes V and III. There is a tendency of increasing of J-H and H-K along the sequence of spectral classes O - M, which is correct for all luminosity classes.

  6. Efficiency of Cathodoluminescence Emission by Nitrogen-Vacancy Color Centers in Nanodiamonds.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Huiliang; Glenn, David R; Schalek, Richard; Lichtman, Jeff W; Walsworth, Ronald L

    2017-06-01

    Correlated electron microscopy and cathodoluminescence (CL) imaging using functionalized nanoparticles is a promising nanoscale probe of biological structure and function. Nanodiamonds (NDs) that contain CL-emitting color centers are particularly well suited for such applications. The intensity of CL emission from NDs is determined by a combination of factors, including particle size, density of color centers, efficiency of energy deposition by electrons passing through the particle, and conversion efficiency from deposited energy to CL emission. This paper reports experiments and numerical simulations that investigate the relative importance of each of these factors in determining CL emission intensity from NDs containing nitrogen-vacancy (NV) color centers. In particular, it is found that CL can be detected from NV-doped NDs with dimensions as small as ≈40 nm, although CL emission decreases significantly for smaller NDs. © 2017 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  7. Color centers inside crystallic active media

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mierczyk, Zygmunt; Kaczmarek, Slawomir M.; Kopczynski, Krzysztof

    1995-03-01

    This paper presents research results on color centers induced by radiation of a xenon lamp in non doped crystals of yttrium aluminum garnet Y3Al5O12 (YAG), strontium- lanthanum aluminate SrLaAlO4 (SLAO), strontium-lanthanum gallate SrLaGa3O7 (SLGO), and in doped crystals: Nd:YAG, Cr, Tm, Ho:YAG (CTH:YAG), Nd:SLAO and Nd:SLGO. In all these investigated crystals under the influence of intensive exposure by xenon lamp radiation additional bands connected with centers O-2, O2 and centers F came up near the short-wave absorption edge. In the case of doped crystals the observed processes are much more complicated. In crystals CTH:YAG the greatest perturbations in relation to basic state are present at the short-wave absorption edge, as well as on areas of absorption bands of ions Cr+3 and Tm+3 conditioning the sensibilization process of ions Ho+3. These spectral structure disturbances essentially influence the efficiency of this process, as proven during generating investigations. In the case of SrLaGa3O7:Nd+3 under the influence of exposure substantial changes of absorption spectrum occurred on spectral areas 346 divided by 368 nm, 429 divided by 441 nm and 450 divided by 490 nm. Those changes have an irreversible character. They disappear not before the plate is being held at oxidizing atmosphere. Investigations of laser rods Nd:SLGO, CTH:YAG, and Nd:YAG in a free generation demonstrated that the color centers of these crystals are induced by pomp radiation from the spectral area up to 450 nm.

  8. Studies on color-center formation in glass utilizing measurements made during 1 to 3 MeV electron irradiation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Swyler, K. J.; Levy, P. W.

    1976-01-01

    The coloring of NBS 710 glass was studied using a facility for making optical absorption measurements during and after electron irradiation. The induced absorption contains three Gaussian shaped bands. The color center growth curves contain two saturating exponential and one linear components. After irradiation the coloring decays can be described by three decreasing exponentials. At room temperature both the coloring curve plateau and coloring rate increases with increasing dose rate. Coloring measurements made at fixed dose rate but at increasing temperature indicate: (1) The coloring curve plateau decreases with increasing temperature and coloring is barely measurable near 400 C. (2) The plateau is reached more rapidly as the temperature increases. (3) The decay occurring after irradiation cannot be described by Arrhenius kinetics. At each temperature the coloring can be explained by simple kinetics. The temperature dependence of the decay can be explained if it is assumed that the thermal untrapping is controlled by a distribution of activation energies.

  9. New Diamond Color Center for Quantum Communication

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huang, Ding; Rose, Brendon; Tyryshkin, Alexei; Sangtawesin, Sorawis; Srinivasan, Srikanth; Twitchen, Daniel; Markham, Matthew; Edmonds, Andrew; Gali, Adam; Stacey, Alastair; Wang, Wuyi; D'Haenens-Johansson, Ulrika; Zaitsev, Alexandre; Lyon, Stephen; de Leon, Nathalie

    2017-04-01

    Color centers in diamond are attractive for quantum communication applications because of their long electron spin coherence times and efficient optical transitions. Previous demonstrations of color centers as solid-state spin qubits were primarily focused on centers that exhibit either long coherence times or highly efficient optical interfaces. Recently, we developed a method to stabilize the neutral charge state of silicon-vacancy center in diamond (SiV0) with high conversion efficiency. We observe spin relaxation times exceeding 1 minute and spin coherence times of 1 ms for SiV0 centers. Additionally, the SiV0 center also has > 90 % of its emission into its zero-phonon line and a narrow inhomogeneous optical linewidth. The combination of a long spin coherence time and efficient optical interface make the SiV0 center a promising candidate for applications in long distance quantum communication.

  10. The Effect of pH and Color Stability of Anthocyanin on Food Colorant

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wahyuningsih, S.; Wulandari, L.; Wartono, M. W.; Munawaroh, H.; Ramelan, A. H.

    2017-04-01

    Anthocyanins are naturally occurring pigments of red and purple. Red anthocyanin pigments provide a strong and sharp and widely applied in various industries such as food coloring or drink. Anthocyanins isolated by maceration, extraction and thin layer chromatography (TLC). The extract has been obtained from the initial stages of maceration then separated into several fractions by chromatography to isolate fractions colored dark red. Identification of chemical compounds with TLC (Thin Layer Chromatography) is able to distinguish the fraction of anthocyanin produced. FTIR (Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy) used to identification of the functional group of a compound. The UV-Vis absorption spectra have to produce maximum absorbance values that describe the intensity of anthocyanin spectra in different colors for different pH. Anthocyanins are more stable at low pH (acidic conditions) which gives a red pigment. Meanwhile, the higher the pH value of anthocyanin will provide color fading of the color blue. So as a food colorant, anthocyanin with a low pH or height pH has a significant effect on the food colorant.

  11. Optical properties of implanted Xe color centers in diamond

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sandstrom, Russell; Ke, Li; Martin, Aiden; Wang, Ziyu; Kianinia, Mehran; Green, Ben; Gao, Wei-bo; Aharonovich, Igor

    2018-03-01

    Optical properties of color centers in diamond have been the subject of intense research due to their promising applications in quantum photonics. In this work we study the optical properties of Xe related color centers implanted into nitrogen rich (type IIA) and an ultrapure, electronic grade diamond. The Xe defect has two zero phonon lines at ∼794 nm and 811 nm, which can be effectively excited using both green and red excitation, however, its emission in the nitrogen rich diamond is brighter. Near resonant excitation is performed at cryogenic temperatures and luminescence is probed under strong magnetic field. Our results are important towards the understanding of the Xe related defect and other near infrared color centers in diamond.

  12. Color center annealing and ageing in electron and ion-irradiated yttria-stabilized zirconia

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Costantini, Jean-Marc; Beuneu, François

    2005-04-01

    We have used X-band electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) measurements at room-temperature (RT) to study the thermal annealing and RT ageing of color centers induced in yttria-stabilized zirconia (YSZ), i.e. ZrO2:Y with 9.5 mol% Y2O3, by swift electron and ion-irradiations. YSZ single crystals with the <1 0 0> orientation were irradiated with 2.5 MeV electrons, and implanted with 100 MeV 13C ions. Electron and ion beams produce the same two color centers, namely an F+-type center (singly ionized oxygen vacancy) and the so-called T-center (Zr3+ in a trigonal oxygen local environment) which is also produced by X-ray irradiations. Isochronal annealing was performed in air up to 973 K. For both electron and ion irradiations, the defect densities are plotted versus temperature or time at various fluences. The influence of a thermal treatment at 1373 K of the YSZ single crystals under vacuum prior to the irradiations was also investigated. In these reduced samples, color centers are found to be more stable than in as-received samples. Two kinds of recovery processes are observed depending on fluence and heat treatment.

  13. Optical properties of implanted Xe color centers in diamond

    DOE PAGES

    Sandstrom, Russell; Ke, Li; Martin, Aiden; ...

    2017-12-20

    Optical properties of color centers in diamond have been the subject of intense research due to their promising applications in quantum photonics. Here in this work we study the optical properties of Xe related color centers implanted into nitrogen rich (type IIA) and an ultrapure, electronic grade diamond. The Xe defect has two zero phonon lines at 794 nm and 811 nm, which can be effectively excited using both green and red excitation, however, its emission in the nitrogen rich diamond is brighter. Near resonant excitation is performed at cryogenic temperatures and luminescence is probed under strong magnetic field. Finally,more » our results are important towards the understanding of the Xe related defect and other near infrared color centers in diamond.« less

  14. Optical properties of implanted Xe color centers in diamond

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sandstrom, Russell; Ke, Li; Martin, Aiden

    Optical properties of color centers in diamond have been the subject of intense research due to their promising applications in quantum photonics. Here in this work we study the optical properties of Xe related color centers implanted into nitrogen rich (type IIA) and an ultrapure, electronic grade diamond. The Xe defect has two zero phonon lines at 794 nm and 811 nm, which can be effectively excited using both green and red excitation, however, its emission in the nitrogen rich diamond is brighter. Near resonant excitation is performed at cryogenic temperatures and luminescence is probed under strong magnetic field. Finally,more » our results are important towards the understanding of the Xe related defect and other near infrared color centers in diamond.« less

  15. Structures in color space

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Petrov, Alexander P.

    1996-09-01

    Classic colorimetry and the traditionally used color space do not represent all perceived colors (for example, browns look dark yellow in colorimetric conditions of observation) so, the specific goal of this work is to suggest another concept of color and to prove that the corresponding set of colors is complete. The idea of our approach attributing color to surface patches (not to the light) immediately ties all the problems of color perception and vision geometry. The equivalence relation in the linear space of light fluxes F established by a procedure of colorimetry gives us a 3D color space H. By definition we introduce a sample (sigma) (surface patch) as a linear mapping (sigma) : L yields H, where L is a subspace of F called the illumination space. A Dedekind structure of partial order can be defined in the set of the samples: two samples (alpha) and (Beta) belong to one chromatic class if ker(alpha) equals ker(Beta) and (alpha) > (Beta) if ker(alpha) ker(Beta) . The maximal elements of this chain create the chromatic class BLACK. There can be given geometrical arguments for L to be 3D and it can be proved that in this case the minimal element of the above Dedekind structure is unique and the corresponding chromatic class is called WHITE containing the samples (omega) such that ker(omega) equals {0} L. Color is defined as mapping C: H yields H and assuming color constancy the complete set of perceived colors is proved to be isomorphic to a subset C of 3 X 3 matrices. This subset is convex, limited and symmetrical with E/2 as the center of symmetry. The problem of metrization of the color space C is discussed and a color metric related to shape, i.e., to vision geometry, is suggested.

  16. NV centers in 3 C ,4 H , and 6 H silicon carbide: A variable platform for solid-state qubits and nanosensors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    von Bardeleben, H. J.; Cantin, J. L.; Csóré, A.; Gali, A.; Rauls, E.; Gerstmann, U.

    2016-09-01

    The outstanding magneto-optical properties of the nitrogen-vacancy (NV) center in diamond have stimulated the search for similar systems. We show here that NV triplet centers can also be generated in all the main SiC polytypes. We have identified by electron paramagnetic resonance spectroscopy and first-principles calculations the axial NV- pairs in 3 C ,4 H , and 6 H SiC, showing polytype and lattice site-specific magnetic and optical properties. We demonstrate very efficient room-temperature spin polarization of the ground state upon near infrared optical excitation for the NV center in 3 C SiC and axial NV centers in the hexagonal (4 H ,6 H ) polytypes; the signals of basal pairs are much lower in intensity. Axial NV centers in hexagonal SiC polytypes and thus constitute unidirectional ensembles which may be useful in nanosensing applications.

  17. Search for Hot and Bright Stars for H_3^+ Spectroscopy Near the Galactic Center

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oka, Takeshi; Geballe, T. R.

    2009-06-01

    It is becoming increasingly clear that H_3^+ is abnormally abundant near the Galactic center and that it is a powerful probe for studying the gas in that region. To date we have observed a dozen sightlines toward bright and hot stars close to the Galactic plane (within 3 pc) and located in the region from the center to 30 pc east of the center. They are mostly stars belonging to the super-massive Quintuplet Cluster and the Central Cluster, but also include few lying between the two clusters. All sightlines showed H_3^+ with column densities on the order of 4 × 10^{15} cm^{-2} demonstrating the ubiquity of H_3^+, its high volume filling factor, and high ionization rate of H_{2} in the region. We plan to expand the region in which we have probed for H_3^+ by two orders of magnitude in solid angle by covering the whole of the Central Molecular Zone (CMZ), the region with a radius of ˜ 200 pc from the center. For this purpose, the first requirement is to find bright and hot stars suitable for the H_3^+ spectroscopy in this more extended region, in which few if any such stars are known outside of the clusters. We are using the recent GLIMPSE Point Source Catalogue provided by the Spitzer Space Telescope together with 2MASS photometry to identify such stars. Out of the over one million stars in GLIMPSE that are in the sightline to the CMZ, we have selected those few thousand stars with L < 7.5 mag. We then use results of J, K, L photometry to eliminate likely late-type stars, whose complex photospheric spectra would make it difficult to isolate the weak interstellar lines of H_3^+. For the few hundred stars thus chosen, we are obtaining medium resolution (R ˜ 2000) spectroscopy from 1.6 to 2.4 μm. The presence or absence of CO overtone bands (2-0, 3-1, 4-2, ...) near 2.3 microns allow us clearly discriminate the hot stars from late-type stars. So far we have observed 84 candidate hot stars and found a dozen that are usable for H_3^+ spectroscopy. Some of them are

  18. Preferred skin color enhancement for photographic color reproduction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zeng, Huanzhao; Luo, Ronnier

    2011-01-01

    Skin tones are the most important colors among the memory color category. Reproducing skin colors pleasingly is an important factor in photographic color reproduction. Moving skin colors toward their preferred skin color center improves the color preference of skin color reproduction. Several methods to morph skin colors to a smaller preferred skin color region has been reported in the past. In this paper, a new approach is proposed to further improve the result of skin color enhancement. An ellipsoid skin color model is applied to compute skin color probabilities for skin color detection and to determine a weight for skin color adjustment. Preferred skin color centers determined through psychophysical experiments were applied for color adjustment. Preferred skin color centers for dark, medium, and light skin colors are applied to adjust skin colors differently. Skin colors are morphed toward their preferred color centers. A special processing is applied to avoid contrast loss in highlight. A 3-D interpolation method is applied to fix a potential contouring problem and to improve color processing efficiency. An psychophysical experiment validates that the method of preferred skin color enhancement effectively identifies skin colors, improves the skin color preference, and does not objectionably affect preferred skin colors in original images.

  19. Dynamics of Single-Photon Emission from Electrically Pumped Color Centers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Khramtsov, Igor A.; Agio, Mario; Fedyanin, Dmitry Yu.

    2017-08-01

    Low-power, high-speed, and bright electrically driven true single-photon sources, which are able to operate at room temperature, are vital for the practical realization of quantum-communication networks and optical quantum computations. Color centers in semiconductors are currently the best candidates; however, in spite of their intensive study in the past decade, the behavior of color centers in electrically controlled systems is poorly understood. Here we present a physical model and establish a theoretical approach to address single-photon emission dynamics of electrically pumped color centers, which interprets experimental results. We support our analysis with self-consistent numerical simulations of a single-photon emitting diode based on a single nitrogen-vacancy center in diamond and predict the second-order autocorrelation function and other emission characteristics. Our theoretical findings demonstrate remarkable agreement with the experimental results and pave the way to the understanding of single-electron and single-photon processes in semiconductors.

  20. Removal of Procion Red dye from colored effluents using H2SO4-/HNO3-treated avocado shells (Persea americana) as adsorbent.

    PubMed

    Georgin, Jordana; da Silva Marques, Bianca; da Silveira Salla, Julia; Foletto, Edson Luiz; Allasia, Daniel; Dotto, Guilherme Luiz

    2018-03-01

    The treatment of colored effluents containing Procion Red dye (PR) was investigated using H 2 SO 4 and HNO 3 modified avocado shells (Persea americana) as adsorbents. The adsorbent materials (AS-H 2 SO 4 and AS-HNO 3 ) were properly characterized. The adsorption study was carried out considering the effects of adsorbent dosage and pH. Kinetic, equilibrium, and thermodynamic aspects were also evaluated. Finally, the adsorbents were tested to treat simulated dye house effluents. For both materials, the adsorption was favored using 0.300 g L -1 of adsorbent at pH 6.5, where, more than 90% of PR was removed from the solution. General order model was able to explain the adsorption kinetics for both adsorbents. The Sips model was adequate to represent the isotherm data, being the maximum adsorption capacities of 167.0 and 212.6 mg g -1 for AS-H 2 SO 4 and AS-HNO 3 , respectively. The adsorption processes were thermodynamically spontaneous, favorable (- 17.0 < ΔG 0  < - 13.2 kJ mol -1 ), and exothermic (ΔH 0 values of - 29 and - 55 kJ mol -1 ). AS-H 2 SO 4 and AS-HNO 3 were adequate to treat dye house effluents, attaining color removal percentages of 82 and 75%. Avocado shells, after a simple acid treatment, can be a low-cost option to treat colored effluents.

  1. Dual-color quantum dot detection of a heterotetrameric potassium channel (hKCa3.1).

    PubMed

    Waschk, Daniel E J; Fabian, Anke; Budde, Thomas; Schwab, Albrecht

    2011-04-01

    Potassium channels play a key role in establishing the cell membrane potential and are expressed ubiquitously. Today, more than 70 mammalian K(+) channel genes are known. The diversity of K(+) channels is further increased by the fact that different K(+) channel family members may assemble to form heterotetramers. We present a method based on fluorescence microscopy to determine the subunit composition of a tetrameric K(+) channel. We generated artificial "heteromers" of the K(+) channel hK(Ca)3.1 by coexpressing two differently tagged hK(Ca)3.1 constructs containing either an extracellular hemagglutinin (HA) or an intracellular V5 epitope. hK(Ca)3.1 channel subunits were detected in the plasma membrane of MDCK-F cells or HEK293 cells by labeling the extra- and intracellular epitopes with differently colored quantum dots (QDs). As previously shown for the extracellular part of hK(Ca)3.1 channels, its intracellular domain can also bind only one QD label at a time. When both channel subunits were coexpressed, 27.5 ± 1.8% and 24.9 ± 2.1% were homotetramers consisting of HA- and V5-tagged subunits, respectively. 47.6 ± 3.2% of the channels were heteromeric and composed of both subunits. The frequency distribution of HA- and V5-tagged homo- and heteromeric hK(Ca)3.1 channels is reminiscent of the binomial distribution (a + b)(2) = a(2) + 2ab + b(2). Along these lines, our findings are consistent with the notion that hK(Ca)3.1 channels are assembled from two homomeric dimers and not randomly from four independent subunits. We anticipate that our technique will be applicable to other heteromeric membrane proteins, too.

  2. Note: In vivo pH imaging system using luminescent indicator and color camera

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sakaue, Hirotaka; Dan, Risako; Shimizu, Megumi; Kazama, Haruko

    2012-07-01

    Microscopic in vivo pH imaging system is developed that can capture the luminescent- and color-imaging. The former gives a quantitative measurement of a pH distribution in vivo. The latter captures the structural information that can be overlaid to the pH distribution for correlating the structure of a specimen and its pH distribution. By using a digital color camera, a luminescent image as well as a color image is obtained. The system uses HPTS (8-hydroxypyrene-1,3,6-trisulfonate) as a luminescent pH indicator for the luminescent imaging. Filter units are mounted in the microscope, which extract two luminescent images for using the excitation-ratio method. A ratio of the two images is converted to a pH distribution through a priori pH calibration. An application of the system to epidermal cells of Lactuca Sativa L is shown.

  3. Color Fundus Photography versus Fluorescein Angiography in Identification of the Macular Center and Zone in Retinopathy of Prematurity

    PubMed Central

    Patel, Samir N.; Klufas, Michael A.; Ryan, Michael C.; Jonas, Karyn E.; Ostmo, Susan; Martinez-Castellanos, Maria Ana; Berrocal, Audina M.; Chiang, Michael F.; Chan, R.V. Paul

    2016-01-01

    Purpose To examine the utility of fluorescein angiography (FA) in identification of the macular center and the diagnosis of zone in patients with retinopathy of prematurity (ROP). Design Validity and reliability analysis of diagnostic tools Methods 32 sets (16 color fundus photographs; 16 color fundus photographs paired with the corresponding FA) of wide-angle retinal images obtained from 16 eyes of eight infants with ROP were compiled on a secure web site. 9 ROP experts (3 pediatric ophthalmologists; 6 vitreoretinal surgeons) participated in the study. For each image set, experts identified the macular center and provided a diagnosis of zone. Main Outcome Measures (1) Sensitivity and specificity of zone diagnosis (2) “Computer facilitated diagnosis of zone,” based on precise measurement of the macular center, optic disc center, and peripheral ROP. Results Computer facilitated diagnosis of zone agreed with the expert’s diagnosis of zone in 28/45 (62%) cases using color fundus photographs and in 31/45 (69%) cases using FA. Mean (95% CI) sensitivity for detection of zone I by experts as compared to a consensus reference standard diagnosis when interpreting the color fundus images alone versus interpreting the color fundus photographs and FA was 47% (35.3% – 59.3%) and 61.1% (48.9% – 72.4%), respectively, (t(9) ≥ (2.063), p = 0.073). Conclusions There is a marginally significant difference in zone diagnosis when using color fundus photographs compared to using color fundus photographs and the corresponding fluorescein angiograms. There is inconsistency between traditional zone diagnosis (based on ophthalmoscopic exam and image review) compared to a computer-facilitated diagnosis of zone. PMID:25637180

  4. Color fundus photography versus fluorescein angiography in identification of the macular center and zone in retinopathy of prematurity.

    PubMed

    Patel, Samir N; Klufas, Michael A; Ryan, Michael C; Jonas, Karyn E; Ostmo, Susan; Martinez-Castellanos, Maria Ana; Berrocal, Audina M; Chiang, Michael F; Chan, R V Paul

    2015-05-01

    To examine the usefulness of fluorescein angiography (FA) in identifying the macular center and diagnosis of zone in patients with retinopathy of prematurity (ROP). Validity and reliability analysis of diagnostic tools. Thirty-two sets (16 color fundus photographs and 16 color fundus photographs paired with the corresponding FA images) of wide-angle retinal images obtained from 16 eyes of 8 infants with ROP were compiled on a secure web site. Nine ROP experts (3 pediatric ophthalmologists and 6 vitreoretinal surgeons) participated in the study. For each image set, experts identified the macular center and provided a diagnosis of zone. (1) Sensitivity and specificity of zone diagnosis and (2) computer-facilitated diagnosis of zone, based on precise measurement of the macular center, optic disc center, and peripheral ROP. Computer-facilitated diagnosis of zone agreed with the expert's diagnosis of zone in 28 (62%) of 45 cases using color fundus photographs and in 31 (69%) of 45 cases using FA images. Mean (95% confidence interval) sensitivity for detection of zone I by experts compared with a consensus reference standard diagnosis when interpreting the color fundus images alone versus interpreting the color fundus photographs and FA images was 47% (range, 35.3% to 59.3%) and 61.1% (range, 48.9% to 72.4%), respectively (t(9) ≥ (2.063); P = .073). There is a marginally significant difference in zone diagnosis when using color fundus photographs compared with using color fundus photographs and the corresponding FA images. There is inconsistency between traditional zone diagnosis (based on ophthalmoscopic examination and image review) compared with a computer-facilitated diagnosis of zone. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  5. Morphology of Gas in the Galactic Center from Spectroscopy of H_3^+

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oka, Takeshi; Geballe, Thomas R.; Indriolo, Nick; Goto, Miwa

    2012-06-01

    Over the last several years our observations of the infrared spectrum of H_3^+ toward the Galactic center (GC) have established a high ionization rate (ζ > 2 × 10-15 s-1) and the existence of a vast amount of warm (T ˜250 K) and diffuse (n < 100 cm-3) gas with a high volume filling factor (f > 0.3) in the Central Molecular Zone (CMZ) of the GC, a region of radius ˜150 pc. These findings are gradually being assimilated into the astrophysics of the GC. Determining the morphology of this gas is difficult because the sightlines for study are limited by the uncontrollable locations of background stars suitable for spectroscopy of H_3^+. There are wide longitudinal gaps in the locations of those stars and the precise radial locations of the stars within the CMZ are uncertain. Nevertheless, the velocity profiles of the observed H_3^+ spectra indicate the presence of the Expanding Molecular Ring (EMR), a structure containing mostly diffuse gas expanding from the center with velocities of up to 180 km s-1 and bordering the CMZ. On the other hand, the 120 pc Molecular Ring, an inner t ring of cold dust and dense gas with radius ˜100 pc is not clearly seen in H_3^+. This is possibly because the sightlines that we have observed to date lie close to the Galactic plane and miss the ring, which goes above and below the Galactic plane. Oka, T., Geballe, T.R., Goto, M., Usuda, T., McCall, B.J. 2005, ApJ, 632, 882 Goto, Usuda, Nagata, Geballe, McCall, Indriolo, Suto, Henning, Morong, and Oka, 2008, ApJ, 688, 306. Geballe, T.R. and Oka, T. 2010, ApJ, 709, L70 Sofue, Y. 1995, PASJ, 47, 527 Molinari, S. et al. 2011, ApJ, 735, L33.

  6. Spectroscopic properties and mechanisms of superbroadband lasing from fluorine(2)(+)** color centers in lithium fluoride

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jenkins, Neil Wayne

    2000-12-01

    A temperature-dependent spectroscopic analysis of the color center laser medium, LiF:F2+**, is presented. Special attention is devoted to the well-known thermal- and photo-stable F2 +** color center as well as a new F2+**- like color center, conclusively discovered in this work. The standard F2 +** color center is shown to have l0abs. = 615 nm and peak emission near l0ems. = 906 nm. This new F2+**-like color center is found to have a peak absorption near l0abs. = 812 nm and peak emission near l0ems. = 1080 nm. Justification for the association of this new center with F2+**-Iike color centers is explained in the text. Standard F2+** color centers have kinetics of fluorescence lifetime of τ13K = 32 ns, τ300 K = 21 ns, for a quantum efficiency of fluorescence, η = 66%. Concerning the new F2+**-like color center, the 13 K lifetime was found to be τ ~ 5 ns. We show that Alexandrite laser radiation can simultaneously excite the absorption bands of both F2 +**-like centers in their region of spectral overlap. The resulting emission from both centers is the mechanism responsible for the superbroadband range of tunability, ~800-1300 nm, from this laser medium at room temperature. By using the results of the spectroscopic analysis, theoretical calculations are performed to develop a superbroadband laser based on this active medium. A super broadband laser provides laser emission that coincides with nearly the entire fluorescence bands of the material. This type of laser is made possible with the use of a novel laser cavity described in the text. This superbroadband laser was successfully realized under 633 run excitation from a Raman shifted (D2) second harmonic output of a Q-switched, Nd:YAG laser. Comparison of the experimental results from the LIF:F2 +** superbroadband laser show good agreement with the theoretical calculations for both spectral output and temporal signatures. It is also shown that with further technological developments, this crystal is the heart of

  7. Quantitative color measurement of pH indicator paper using trichromatic LEDs and TCS230 color sensor

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ghorude, T. N.; Chaudhari, A. L.; Shaligram, A. D.

    2008-11-01

    Quantitative analysis of pH indicator paper color is needed in the various fields. An indigenously developed Tristimulus colorimeter is used in this work for pH Indicator paper color measurement. The colorimeter uses Trichromatic RGB LEDs and a programmable color light to frequency converter (TCS230), combining configurable silicon photodiodes and a current to frequency converter on a single monolithic CMOS integrated circuit. The output is a square wave (50% duty cycle) with frequency directly proportional to light intensity. Digital input and digital output allow directly to a microcontroller. The light to frequency converter reads an 8*8 array of photodiodes. Sixteen photodiodes have red filters, 16 photodiodes have green filters, 16 photodiodes have blue filters, and 16 photodiodes are clear with no filters. All 16 photodiodes of the same colors are connected in parallel and type of photodiode the device uses during operation is pin selectable. Solutions having different standard pH were prepared and indicator paper was dipped in solution, it shows change in color. Using the developed RGB colorimeter chromaticity coordinates were measured and compared with the chromaticity coordinates measured using Ocean Optics HR-4000 high resolution spectrophotometer.

  8. Enhancing the brightness of electrically driven single-photon sources using color centers in silicon carbide

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Khramtsov, Igor A.; Vyshnevyy, Andrey A.; Fedyanin, Dmitry Yu.

    2018-03-01

    Practical applications of quantum information technologies exploiting the quantum nature of light require efficient and bright true single-photon sources which operate under ambient conditions. Currently, point defects in the crystal lattice of diamond known as color centers have taken the lead in the race for the most promising quantum system for practical non-classical light sources. This work is focused on a different quantum optoelectronic material, namely a color center in silicon carbide, and reveals the physics behind the process of single-photon emission from color centers in SiC under electrical pumping. We show that color centers in silicon carbide can be far superior to any other quantum light emitter under electrical control at room temperature. Using a comprehensive theoretical approach and rigorous numerical simulations, we demonstrate that at room temperature, the photon emission rate from a p-i-n silicon carbide single-photon emitting diode can exceed 5 Gcounts/s, which is higher than what can be achieved with electrically driven color centers in diamond or epitaxial quantum dots. These findings lay the foundation for the development of practical photonic quantum devices which can be produced in a well-developed CMOS compatible process flow.

  9. H I-SELECTED GALAXIES IN THE SLOAN DIGITAL SKY SURVEY. II. THE COLORS OF GAS-RICH GALAXIES

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    West, Andrew A.; Garcia-Appadoo, Diego A.; Dalcanton, Julianne J.

    2009-09-15

    We utilize color information for an H I-selected sample of 195 galaxies to explore the star formation histories and physical conditions that produce the observed colors. We show that the H I selection creates a significant offset toward bluer colors that can be explained by enhanced recent bursts of star formation. There is also no obvious color bimodality, because the H I selection restricts the sample to bluer, actively star-forming systems, diminishing the importance of the red sequence. Rising star formation rates are still required to explain the colors of galaxies bluer than g - r< 0.3. We also demonstratemore » that the colors of the bluest galaxies in our sample are dominated by emission lines and that stellar population synthesis models alone (without emission lines) are not adequate for reproducing many of the galaxy colors. These emission lines produce large changes in the r - i colors but leave the g - r color largely unchanged. In addition, we find an increase in the dispersion of galaxy colors at low masses that may be the result of a change in the star formation process in low-mass galaxies.« less

  10. Clinical Study of the 3D-Master Color System among the Spanish Population.

    PubMed

    Gómez-Polo, Cristina; Gómez-Polo, Miguel; Martínez Vázquez de Parga, Juan Antonio; Celemín-Viñuela, Alicia

    2017-01-12

    To study whether the shades of the 3D-Master System were grouped and represented in the chromatic space according to the three-color coordinates of value, chroma, and hue. Maxillary central incisor color was measured on tooth surfaces through the Easyshade Compact spectrophotometer using 1361 participants aged between 16 and 89. The natural (not bleached teeth) color of the middle thirds was registered in the 3D-Master System nomenclature and in the CIELCh system. Principal component analysis and cluster analysis were applied. 75 colors of the 3D-Master System were found. The statistical analysis revealed the existence of 5 cluster groups. The centroid, the average of the 75 samples, in relation to lightness (L*) was 74.64, 22.87 for chroma (C*), and 88.85 for hue (h*). All of the clusters, except cluster 3, showed significant statistical differences with the centroid for the three-color coordinates (p <0.001). The results of this study indicated that 75 shades in the 3D-Master System were grouped into 5 clusters following coordinates L*, C*, and h* resulting from the dental spectrophotometer Vita Easyshade compact. The shades that composed each cluster did not belong to the same lightness color dimension groups. There was no special uniform chromatic distribution among the colors of the 3D-Master System. © 2017 by the American College of Prosthodontists.

  11. Genes encoding the vacuolar Na+/H+ exchanger and flower coloration.

    PubMed

    Yamaguchi, T; Fukada-Tanaka, S; Inagaki, Y; Saito, N; Yonekura-Sakakibara, K; Tanaka, Y; Kusumi, T; Iida, S

    2001-05-01

    Vacuolar pH plays an important role in flower coloration: an increase in the vacuolar pH causes blueing of flower color. In the Japanese morning glory (Ipomoea nil or Pharbitis nil), a shift from reddish-purple buds to blue open flowers correlates with an increase in the vacuolar pH. We describe details of the characterization of a mutant that carries a recessive mutation in the Purple (Pr) gene encoding a vacuolar Na+/H+ exchanger termed InNHX1. The genome of I. nil carries one copy of the Pr (or InNHX1) gene and its pseudogene, and it showed functional complementation to the yeast nhx1 mutation. The mutant of I. nil, called purple (pr), showed a partial increase in the vacuolar pH during flower-opening and its reddish-purple buds change into purple open flowers. The vacuolar pH in the purple open flowers of the mutant was significantly lower than that in the blue open flowers. The InNHX1 gene is most abundantly expressed in the petals at around 12 h before flower-opening, accompanying the increase in the vacuolar pH for the blue flower coloration. No such massive expression was observed in the petunia flowers. Since the NHX1 genes that promote the transport of Na+ into the vacuoles have been regarded to be involved in salt tolerance by accumulating Na+ in the vacuoles, we can add a new biological role for blue flower coloration in the Japanese morning glory by the vacuolar alkalization.

  12. [Preparation and chromaticity properties of colored dental 3Y-TZP ceramics].

    PubMed

    Yi, Yuan-fu; Wang, Chen; Tian, Jie-mo; Liu, Hong-chen; Wen, Ning

    2008-10-01

    To obtain and investigate the chromaticity properties of colored dental 3Y-TZP ceramics with different colorant combinations. Colorant combinations were mixed with TZ-3Y-S powder, then the mixtures were compacted at 200 MPa using cold isostatic pressure, densely sintered at 1500 degrees C for 2 h forming 5 graded colored dental zirconia ceramics. Specimen were sectioned into 10 mm x 10 mm x 0.5 mm and 10 mm x l0 mmx 1 mm slices from the sintered blocks. Color measurement was performed under black background using spectrophotometer. The chromaticity properties were compared with that of the VITA In-Ceram YZ shade guide. Five colored dental zirconia ceramics were obtained. The lightness decreased gradually, and the chroma value increased gradually. The color differences of the two thickness specimens were little. The parameters of the color space were L*: 67.76-77.78; a*: -2.19-3.80; b*: 12.13-25.01, which was similar with that of the VITA In-Ceram YZ shade guide, while the lowest value of lightness was relatively higher than that of the VITA In-Ceram YZ shade guide. Colored 3Y-TZP dental ceramics are suitable for clinical use. There is a need to develop more darkness shaded zirconia dental ceramics.

  13. Photoluminescence of magnesium-associated color centers in LiF crystals implanted with magnesium ions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nebogin, S. A.; Ivanov, N. A.; Bryukvina, L. I.; V. Shipitsin, N.; E. Rzhechitskii, A.; Papernyi, V. L.

    2018-05-01

    In the present paper, the effect of magnesium nanoparticles implanted in a LiF crystal on the optical properties of color centers is studied. The transmittance spectra and AFM images demonstrate effective formation of the color centers and magnesium nanoparticles in an implanted layer of ∼ 60-100 nm in thickness. Under thermal annealing, a periodical structure is formed on the surface of the crystal and in the implanted layer due to self-organization of the magnesium nanoparticles. Upon excitation by argon laser with a wavelength of 488 nm at 5 K, in a LiF crystal, implanted with magnesium ions as well as in heavily γ-irradiated LiF: Mg crystals, luminescence of the color centers at λmax = 640 nm with a zero-phonon line at 601.5 nm is observed. The interaction of magnesium nanoparticles and luminescing color centers in a layer implanted with magnesium ions has been revealed. It is shown that the luminescence intensity of the implanted layer at a wavelength of 640 nm is by more than two thousand times higher than that of a heavily γ-irradiated LiF: Mg crystal. The broadening of the zero-phonon line at 601.5 nm in the spectrum of the implanted layer indicates the interaction of the emitting quantum system with local field of the surface plasmons of magnesium nanoparticles. The focus of this work is to further optimize the processing parameters in a way to result in luminescence great enhancement of color centers by magnesium nanoparticles in LiF.

  14. Photoelectron spectroscopy of color centers in negatively charged cesium iodide nanocrystals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sarkas, Harry W.; Kidder, Linda H.; Bowen, Kit H.

    1995-01-01

    We present the photoelectron spectra of negatively charged cesium iodide nanocrystals recorded using 2.540 eV photons. The species examined were produced using an inert gas condensation cluster ion source, and they ranged in size from (CsI)-n=13 to nanocrystal anions comprised of 330 atoms. Nanocrystals showing two distinct types of photoemission behavior were observed. For (CsI)-n=13 and (CsI)-n=36-165, a plot of cluster anion photodetachment threshold energies vs n-1/3 gives a straight line extrapolating (at n-1/3=0, i.e., n=∞) to 2.2 eV, the photoelectric threshold energy for F centers in bulk cesium iodide. The linear extrapolation of the cluster anion data to the corresponding bulk property implies that the electron localization in these gas-phase nanocrystals is qualitatively similar to that of F centers in extended alkali halide crystals. These negatively charged cesium iodide nanocrystals are thus shown to support embryonic forms of F centers, which mature with increasing cluster size toward condensed phase impurity centers. Under an alternative set of source conditions, nanocrystals were produced which showed significantly lower photodetachment thresholds than the aforementioned F-center cluster anions. For these species, containing 83-131 atoms, a plot of their cluster anion photodetachment threshold energies versus n-1/3 gives a straight line which extrapolates to 1.4 eV. This value is in accord with the expected photoelectric threshold energy for F' centers in bulk cesium iodide, i.e., color centers with two excess electrons in a single defect site. These nanocrystals are interpreted to be the embryonic F'-center containing species, Cs(CsI)-n=41-65.

  15. Spectroscopy and astronomy: H3+ from the laboratory to the Galactic center.

    PubMed

    Oka, Takeshi

    2011-01-01

    Since the serendipitous discovery of the Fraunhofer spectrum in the Sun in 1814 which initiated spectroscopy and astrophysics, spectroscopy developed hand in hand with astronomy. I discuss my own work on the infrared spectrum of H3+ from its discovery in the laboratory in 1980, in interstellar space in 1996, to recent studies in the Galactic center as an example of astronomical spectroscopy. Its spin-off, the spectroscopy of simple molecular ions, is also briefly discussed.

  16. Dusty cradles in a turbulent nursery: the SGR A east H II region complex at the galactic center

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lau, R. M.; Herter, T. L.; Adams, J. D.

    2014-10-20

    We present imaging at 19, 25, 31, and 37 μm of the compact H II region complex G-0.02-0.07 located 6 pc in projection from the center of the Galaxy obtained with SOFIA using FORCAST. G-0.02-0.07 contains three compact H II regions (A, B, and C) and one ultra-compact H II region (D). Our observations reveal the presence of two faint, infrared sources located 23'' and 35'' to the east of region C (FIRS 1 and 2) and detect dust emission in two of the three 'ridges' of ionized gas west of region A. The 19/37 color temperature and 37 μmmore » optical depth maps of regions A-C are used to characterize the dust energetics and morphology. Regions A and B exhibit average 19/37 color temperatures of ∼105 K, and regions C and D exhibit color temperatures of ∼115 K and ∼130 K, respectively. Using the DustEM code, we model the SEDs of regions A-D and FIRS 1, all of which require populations of very small, transiently heated grains and large, equilibrium-heated grains. We also require the presence of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in regions A-C in order to fit the 3.6, 4.5, 5.8, and 8.0 μm fluxes observed by Spitzer/IRAC. The location of the heating source for region A is determined by triangulation from distances and temperatures derived from DustEM models fit to SEDs of three different points around the region, and it is found to be displaced to the northeast of the center of curvature near the color temperature peak. Based on total luminosity, expected 1.90 μm fluxes, and proximity to the mid-IR color temperature peaks, we identify heating source candidates for regions A, B, and C. However, for region D, the observed fluxes at 1.87 and 1.90 μm of the previously proposed ionizing star are a factor of ∼40 times too bright to be the heating source and hence is likely just a star lying along the line of sight toward region D.« less

  17. 21 CFR 73.3123 - 6-Ethoxy-2-(6-ethoxy-3-oxobenzo[b]thien-2(3H)-ylidene) benzo[b]thiophen-3 (2H)-one.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false 6-Ethoxy-2-(6-ethoxy-3-oxobenzo[b]thien-2(3H)-ylidene) benzo[b]thiophen-3 (2H)-one. 73.3123 Section 73.3123 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES GENERAL LISTING OF COLOR ADDITIVES EXEMPT FROM CERTIFICATION Medical...

  18. 21 CFR 73.3123 - 6-Ethoxy-2-(6-ethoxy-3-oxobenzo[b]thien-2(3H)-ylidene) benzo[b]thiophen-3 (2H)-one.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false 6-Ethoxy-2-(6-ethoxy-3-oxobenzo[b]thien-2(3H)-ylidene) benzo[b]thiophen-3 (2H)-one. 73.3123 Section 73.3123 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES GENERAL LISTING OF COLOR ADDITIVES EXEMPT FROM CERTIFICATION Medical...

  19. 21 CFR 73.3123 - 6-Ethoxy-2-(6-ethoxy-3-oxobenzo[b]thien-2(3H)-ylidene) benzo[b]thiophen-3 (2H)-one.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false 6-Ethoxy-2-(6-ethoxy-3-oxobenzo[b]thien-2(3H)-ylidene) benzo[b]thiophen-3 (2H)-one. 73.3123 Section 73.3123 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES GENERAL LISTING OF COLOR ADDITIVES EXEMPT FROM CERTIFICATION Medical...

  20. 21 CFR 73.3123 - 6-Ethoxy-2-(6-ethoxy-3-oxobenzo[b]thien-2(3H)-ylidene) benzo[b]thiophen-3 (2H)-one.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false 6-Ethoxy-2-(6-ethoxy-3-oxobenzo[b]thien-2(3H)-ylidene) benzo[b]thiophen-3 (2H)-one. 73.3123 Section 73.3123 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES GENERAL LISTING OF COLOR ADDITIVES EXEMPT FROM CERTIFICATION Medical...

  1. 21 CFR 73.3123 - 6-Ethoxy-2-(6-ethoxy-3-oxobenzo[b]thien-2(3H)-ylidene) benzo[b]thiophen-3 (2H)-one.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false 6-Ethoxy-2-(6-ethoxy-3-oxobenzo[b]thien-2(3H)-ylidene) benzo[b]thiophen-3 (2H)-one. 73.3123 Section 73.3123 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES GENERAL LISTING OF COLOR ADDITIVES EXEMPT FROM CERTIFICATION Medical...

  2. Color model comparative analysis for breast cancer diagnosis using H and E stained images

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Xingyu; Plataniotis, Konstantinos N.

    2015-03-01

    Digital cancer diagnosis is a research realm where signal processing techniques are used to analyze and to classify color histopathology images. Different from grayscale image analysis of magnetic resonance imaging or X-ray, colors in histopathology images convey large amount of histological information and thus play significant role in cancer diagnosis. Though color information is widely used in histopathology works, as today, there is few study on color model selections for feature extraction in cancer diagnosis schemes. This paper addresses the problem of color space selection for digital cancer classification using H and E stained images, and investigates the effectiveness of various color models (RGB, HSV, CIE L*a*b*, and stain-dependent H and E decomposition model) in breast cancer diagnosis. Particularly, we build a diagnosis framework as a comparison benchmark and take specific concerns of medical decision systems into account in evaluation. The evaluation methodologies include feature discriminate power evaluation and final diagnosis performance comparison. Experimentation on a publicly accessible histopathology image set suggests that the H and E decomposition model outperforms other assessed color spaces. For reasons behind various performance of color spaces, our analysis via mutual information estimation demonstrates that color components in the H and E model are less dependent, and thus most feature discriminate power is collected in one channel instead of spreading out among channels in other color spaces.

  3. Structure and vibrational properties of the dominant O-H center in β-Ga2O3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Weiser, Philip; Stavola, Michael; Fowler, W. Beall; Qin, Ying; Pearton, Stephen

    2018-06-01

    Hydrogen has a strong influence on the electrical properties of transparent conducting oxides where it can give rise to shallow donors and can passivate deep compensating defects. We have carried out infrared absorption experiments on H- and D-doped β-Ga2O3 that involve temperature- and polarization-dependent effects as well as relative H- and D-concentrations to probe the defect structures that hydrogen can form. The results of analysis of these data, coupled with detailed theoretical calculations, show that the dominant O-H vibrational line observed at 3437 cm-1 for hydrogenated Ga2O3 is due to a relaxed VGa-2H center.

  4. 3D digital image correlation using single color camera pseudo-stereo system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Junrui; Dan, Xizuo; Xu, Wan; Wang, Yonghong; Yang, Guobiao; Yang, Lianxiang

    2017-10-01

    Three dimensional digital image correlation (3D-DIC) has been widely used by industry to measure the 3D contour and whole-field displacement/strain. In this paper, a novel single color camera 3D-DIC setup, using a reflection-based pseudo-stereo system, is proposed. Compared to the conventional single camera pseudo-stereo system, which splits the CCD sensor into two halves to capture the stereo views, the proposed system achieves both views using the whole CCD chip and without reducing the spatial resolution. In addition, similarly to the conventional 3D-DIC system, the center of the two views stands in the center of the CCD chip, which minimizes the image distortion relative to the conventional pseudo-stereo system. The two overlapped views in the CCD are separated by the color domain, and the standard 3D-DIC algorithm can be utilized directly to perform the evaluation. The system's principle and experimental setup are described in detail, and multiple tests are performed to validate the system.

  5. Ultrathin Nanocrystalline Diamond Films with Silicon Vacancy Color Centers via Seeding by 2 nm Detonation Nanodiamonds.

    PubMed

    Stehlik, Stepan; Varga, Marian; Stenclova, Pavla; Ondic, Lukas; Ledinsky, Martin; Pangrac, Jiri; Vanek, Ondrej; Lipov, Jan; Kromka, Alexander; Rezek, Bohuslav

    2017-11-08

    Color centers in diamonds have shown excellent potential for applications in quantum information processing, photonics, and biology. Here we report chemical vapor deposition (CVD) growth of nanocrystalline diamond (NCD) films as thin as 5-6 nm with photoluminescence (PL) from silicon-vacancy (SiV) centers at 739 nm. Instead of conventional 4-6 nm detonation nanodiamonds (DNDs), we prepared and employed hydrogenated 2 nm DNDs (zeta potential = +36 mV) to form extremely dense (∼1.3 × 10 13 cm -2 ), thin (2 ± 1 nm), and smooth (RMS roughness < 0.8 nm) nucleation layers on an Si/SiO x substrate, which enabled the CVD growth of such ultrathin NCD films in two different and complementary microwave (MW) CVD systems: (i) focused MW plasma with an ellipsoidal cavity resonator and (ii) pulsed MW plasma with a linear antenna arrangement. Analytical ultracentrifuge, infrared and Raman spectroscopies, atomic force microscopy, and scanning electron microscopy are used for detailed characterization of the 2 nm H-DNDs and the nucleation layer as well as the ultrathin NCD films. We also demonstrate on/off switching of the SiV center PL in the NCD films thinner than 10 nm, which is achieved by changing their surface chemistry.

  6. Functional analysis of Antirrhinum kelloggii flavonoid 3'-hydroxylase and flavonoid 3',5'-hydroxylase genes; critical role in flower color and evolution in the genus Antirrhinum.

    PubMed

    Ishiguro, Kanako; Taniguchi, Masumi; Tanaka, Yoshikazu

    2012-05-01

    The enzymes flavonoid 3'-hydroxylase (F3'H) and flavonoid 3',5'-hydroxylase (F3'5'H) play an important role in flower color by determining the B-ring hydroxylation pattern of anthocyanins, the major floral pigments. F3'5'H is necessary for biosynthesis of the delphinidin-based anthocyanins that confer a violet or blue color to most plants. Antirrhinum majus does not produce delphinidin and lacks violet flower colour while A. kelloggii produces violet flowers containing delphinidin. To understand the cause of this inter-specific difference in the Antirrhinum genus, we isolated one F3'H and two F3'5'H homologues from the A. kelloggii petal cDNA library. Their amino acid sequences showed high identities to F3'Hs and F3'5'Hs of closely related species. Transgenic petunia expressing these genes had elevated amounts of cyanidin and delphinidin respectively, and flower color changes in the transgenics reflected the type of accumulated anthocyanidins. The results indicate that the homologs encode F3'H and F3'5'H, respectively, and that the ancestor of A. majus lost F3'5'H activity after its speciation from the ancestor of A. kelloggii.

  7. Formation and transformation of the radiation-induced nearsurface color centers in sodium and lithium fluorides nanocrystals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Novikov, A. N.; Kalinov, V. S.; Radkevich, A. V.; Runets, L. P.; Stupak, A. P.; Voitovich, A. P.

    2017-11-01

    Near-surface color centers in sodium fluoride nanocrystals have been formed. At pre-irradiation annealing of sodium and lithium fluorides samples at temperatures of 623 K and above, the near-surface color centers in them have not been found after γ-irradiation. Annealing lithium fluoride nanocrystals with the near-surface defects leads to their transformation into bulk ones of the same composition.

  8. Albert H. Munsell: A sense of color at the interface of art and science

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Landa, E.R.

    2004-01-01

    The color theory conceived and commercialized by Albert H. Munsell (1858-1918) has become a universal part of the lexicon of soil science. An American painter noted for his seascapes and portraits, he had a long-standing interest in the description of color. Munsell began studies aimed at standardizing color description, using hue, value, and chroma scales, around 1898. His landmark treatise, "A Color Notation," was published in 1905. Munsell died about 30 years before his color charts came into wide-spread use in soil survey programs in the United States. Dorothy Nickerson, who began her career as secretary and laboratory assistant to Munsell's son, and later spent 37 years at USDA as a color-science specialist, did much to adapt the Munsell Color System to soil-color usage. The legacy of color research pioneered by A.H. Munsell is honored today by the Munsell Color Science Laboratory established in 1983 at the Rochester Institute of Technology.

  9. Postrigor citric acid enhancement can alter cooked color but not fresh color of dark-cutting beef.

    PubMed

    Stackhouse, R J; Apple, J K; Yancey, J W S; Keys, C A; Johnson, T M; Mehall, L N

    2016-04-01

    In 2 experiments, dark-cutting (DC) beef strip loins were used to test the effects of citric acid-enhancement pH on visual and instrumental color of fresh and cooked steaks. In Exp. 1 and 2, each DC (mean pH = 6.57 and 6.65, respectively) and normal-pH, low USDA Choice (CH; mean pH = 5.48 and 5.51, respectively) strip loin was cut into 2 equal-length sections, and DC sections were injected to 111% of raw section weight with pH 3.5 to 5.0 (Exp. 1) or pH 2.0 to 3.5 (Exp. 2) solutions made by mixing citric acid in either 0.05% orthophosphate (PO) solution or tap water (HO) base solutions (Exp. 1) and 0.5% PO or 0.5% tripolyphosphate solution base solutions (Exp. 2). After enhancement, sections were cut into steaks, which were assigned to either 5 d of simulated retail display or cooked to 71°C for cooked color measurement. Postenhancement pH of DC steaks enhanced with pH 3.5 to 5.0 solutions did not ( ≥ 0.180) differ from that of nonenhanced DC steaks (Exp. 1) but linearly decreased ( < 0.001) as solution pH decreased from 3.5 to 2.0 (Exp. 2). Even though fresh color scores were increased ( < 0.001) by citric acid enhancement over untreated DC steaks during the first 3 d of display, fresh steak color never ( < 0.001) approached that of nonenhanced CH steaks. When compared with nonenhanced DC steaks, enhancement with pH 3.5 to 5.0 solutions received lower cooked color scores, whereas enhancing DC sections with pH 2.5 solutions produced cooked color and degree-of-doneness scores similar ( ≥ 0.113) to those of nonenhanced CH steaks (Exp. 2). Results indicated that the pH of citric acid enhancement solutions, regardless of base solution, were insufficient to improve the fresh color of DC beef; however, enhancement with pH 2.5 citric acid solutions effectively eliminated the persistent red cooked color typically associated with DC beef comparable with that of normal-pH beef.

  10. Unsupervised color normalisation for H and E stained histopathology image analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Celis, Raúl; Romero, Eduardo

    2015-12-01

    In histology, each dye component attempts to specifically characterise different microscopic structures. In the case of the Hematoxylin-Eosin (H&E) stain, universally used for routine examination, quantitative analysis may often require the inspection of different morphological signatures related mainly to nuclei patterns, but also to stroma distribution. Nevertheless, computer systems for automatic diagnosis are often fraught by color variations ranging from the capturing device to the laboratory specific staining protocol and stains. This paper presents a novel colour normalisation method for H&E stained histopathology images. This method is based upon the opponent process theory and blindly estimates the best color basis for the Hematoxylin and Eosin stains without relying on prior knowledge. Stain Normalisation and Color Separation are transversal to any Framework of Histopathology Image Analysis.

  11. Effect of low-temperature degradation on the mechanical and microstructural properties of tooth-colored 3Y-TZP ceramics.

    PubMed

    Nakamura, K; Harada, A; Ono, M; Shibasaki, H; Kanno, T; Niwano, Y; Adolfsson, E; Milleding, P; Örtengren, U

    2016-01-01

    The aim of the present study was to evaluate the effects of low-temperature degradation (LTD) induced by autoclaving on the mechanical and microstructural properties of tooth-colored 3 mol% yttria-stabilized tetragonal zirconia polycrystals (3Y-TZP). In total, 162 disc-shaped 3Y-TZP specimens were prepared. Two-thirds of the specimens were shaded by either the infiltration or powder mixing methods while the remaining specimens were used without coloring. The specimens were autoclaved at 134 °C for 0, 10, and 100 h to induce LTD (n=18 for each group). Chemical compositions were analyzed with X-ray fluorescence spectroscopy. Biaxial flexural strength was measured using a piston-on-three-ball test. The surface fraction and penetration depth of the monoclinic phase were examined using X-ray diffraction and scanning electron microscopy, respectively. The tooth-colored 3Y-TZP specimens contained Fe2O3 and Er2O3 (infiltration technique), and Fe2O3 (powder mixing method) at concentrations of<0.5 wt%. The tooth-colored 3Y-TZP had higher strength than the non-colored material after 100 h of autoclaving. In terms of surface fraction and penetration depth, the generation of monoclinic phase was significantly lower in the tooth-colored 3Y-TZP than in the non-colored material. The tooth-colored 3Y-TZP possessed equivalent biaxial flexural strength to that of the non-colored material and higher resistance to LTD regardless of the coloring technique (infiltration technique or powder mixing method) when the coloring pigments were contained at concentrations used in the present study. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  12. Interstellar H3+

    PubMed Central

    Oka, Takeshi

    2006-01-01

    Protonated molecular hydrogen, H3+, is the simplest polyatomic molecule. It is the most abundantly produced interstellar molecule, next only to H2, although its steady state concentration is low because of its extremely high chemical reactivity. H3+ is a strong acid (proton donor) and initiates chains of ion-molecule reactions in interstellar space thus leading to formation of complex molecules. Here, I summarize the understandings on this fundamental species in interstellar space obtained from our infrared observations since its discovery in 1996 and discuss the recent observations and analyses of H3+ in the Central Molecular Zone near the Galatic center that led to a revelation of a vast amount of warm and diffuse gas existing in the region. PMID:16894171

  13. Practical color vision tests for air traffic control applicants: en route center and terminal facilities.

    PubMed

    Mertens, H W; Milburn, N J; Collins, W E

    2000-12-01

    Two practical color vision tests were developed and validated for use in screening Air Traffic Control Specialist (ATCS) applicants for work at en route center or terminal facilities. The development of the tests involved careful reproduction/simulation of color-coded materials from the most demanding, safety-critical color task performed in each type of facility. The tests were evaluated using 106 subjects with normal color vision and 85 with color vision deficiency. The en route center test, named the Flight Progress Strips Test (FPST), required the identification of critical red/black coding in computer printing and handwriting on flight progress strips. The terminal option test, named the Aviation Lights Test (ALT), simulated red/green/white aircraft lights that must be identified in night ATC tower operations. Color-coding is a non-redundant source of safety-critical information in both tasks. The FPST was validated by direct comparison of responses to strip reproductions with responses to the original flight progress strips and a set of strips selected independently. Validity was high; Kappa = 0.91 with original strips as the validation criterion and 0.86 with different strips. The light point stimuli of the ALT were validated physically with a spectroradiometer. The reliabilities of the FPST and ALT were estimated with Chronbach's alpha as 0.93 and 0.98, respectively. The high job-relevance, validity, and reliability of these tests increases the effectiveness and fairness of ATCS color vision testing.

  14. Composition-Graded Cesium Lead Halide Perovskite Nanowires with Tunable Dual-Color Lasing Performance.

    PubMed

    Huang, Ling; Gao, Qinggang; Sun, Ling-Dong; Dong, Hao; Shi, Shuo; Cai, Tong; Liao, Qing; Yan, Chun-Hua

    2018-05-21

    Cesium lead halide (CsPbX 3 ) perovskite has emerged as a promising low-threshold multicolor laser material; however, realizing wavelength-tunable lasing output from a single CsPbX 3 nanostructure is still constrained by integrating different composition. Here, the direct synthesis of composition-graded CsPbBr x I 3- x nanowires (NWs) is reported through vapor-phase epitaxial growth on mica. The graded composition along the NW, with an increased Br/I from the center to the ends, comes from desynchronized deposition of cesium lead halides and temperature-controlled anion-exchange reaction. The graded composition results in varied bandgaps along the NW, which induce a blueshifted emission from the center to the ends. As an efficient gain media, the nanowire exerts position-dependent lasing performance, with a different color at the ends and center respectively above the threshold. Meanwhile, dual-color lasing with a wavelength separation of 35 nm is activated simultaneously at a site with an intermediate composition. This position-dependent dual-color lasing from a single nanowire makes these metal halide perovskites promising for applications in nanoscale optical devices. © 2018 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  15. Color-Center Production and Formation in Electron-Irradiated Magnesium Aluminate Spinel and Ceria

    DOE PAGES

    Costantini, Jean-Marc; Lelong, Gerald; Guillaumet, Maxime; ...

    2016-06-20

    Single crystals of magnesium aluminate spinel (MgAl2O4) with (100) or (110) orientations and cerium dioxide or ceria (CeO2) were irradiated by 1.0-MeV and 2.5-MeV electrons in a high fluence range. Point-defect production was studied by off-line UV-visible optical spectroscopy after irradiation. For spinel, regardless of both crystal orientation and electron energy, two characteristic broad bands centered at photon energies of 5.4 eV and 4.9 eV were assigned to F and F+ centers (neutral and singly-ionized oxygen vacancies), respectively, on the basis of available literature data. No clear differences in colour-centre formation were observed for the two crystal orientations. Using calculationsmore » of displacement cross sections by elastic collisions, these results are consistent with a very large threshold displacement energy (200 eV) for oxygen atoms at RT. A third very broad band centered at 3.7 eV might be attributed either to an oxygen hole center (V-type center) or an F2 dimer center (oxygen di-vacancy). The onset of recovery of these color centers took place at 200°C with almost full bleaching at 600°C. Activation energies (~0.3-0.4 eV) for defect recovery were deduced from the isochronal annealing data by using a first-order kinetics analysis. For ceria, a sub band-gap absorption feature peaked at ~3.1 eV was recorded for 2.5-MeV electron irradiation only. Assuming a ballistic process, we suggest that the latter defect might result from cerium atom displacement on the basis of computed cross sections.« less

  16. 7 CFR 28.503 - Color Grade No. 3.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Color Grade No. 3. 28.503 Section 28.503 Agriculture... American Pima Cotton § 28.503 Color Grade No. 3. Color grade No. 3 shall be American Pima cotton which in color is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of...

  17. 7 CFR 28.503 - Color Grade No. 3.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Color Grade No. 3. 28.503 Section 28.503 Agriculture... American Pima Cotton § 28.503 Color Grade No. 3. Color grade No. 3 shall be American Pima cotton which in color is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of...

  18. 7 CFR 28.503 - Color Grade No. 3.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Color Grade No. 3. 28.503 Section 28.503 Agriculture... American Pima Cotton § 28.503 Color Grade No. 3. Color grade No. 3 shall be American Pima cotton which in color is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of...

  19. 7 CFR 28.503 - Color Grade No. 3.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Color Grade No. 3. 28.503 Section 28.503 Agriculture... American Pima Cotton § 28.503 Color Grade No. 3. Color grade No. 3 shall be American Pima cotton which in color is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of...

  20. 7 CFR 28.503 - Color Grade No. 3.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Color Grade No. 3. 28.503 Section 28.503 Agriculture... American Pima Cotton § 28.503 Color Grade No. 3. Color grade No. 3 shall be American Pima cotton which in color is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of...

  1. Using clinical simulation centers to test design interventions: a pilot study of lighting and color modifications.

    PubMed

    Gray, Whitney Austin; Kesten, Karen S; Hurst, Stephen; Day, Tama Duffy; Anderko, Laura

    2012-01-01

    The aim of this pilot study was to test design interventions such as lighting, color, and spatial color patterning on nurses' stress, alertness, and satisfaction, and to provide an example of how clinical simulation centers can be used to conduct research. The application of evidence-based design research in healthcare settings requires a transdisciplinary approach. Integrating approaches from multiple fields in real-life settings often proves time consuming and experimentally difficult. However, forums for collaboration such as clinical simulation centers may offer a solution. In these settings, identical operating and patient rooms are used to deliver simulated patient care scenarios using automated mannequins. Two identical rooms were modified in the clinical simulation center. Nurses spent 30 minutes in each room performing simulated cardiac resuscitation. Subjective measures of nurses' stress, alertness, and satisfaction were collected and compared between settings and across time using matched-pair t-test analysis. Nurses reported feeling less stressed after exposure to the experimental room than nurses who were exposed to the control room (2.22, p = .03). Scores post-session indicated a significant reduction in stress and an increase in alertness after exposure to the experimental room as compared to the control room, with significance levels below .10. (Change in stress scores: 3.44, p = .069); (change in alertness scores: 3.6, p = .071). This study reinforces the use of validated survey tools to measure stress, alertness, and satisfaction. Results support human-centered design approaches by evaluating the effect on nurses in an experimental setting.

  2. Understanding Early Post-Mortem Biochemical Processes Underlying Meat Color and pH Decline in the Longissimus thoracis Muscle of Young Blond d'Aquitaine Bulls Using Protein Biomarkers.

    PubMed

    Gagaoua, Mohammed; Terlouw, E M Claudia; Micol, Didier; Boudjellal, Abdelghani; Hocquette, Jean-François; Picard, Brigitte

    2015-08-05

    Many studies on color biochemistry and protein biomarkers were undertaken in post-mortem beef muscles after ≥24 hours. The present study was conducted on Longissimus thoracis muscles of 21 Blond d'Aquitaine young bulls to evaluate the relationships between protein biomarkers present during the early post-mortem and known to be related to tenderness and pH decline and color development. pH values at 45 min, 3 h, and 30 h post-mortem were correlated with three, seven, and six biomarkers, respectively. L*a*b* color coordinates 24 h post-mortem were correlated with nine, five, and eight protein biomarkers, respectively. Regression models included Hsp proteins and explained between 47 and 59% of the variability between individuals in pH and between 47 and 65% of the variability in L*a*b* color coordinates. Proteins correlated with pH and/or color coordinates were involved in apoptosis or had antioxidative or chaperone activities. The main results include the negative correlations between pH45 min, pH3 h, and pHu and Prdx6, which may be explained by the antioxidative and phospholipase activities of this biomarker. Similarly, inducible Hsp70-1A/B and μ-calpain were correlated with L*a*b* coordinates, due to the protective action of Hsp70-1A/B on the proteolytic activities of μ-calpain on structural proteins. Correlations existed further between MDH1, ENO3, and LDH-B and pH decline and color stability probably due to the involvement of these enzymes in the glycolytic pathway and, thus, the energy status of the cell. The present results show that research using protein indicators may increase the understanding of early post-mortem biological mechanisms involved in pH and beef color development.

  3. Controlling composition and color characteristics of Monascus pigments by pH and nitrogen sources in submerged fermentation.

    PubMed

    Shi, Kan; Song, Da; Chen, Gong; Pistolozzi, Marco; Wu, Zhenqiang; Quan, Lei

    2015-08-01

    Submerged fermentations of Monascus anka were performed with different nitrogen sources at different pH in 3 L bioreactors. The results revealed that the Monascus pigments dominated by different color components (yellow pigments, orange pigments or red pigments) could be selectively produced through pH control and nitrogen source selection. A large amount of intracellular pigments dominated by orange pigments and a small amount of water-soluble extracellular yellow pigments were produced at low pH (pH 2.5 and 4.0), independently of the nitrogen source employed. At higher pH (pH 6.5), the role of the nitrogen source became more significant. In particular, when ammonium sulfate was used as nitrogen source, the intracellular pigments were dominated by red pigments with a small amount of yellow pigments. Conversely, when peptone was used, intracellular pigments were dominated by yellow pigments with a few red pigments derivatives. Neither the presence of peptone nor ammonium sulfate promoted the production of intracellular orange pigments while extracellular pigments with an orangish red color were observed in both cases, with a higher yield when peptone was used. Two-stage pH control fermentation was then performed to improve desirable pigments yield and further investigate the effect of pH and nitrogen sources on pigments composition. These results provide a useful strategy to produce Monascus pigments with different composition and different color characteristics. Copyright © 2015 The Society for Biotechnology, Japan. Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. Scrutiny of the Core of the Galactic Center by H_3^+ and Co: Gcirs 3 and Gcirs 1W

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Goto, M.; Usuda, T.; Geballe, T. R.; Indriolo, N.; McCall, B. J.; Oka, T.

    2011-06-01

    Out of the over two dozen sightlines toward the Central Molecular Zone of the Galactic center so far observed by infrared spectra of H_3^+ and CO, sightlines toward GCIRS 3 and Iota stand out as exceptional since they show cloud components with clear R(2,2)^l absorption indicating that their unstable (J,K) = (2,2) levels are well populated. Those two sightlines toward the Galactic core and Sgr B, respectively, must pass through hot and dense gas. The cloud component at ˜ 60 km S-1 toward GCIRS 3 is particularly intriguing since GCIRS 1W, which is separated from it only by 5".8 (0.23 pc if the same distance to the Galactic center of 8 k pc is assumed), barely shows the R(2,2)^l absorption. The cloud must be compact and this calls for a high ionization rate. To further study this problem the sightlines toward GCIRS 3 and GCIRS 1W have been observed by VLT under high spectral resolution. The observed R(3,3)^l absorption is extraordinarily deep and the R(2,2)^l absorption is clearly observable at ˜ 60 km S-1 for GCIRS 3 indicating unusually high temperature and high density of the cloud. In contrast, toward GCIRS 1W, the R(3,3)^l absorption is of ordinary depth and the R(2,2)^l absorptions is marginal if any indicating the well known warm and diffuse gas observed toward other regions of the Central Molecular Zone. Their analysis and comparison with radio HCN emission observed in the area will be discussed. M. Goto, T. Usuda, T. Nagata, T. R. Geballe, B. J. McCall, N. Indriolo, H. Suto, Th. Henning, C. P. Morong, and T. Oka, ApJ, 688, 306 (2008). Goto, Usuda, Geballe, Indriolo, McCall, Henning, Oka, PASJ (2011) in press.

  5. High Color Rendering Index White-Light Emission from UV-Driven LEDs Based on Single Luminescent Materials: Two-Dimensional Perovskites (C6H5C2H4NH3)2PbBr xCl4- x.

    PubMed

    Yang, Shuming; Lin, Zhenghuan; Wang, Jingwei; Chen, Yunxiang; Liu, Zhengde; Yang, E; Zhang, Jian; Ling, Qidan

    2018-05-09

    Two-dimensional (2D) white-light-emitting hybrid perovskites (WHPs) are promising active materials for single-component white-light-emitting diodes (WLEDs) driven by UV. However, the reported WHPs exhibit low quantum yields (≤9%) and low color rendering index (CRI) values less than 85, which does not satisfy the demand of solid-state lighting applications. In this work, we report a series of mixed-halide 2D layered WHPs (C 6 H 5 C 2 H 4 NH 3 ) 2 PbBr x Cl 4- x (0 < x < 4) obtained from the phenethylammonium cation. Unlike the reported WHPs including (C 6 H 5 C 2 H 4 NH 3 ) 2 PbCl 4 , the mixed-halide perovskites display morphology-dependent white emission for the different extents of self-absorption. Additionally, the amount of Br has a huge influence on the photophysical properties of mixed-halide WHPs. With the increasing content of Br, the quantum yields of WHPs increase gradually from 0.2 to 16.9%, accompanied by tunable color temperatures ranging from 4000 K ("warm" white light) to 7000 K ("cold" white light). When applied to the WLEDs, the mixed-halide perovskite powders exhibit tunable white electroluminescent emission with very high CRI of 87-91.

  6. High-throughput and in situ EDXRD investigation on the formation of two new metal aminoethylphosphonates - Ca(O{sub 3}PC{sub 2}H{sub 4}NH{sub 2}) and Ca(OH)(O{sub 3}PC{sub 2}H{sub 4}NH{sub 3}){center_dot}2H{sub 2}O

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Schmidt, Corinna; Feyand, Mark; Rothkirch, Andre

    2012-04-15

    The system Ca{sup 2+}/2-aminoethylphosphonic acid/H{sub 2}O/NaOH was systematically investigated using high-throughput methods. The experiments led to one new compound Ca(O{sub 3}PC{sub 2} H{sub 4}NH{sub 2}) (1) and the crystal structure was determined using in house X-ray powder diffraction data (monoclinic, P2{sub 1}/c, a=9.7753(3), b=6.4931(2), c=8.4473(2) A, {beta}=106.46(2) Degree-Sign , V=514.20(2) A{sup 3}, Z=4). The formation of 1 was investigated by in situ energy dispersive X-ray diffraction measurements (EDXRD) at beamline F3 at HASYLAB (light source DORIS III), DESY, Hamburg. An intermediate, Ca(OH)(O{sub 3}PC{sub 2}H{sub 4}NH{sub 3}){center_dot}2H{sub 2}O (2), was observed and could be isolated from the reaction mixture at ambientmore » temperatures by quenching the reaction. The crystal structure of 2 was determined from XRPD data using synchrotron radiation (monoclinic, P2{sub 1}/m, a=11.2193(7), b=7.1488(3), c=5.0635(2) A, {beta}=100.13(4) Degree-Sign , V=399.78(3) A{sup 3}, Z=2). - Graphical abstarct: The detailed in situ energy dispersive X-ray diffraction (EDXRD) investigation on the formation of the new inorganic-organic hybrid compound Ca(O{sub 3}PC{sub 2}H{sub 4}NH{sub 2}) leads to the discovery of a new crystalline intermediate phase. Both crystal structures were elucidated using X-ray powder diffraction data. Highlights: Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer High-throughput investigation led to new metal aminoethylphosphonate Ca(O{sub 3}PC{sub 2}H{sub 4}NH{sub 2}). Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer The formation of Ca(O{sub 3}PC{sub 2}H{sub 4}NH{sub 2}) was followed by in situ EDXRD measurements. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer The crystalline intermediate Ca(O{sub 3}PC{sub 2}H{sub 4}NH{sub 3})(OH){center_dot}2H{sub 2}O was discovered. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer Isolation of Ca(O{sub 3}PC{sub 2}H{sub 4}NH{sub 3})(OH){center_dot}2H{sub 2}O was accomplished by quenching experiments. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer The structures were determined using X

  7. Color universal design: analysis of color category dependency on color vision type (3)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kojima, Natsuki; Ichihara, Yasuyo G.; Ikeda, Tomohiro; Kamachi, Miyuki G.; Ito, Kei

    2012-01-01

    We report on the results of a study investigating the color perception characteristics of people with red-green color confusion. We believe that this is an important step towards achieving Color Universal Design. In Japan, approximately 5% of men and 0.2% of women have red-green confusion. The percentage for men is higher in Europe and the United States; up to 8% in some countries. Red-green confusion involves a perception of colors different from normal color vision. Colors are used as a means of disseminating clear information to people; however, it may be difficult to convey the correct information to people who have red-green confusion. Consequently, colors should be chosen that minimize accidents and that promote more effective communication. In a previous survey, we investigated color categories common to each color vision type, trichromat (C-type color vision), protan (P-type color vision) and deuteran (D-type color vision). In the present study, first, we conducted experiments in order to verify a previous survey of C-type color vision and P-type color vision. Next, we investigated color difference levels within "CIE 1976 L*a*b*" (the CIELAB uniform color space), where neither C-type nor P-type color vision causes accidents under certain conditions (rain maps/contour line levels and graph color legend levels). As a result, we propose a common chromaticity of colors that the two color vision types are able to categorize by means of color names common to C-type color vision. We also offer a proposal to explain perception characteristics of color differences with normal color vision and red-green confusion using the CIELAB uniform color space. This report is a follow-up to SPIE-IS & T / Vol. 7528 7528051-8 and SPIE-IS & T /vol. 7866 78660J-1-8.

  8. Color standardization in whole slide imaging using a color calibration slide

    PubMed Central

    Bautista, Pinky A.; Hashimoto, Noriaki; Yagi, Yukako

    2014-01-01

    Background: Color consistency in histology images is still an issue in digital pathology. Different imaging systems reproduced the colors of a histological slide differently. Materials and Methods: Color correction was implemented using the color information of the nine color patches of a color calibration slide. The inherent spectral colors of these patches along with their scanned colors were used to derive a color correction matrix whose coefficients were used to convert the pixels’ colors to their target colors. Results: There was a significant reduction in the CIELAB color difference, between images of the same H & E histological slide produced by two different whole slide scanners by 3.42 units, P < 0.001 at 95% confidence level. Conclusion: Color variations in histological images brought about by whole slide scanning can be effectively normalized with the use of the color calibration slide. PMID:24672739

  9. Blue-green tunable color of Ce3+/Tb3+ coactivated NaBa3La3Si6O20 phosphor via energy transfer

    PubMed Central

    Jia, Zhen; Xia, Mingjun

    2016-01-01

    A series of color tunable phosphors NaBa3La3Si6O20:Ce3+, Tb3+ were synthesized via the high-temperature solid-state method. NaBa3La3Si6O20 crystallizes in noncentrosymmetric space group Ama2 with the cell parameters of a = 14.9226(4) Å, b = 24.5215(5) Å and c = 5.6241(2) Å by the Rietveld refinement method. The Ce3+ ions doped NaBa3La3Si6O20 phosphors have a strong absorption band from 260 to 360 nm and show near ultraviolet emission light centered at 378 nm. The Ce3+ and Tb3+ ions coactivated phosphors exhibit color tunable emission light from deep blue to green by adjusting the concentration of the Tb3+ ions. An energy transfer of Ce3+ → Tb3+ investigated by the photoluminescence properties and lifetime decay, is demonstrated to be dipole–quadrupole interaction. These results indicate the NaBa3La3Si6O20:Ce3+, Tb3+ phosphors can be considered as potential candidates for blue-green components for white light emitting diodes. PMID:27628111

  10. Multiphoton-Excited Fluorescence of Silicon-Vacancy Color Centers in Diamond

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Higbie, J. M.; Perreault, J. D.; Acosta, V. M.; Belthangady, C.; Lebel, P.; Kim, M. H.; Nguyen, K.; Demas, V.; Bajaj, V.; Santori, C.

    2017-05-01

    Silicon-vacancy color centers in nanodiamonds are promising as fluorescent labels for biological applications, with a narrow, nonbleaching emission line at 738 nm. Two-photon excitation of this fluorescence offers the possibility of low-background detection at significant tissue depth with high three-dimensional spatial resolution. We measure the two-photon fluorescence cross section of a negatively charged silicon vacancy (Si -V- ) in ion-implanted bulk diamond to be 0.74 (19 )×10-50 cm4 s /photon at an excitation wavelength of 1040 nm. Compared to the diamond nitrogen-vacancy center, the expected detection threshold of a two-photon excited Si -V center is more than an order of magnitude lower, largely due to its much narrower linewidth. We also present measurements of two- and three-photon excitation spectra, finding an increase in the two-photon cross section with decreasing wavelength, and we discuss the physical interpretation of the spectra in the context of existing models of the Si -V energy-level structure.

  11. Spectrophotometer-Based Color Measurements

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2017-10-24

    public release; distribution is unlimited. AD U.S. ARMY ARMAMENT RESEARCH , DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING CENTER Weapons and Software Engineering Center...for public release; distribution is unlimited. UNCLASSIFIED i CONTENTS Page Summary 1 Introduction 1 Methods , Assumptions, and Procedures 1...Values for Federal Color Standards 15 Distribution List 25 TABLES 1 Instrument precision 3 2 Method precision and operator variability 4 3

  12. Effect of Salivary pH on Color Stability of Different Flowable Composites - A Prospective In-vitro Study.

    PubMed

    Batra, Renu; Kataria, Pratik; Kapoor, Sonali

    2016-10-01

    Scientifically and clinically there has been lot of development in the field of aesthetic dentistry. However, there is limited or restricted information regarding the color stability of flowable composite materials. The aim of this study was to evaluate the spectrophotometric color stability of three different flowable composite materials with respect to three different pH of saliva. The study included 90 different samples. Thirty samples in each composite group; (Group A: G-aenial universal flo; Group B: Z 350 XT flowable; Group C: Esthet x flow). All samples from each group were immersed in distilled water for 24 hours. Total color difference (ΔE) was recorded for each sample. After this 10 samples from each group were respectively immersed in 6.5, 7 and 7.5 pH of artificial saliva. All samples were kept in dark room for seven days and then ΔE for each sample was recorded and was compared to previous recorded ΔE for the same sample. Maximum color change was seen irrespective of material in 6.5 pH of saliva. G-aenial universal flo showed least change irrespective of pH of saliva. Thus, the present study reveals that acidic pH level affects the coloration of composite resins by affecting the surface integrity and as reported in previous studies, various coloring agents in beverages and other dietary components assists the process due to absorption of these coloring substances into the resin matrix.

  13. Tunable color emission via energy transfer in co-doped Ce3+/Dy3+: Li2O-LiF-B2O3-ZnO glasses for photonic applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vijayalakshmi, L.; Naveen Kumar, K.; Srinivasa Rao, K.; Hwang, Pyung

    2017-10-01

    A set of co-doped (Ce3+/Dy3+): LBZ glasses were prepared by standard melt quenching technique. The pertinent absorption bands were observed in the optical absorption spectrum of co-doped Ce3+/Dy3+: LBZ glasses. We have been observed a prominent blue and yellow emission pertaining to Dy3+ ions at 0.5 mol % under the excitation of 385 nm doped glasses. However, the photoluminescence intensities were remarkably enhanced by co-doping with Ce3+ ions to Dy3+: LBZ glasses due to energy transfer from Ce3+ to Dy3+. The emission spectra of co-doped (Ce3+/Dy3+): LBZ glass exhibits three strong emissions at 440 nm, 480 nm and 574 nm which are assigned with corresponding electronic transitions of 4I15/2 → 6H15/2, 4F9/2 → 6H15/2 and 4F9/2 → 6H13/2 respectively. The Commission International de E'clairage coordinates were calculated from their emission spectra of single doped Dy3+ and co-doped (Ce3+/Dy3+): LBZ glasses. The obtained CIE chromaticity coordinates for optimized co-doped glass are found to be very close to the standard white region. Based on the concentration of Ce3+, the emitting color of the co-doped glass can be changed from blue to white color. The transformation of the color from blue to white region due to energy transfer from Ce3+ to Dy3+. The energy transfer mechanism was substantiated by various fluorescence dynamics such as overlapped spectral profiles, photoluminescence, lifetime decay and CIE color coordinate analysis. These results could be suggested that the obtained co-doped (Ce3+/Dy3+): LBZ glasses are promising candidates for commercial white light applications.

  14. Color dithering methods for LEGO-like 3D printing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, Pei-Li; Sie, Yuping

    2015-01-01

    Color dithering methods for LEGO-like 3D printing are proposed in this study. The first method is work for opaque color brick building. It is a modification of classic error diffusion. Many color primaries can be chosen. However, RGBYKW is recommended as its image quality is good and the number of color primary is limited. For translucent color bricks, multi-layer color building can enhance the image quality significantly. A LUT-based method is proposed to speed the dithering proceeding and make the color distribution even smoother. Simulation results show the proposed multi-layer dithering method can really improve the image quality of LEGO-like 3D printing.

  15. The Complete Calibration of the Color-Redshift Relation (C3R2) survey for Euclid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cohen, Judith; Masters, Daniel; C3R2 Team

    2018-06-01

    The complete calibration of the color-redshift relation (C3R2) survey is a multi-institution, mutli-instrument survey with the Keck telescopes that aims to map out the empirical galaxy color-redshift relation in preparation for the Stage IV dark energy missions Euclid and WFIRST. A key challenge for weak lensing cosmology with these missions will be measuring highly accurate redshift distributions for billions of faint galaxies using only broad-band photometric observations. Well-calibrated photometric redshifts will thus be critical to their success. C3R2 uses an innovative technique that maps the color distribution of galaxies in the high-dimensional color space (u-g, ..., J-H) expected for Euclid and WFIRST, allowng us to focus spectroscopic effort on those regions of galaxy color space which are currently unexplored. C3R2 is a joint effort involving all of the Keck partners, with 44.5 nights allocated thus far. DR1 is published (Masters, Stern, Cohen et al, ApJ, 841, 111), and DR2, with > 3000 new redshifts, will be submitted in mid 2018.

  16. Influence of in-office whitening gel pH on hydrogen peroxide diffusion through enamel and color changes in bovine teeth.

    PubMed

    Pignoly, Christian; Camps, Lila; Susini, Guy; About, Imad; Camps, Jean

    2012-04-01

    To assess the influence of in-office whitening gel pH on whitening efficiency. Hydrogen peroxide diffusion and color changes on bovine teeth were assessed. Three gels with close hydrogen peroxide concentrations but with various pH levels were tested: Zoom 2 (Discus Dental), Opalescence Endo and Opalescence Boost (Ultradent). The pH levels were respectively: 3.0, 5.0 and 7.0. Thirty enamel slices and tooth crowns were used for both studies (n = 10 per group per study). Hydrogen peroxide diffusion through the enamel slices and the tooth crowns was spectrophotometrically recorded every 10 minutes for 1 hour to calculate the diffusion coefficients. Color changes were spectrophotometrically recorded every 10 minutes for 1 hour and quantified in term of CIE-Lab. The hydrogen peroxide diffusion coefficient through enamel ranged from 5.12 +/- 0.82 x 10(-9) cm2 s(-1) for pH 3 to 5.19 +/- 0.92 x 10(-9) cm2 S(-1) for pH 7. Through tooth crowns it ranged from 4.80 +/- 1.75 x 10(-10) cm2 s(-1) for pH 5 to 4.85 +/- 1.82 x 10(-10) cm2 s(-1) for pH 3. After 1 hour, the deltaE varied from 5.6 +/- 4.0 for pH 7 to 7.0 +/- 5.0 for pH 3 on enamel slices and from 3.9 +/- 2.5 for pH 5 to 4.9 +/- 3.5 for pH 7 on tooth crowns. There was no statistically significant difference between groups for both parameters.

  17. Assessing mine drainage pH from the color and spectral reflectance of chemical precipitates

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Williams, D.J.; Bigham, J.M.; Cravotta, C.A.; Traina, S.J.; Anderson, J.E.; Lyon, J.G.

    2002-01-01

    The pH of mine impacted waters was estimated from the spectral reflectance of resident sediments composed mostly of chemical precipitates. Mine drainage sediments were collected from sites in the Anthracite Region of eastern Pennsylvania, representing acid to near neutral pH. Sediments occurring in acidic waters contained primarily schwertmannite and goethite while near neutral waters produced ferrihydrite. The minerals comprising the sediments occurring at each pH mode were spectrally separable. Spectral angle difference mapping was used to correlate sediment color with stream water pH (r2=0.76). Band-center and band-depth analysis of spectral absorption features were also used to discriminate ferrihydrite and goethite and/or schwertmannite by analyzing the 4T1??? 6A1 crystal field transition (900-1000 nm). The presence of these minerals accurately predicted stream water pH (r2=0.87) and provided a qualitative estimate of dissolved SO4 concentrations. Spectral analysis results were used to analyze airborne digital multispectral video (DMSV) imagery for several sites in the region. The high spatial resolution of the DMSV sensor allowed for precise mapping of the mine drainage sediments. The results from this study indicate that airborne and space-borne imaging spectrometers may be used to accurately classify streams impacted by acid vs. neutral-to-alkaline mine drainage after appropriate spectral libraries are developed.

  18. Interdigitated Color- and Disparity-Selective Columns within Human Visual Cortical Areas V2 and V3

    PubMed Central

    Polimeni, Jonathan R.; Tootell, Roger B.H.

    2016-01-01

    In nonhuman primates (NHPs), secondary visual cortex (V2) is composed of repeating columnar stripes, which are evident in histological variations of cytochrome oxidase (CO) levels. Distinctive “thin” and “thick” stripes of dark CO staining reportedly respond selectively to stimulus variations in color and binocular disparity, respectively. Here, we first tested whether similar color-selective or disparity-selective stripes exist in human V2. If so, available evidence predicts that such stripes should (1) radiate “outward” from the V1–V2 border, (2) interdigitate, (3) differ from each other in both thickness and length, (4) be spaced ∼3.5–4 mm apart (center-to-center), and, perhaps, (5) have segregated functional connections. Second, we tested whether analogous segregated columns exist in a “next-higher” tier area, V3. To answer these questions, we used high-resolution fMRI (1 × 1 × 1 mm3) at high field (7 T), presenting color-selective or disparity-selective stimuli, plus extensive signal averaging across multiple scan sessions and cortical surface-based analysis. All hypotheses were confirmed. V2 stripes and V3 columns were reliably localized in all subjects. The two stripe/column types were largely interdigitated (e.g., nonoverlapping) in both V2 and V3. Color-selective stripes differed from disparity-selective stripes in both width (thickness) and length. Analysis of resting-state functional connections (eyes closed) showed a stronger correlation between functionally alike (compared with functionally unlike) stripes/columns in V2 and V3. These results revealed a fine-scale segregation of color-selective or disparity-selective streams within human areas V2 and V3. Together with prior evidence from NHPs, this suggests that two parallel processing streams extend from visual subcortical regions through V1, V2, and V3. SIGNIFICANCE STATEMENT In current textbooks and reviews, diagrams of cortical visual processing highlight two distinct neural

  19. Effect of metal opaquer on the final color of 3 ceramic crown types on 3 abutment configurations.

    PubMed

    Arif, Rabia; Yilmaz, Burak; Mortazavi, Aras; Ozcelik, Tuncer B; Johnston, William M

    2018-04-30

    The effect of a recently introduced metal opaquer when used to mask the color of a titanium abutment under ceramic crown systems is unknown. The purpose of this study was to compare the color coordinates of 3 ceramic crown types-characterized monolithic lithium disilicate (LDC) (IPS e.max; Ivoclar Vivadent AG), layered lithium disilicate (LDL) (IPS e.max; Ivoclar Vivadent AG), and layered zirconia (ZL) (H.C. Starck)-on 3 abutment configurations, nonopaqued titanium (Ti), resin opaqued titanium (Op), and zirconia (Zir). In addition, the color differences (CIEDE2000) were evaluated among the 3 crown types on 3 different abutment substrates. Ten Ti disks (10×1 mm) were fabricated with computer-aided design and computer-aided manufacturing (CAD-CAM) to represent the Ti abutments. Five Ti specimens were opaqued (Op) (whiteMetal Opaquer wMO; Blue Sky Bio), and 5 were not opaqued (Ti). Ten zirconia disks were fabricated with CAD-CAM and sintered (10×1.2 mm). Five disks were used as backings to represent Zir abutments, and 5 disks were layered with 1 mm of porcelain (B1, IPS e.Max Ceram; Ivoclar Vivadent AG) to represent layered zirconia crowns (ZL). Ten lithium disilicate plates (14×14×1.2 mm) were sectioned from CAD blocks (B1 IPS e.Max CAD; Ivoclar Vivadent AG). Five plates were layered with the same porcelain (B1, 1 mm), and 5 plates were surface characterized and glazed. An LDL crown on a Zir abutment configuration was used as the control. The 3 simulated crown types (n=5) were optically connected to each of the 3 abutment types, and the color of the 9 groups was measured using a spectroradiometer. Measured data were reported in CIELab coordinates. CIELab data were used to calculate color differences between the control and the 8 experimental groups. Color data were summarized for each group, and analyzed by repeated-measures ANOVA. For pairwise comparisons, a Bonferroni correction of t tests was used, and for interpretive analysis of resulting color difference

  20. Broiler skin and meat color changes during storage.

    PubMed

    Petracci, M; Fletcher, D L

    2002-10-01

    The importance of poultry skin and meat color (both absolute and variations in color) in the market place have been well established. It has also been reported that these colors change over time. With the development of computer-assisted vision grading systems, the changes in skin and meat color during and after processing have become important, based on calibrations and assessment values based on color. Four independent experiments were conducted to determine the pattern of color change in broiler skin and meat during processing and storage. Skin color change was measured on subscald (57 C) and semiscald (50 C) breast skin surfaces and on breast and leg meat, on the carcass and following deboning and packaging. A reflectance colorimeter was used to determine lightness (L*), redness (a*), and yellowness (b*) at 20-min intervals for the first 3 h, at 30-min intervals between 3 and 8 h, hourly between 8 and 12 h, and daily up to 8 d postmortem. Results clearly show that color values for both skin and meat changed dramatically for the first 6 h postmortem, after which the changes were less pronounced. The skin from semiscalded birds showed less change than the skin from subscalded birds. These results indicate that on-line vision systems need to take into account the dramatic changes in skin and meat color during the first 6 h postmortem, after which the color changes may be less important.

  1. [Constructing 3-dimensional colorized digital dental model assisted by digital photography].

    PubMed

    Ye, Hong-qiang; Liu, Yu-shu; Liu, Yun-song; Ning, Jing; Zhao, Yi-jiao; Zhou, Yong-sheng

    2016-02-18

    To explore a method of constructing universal 3-dimensional (3D) colorized digital dental model which can be displayed and edited in common 3D software (such as Geomagic series), in order to improve the visual effect of digital dental model in 3D software. The morphological data of teeth and gingivae were obtained by intra-oral scanning system (3Shape TRIOS), constructing 3D digital dental models. The 3D digital dental models were exported as STL files. Meanwhile, referring to the accredited photography guide of American Academy of Cosmetic Dentistry (AACD), five selected digital photographs of patients'teeth and gingivae were taken by digital single lens reflex camera (DSLR) with the same exposure parameters (except occlusal views) to capture the color data. In Geomagic Studio 2013, after STL file of 3D digital dental model being imported, digital photographs were projected on 3D digital dental model with corresponding position and angle. The junctions of different photos were carefully trimmed to get continuous and natural color transitions. Then the 3D colorized digital dental model was constructed, which was exported as OBJ file or WRP file which was a special file for software of Geomagic series. For the purpose of evaluating the visual effect of the 3D colorized digital model, a rating scale on color simulation effect in views of patients'evaluation was used. Sixteen patients were recruited and their scores on colored and non-colored digital dental models were recorded. The data were analyzed using McNemar-Bowker test in SPSS 20. Universal 3D colorized digital dental model with better color simulation was constructed based on intra-oral scanning and digital photography. For clinical application, the 3D colorized digital dental models, combined with 3D face images, were introduced into 3D smile design of aesthetic rehabilitation, which could improve the patients' cognition for the esthetic digital design and virtual prosthetic effect. Universal 3D colorized

  2. Practical color vision tests for air traffic control applicants : en route center and terminal facilities.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    1995-04-01

    Two practical color vision tests were developed and validated for use in screening Air Traffic Control specialist (ATCS) applicants for work at en route center or terminal facilities. The development of the tests involved careful reproduction/simulat...

  3. Infrared Color Selection of Massive Galaxies at z > 3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, T.; Elbaz, D.; Schreiber, C.; Pannella, M.; Shu, X.; Willner, S. P.; Ashby, M. L. N.; Huang, J.-S.; Fontana, A.; Dekel, A.; Daddi, E.; Ferguson, H. C.; Dunlop, J.; Ciesla, L.; Koekemoer, A. M.; Giavalisco, M.; Boutsia, K.; Finkelstein, S.; Juneau, S.; Barro, G.; Koo, D. C.; Michałowski, M. J.; Orellana, G.; Lu, Y.; Castellano, M.; Bourne, N.; Buitrago, F.; Santini, P.; Faber, S. M.; Hathi, N.; Lucas, R. A.; Pérez-González, P. G.

    2016-01-01

    We introduce a new color selection technique to identify high-redshift, massive galaxies that are systematically missed by Lyman-break selection. The new selection is based on the H160 (H) and Infrared Array Camera (IRAC) 4.5 μm bands, specifically H-[4.5]\\gt 2.25 mag. These galaxies, called “HIEROs,” include two major populations that can be separated with an additional J - H color. The populations are massive and dusty star-forming galaxies at z\\gt 3 ({JH}-{blue}) and extremely dusty galaxies at z≲ 3 ({JH}-{red}). The 350 arcmin2 of the GOODS-North and GOODS-South fields with the deepest Hubble Space Telescope (HST)/Wide Field Camera 3 (WFC3) near-infrared and IRAC data contain as many as 285 HIEROs down to [4.5]\\lt 24 mag. Inclusion of the most extreme HIEROs, not even detected in the H band, makes this selection particularly complete for the identification of massive high-redshift galaxies. We focus here primarily on {JH}-{blue} (z\\gt 3) HIEROs, which have a median photometric redshift < z> ˜ 4.4 and stellar mass {M}*˜ {10}10.6 {M}⊙ and are much fainter in the rest-frame UV than similarly massive Lyman-break galaxies (LBGs). Their star formation rates (SFRs), derived from their stacked infrared spectral energy distributions (SEDs), reach ˜240 {M}⊙ yr-1, leading to a specific SFR, {{sSFR}}\\equiv {{SFR}}/{M}*˜ 4.2 Gyr-1, suggesting that the sSFRs for massive galaxies continue to grow at z\\gt 2 but at a lower growth rate than from z = 0 to z = 2. With a median half-light radius of 2 kpc, including ˜ 20% as compact as quiescent (QS) galaxies at similar redshifts, {JH}-{blue} HIEROs represent perfect star-forming progenitors of the most massive ({M}*≳ {10}11.2 {M}⊙ ) compact QS galaxies at z˜ 3 and have the right number density. HIEROs make up ˜ 60% of all galaxies with {M}*\\gt {10}10.5 {M}⊙ identified at z\\gt 3 from their photometric redshifts. This is five times more than LBGs with nearly no overlap between the two populations

  4. Effect of glucuronosylation on anthocyanin color stability.

    PubMed

    Osmani, Sarah Anne; Hansen, Esben Halkjaer; Malien-Aubert, Céline; Olsen, Carl-Erik; Bak, Søren; Møller, Birger Lindberg

    2009-04-22

    The effect of glucuronosylation on the color stability of anthocyanins was investigated using glucuronosylated anthocyanins isolated from the flower petals of the red daisy (Bellis perennis) or obtained by enzymatic in vitro synthesis using heterologously expressed red daisy glucuronosyltransferase BpUGT94B1. Color stability toward light and heat stress was assessed by monitoring CIELAB color coordinates and stability at pH 7.0 by A(550). Cyanidin-3-O-2''-O-glucuronosylglucoside showed improved color stability in response to light compared to both cyanidin 3-O-glucoside and cyanidin 3-O-2''-O-diglucoside. A similar increase in color stability was not observed following heat treatment. Glucuronosylation did not increase the stability of anthocyanins at pH 7.0 as determined by A(550). To test for a possible effect of glucuronosylation on the color stability of anthocyanins in plant extracts used for food coloration, an elderberry (Sambucus nigra) extract was glucuronosylated in vitro. Glucuronosylation of approximately 50% of total anthocyanins proceeded fast and resulted in increased color stability in response to both heat and light. The data show that glucuronosylation may be used to stabilize industrially used extracts of natural colorants.

  5. Stereo matching image processing by synthesized color and the characteristic area by the synthesized color

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Akiyama, Akira; Mutoh, Eiichiro; Kumagai, Hideo

    2014-09-01

    We have developed the stereo matching image processing by synthesized color and the corresponding area by the synthesized color for ranging the object and image recognition. The typical images from a pair of the stereo imagers may have some image disagreement each other due to the size change, missed place, appearance change and deformation of characteristic area. We constructed the synthesized color and corresponding color area with the same synthesized color to make the distinct stereo matching. We constructed the synthesized color and corresponding color area with the same synthesized color by the 3 steps. The first step is making binary edge image by differentiating the focused image from each imager and verifying that differentiated image has normal density of frequency distribution to find the threshold level of binary procedure. We used Daubechies wavelet transformation for the procedures of differentiating in this study. The second step is deriving the synthesized color by averaging color brightness between binary edge points with respect to horizontal direction and vertical direction alternatively. The averaging color procedure was done many times until the fluctuation of averaged color become negligible with respect to 256 levels in brightness. The third step is extracting area with same synthesized color by collecting the pixel of same synthesized color and grouping these pixel points by 4 directional connectivity relations. The matching areas for the stereo matching are determined by using synthesized color areas. The matching point is the center of gravity of each synthesized color area. The parallax between a pair of images is derived by the center of gravity of synthesized color area easily. The experiment of this stereo matching was done for the object of the soccer ball toy. From this experiment we showed that stereo matching by the synthesized color technique are simple and effective.

  6. Effect of Pre-Irradiation Annealing and Laser Modification on the Formation of Radiation-Induced Surface Color Centers in Lithium Fluoride

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Voitovich, A. P.; Kalinov, V. S.; Novikov, A. N.; Radkevich, A. V.; Runets, L. P.; Stupak, A. P.; Tarasenko, N. V.

    2017-01-01

    It is shown that surface color centers of the same type are formed in the surface layer and in regions with damaged crystal structure inside crystalline lithium fluoride after γ-irradiation. Results are presented from a study of the effect of pre-irradiation annealing on the efficiency with which surface centers are formed in lithium fluoride nanocrystals. Raising the temperature for pre-irradiation annealing from room temperature to 250°C leads to a substantial reduction in the efficiency with which these centers are created. Surface color centers are not detected after γ-irradiation for pre-irradiation annealing temperatures of 300°C and above. Adsorption of atmospheric gases on the crystal surface cannot be regarded as a necessary condition for the formation of radiation-induced surface centers.

  7. Primary and aggregate color centers in proton irradiated LiF crystals and thin films for luminescent solid state detectors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Piccinini, M.; Ambrosini, F.; Ampollini, A.; Bonfigli, F.; Libera, S.; Picardi, L.; Ronsivalle, C.; Vincenti, M. A.; Montereali, R. M.

    2015-04-01

    Proton beams of 3 MeV energy, produced by the injector of a linear accelerator for proton therapy, were used to irradiate at room temperature lithium fluoride crystals and polycrystalline thin films grown by thermal evaporation. The irradiation fluence range was 1011-1015 protons/cm2. The proton irradiation induced the stable formation of primary and aggregate color centers. Their formation was investigated by optical absorption and photoluminescence spectroscopy. The F2 and F3+ photoluminescence intensities, carefully measured in LiF crystals and thin films, show linear behaviours up to different maximum values of the irradiation fluence, after which a quenching is observed, depending on the nature of the samples (crystals and films). The Principal Component Analysis, applied to the absorption spectra of colored crystals, allowed to clearly identify the formation of more complex aggregate defects in samples irradiated at highest fluences.

  8. Internet Color Imaging

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2000-07-01

    UNCLASSIFIED Defense Technical Information Center Compilation Part Notice ADPO1 1348 TITLE: Internet Color Imaging DISTRIBUTION: Approved for public...Paper Internet Color Imaging Hsien-Che Lee Imaging Science and Technology Laboratory Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, New York 14650-1816 USA...ABSTRACT The sharing and exchange of color images over the Internet pose very challenging problems to color science and technology . Emerging color standards

  9. Multiplexing T- and B-Cell FLUOROSPOT Assays: Experimental Validation of the Multi-Color ImmunoSpot® Software Based on Center of Mass Distance Algorithm.

    PubMed

    Karulin, Alexey Y; Megyesi, Zoltán; Caspell, Richard; Hanson, Jodi; Lehmann, Paul V

    2018-01-01

    Over the past decade, ELISPOT has become a highly implemented mainstream assay in immunological research, immune monitoring, and vaccine development. Unique single cell resolution along with high throughput potential sets ELISPOT apart from flow cytometry, ELISA, microarray- and bead-based multiplex assays. The necessity to unambiguously identify individual T and B cells that do, or do not co-express certain analytes, including polyfunctional cytokine producing T cells has stimulated the development of multi-color ELISPOT assays. The success of these assays has also been driven by limited sample/cell availability and resource constraints with reagents and labor. There are few commercially available test kits and instruments available at present for multi-color FLUOROSPOT. Beyond commercial descriptions of competing systems, little is known about their accuracy in experimental settings detecting individual cells that secrete multiple analytes vs. random overlays of spots. Here, we present a theoretical and experimental validation study for three and four color T- and B-cell FLUOROSPOT data analysis. The ImmunoSpot ® Fluoro-X™ analysis system we used includes an automatic image acquisition unit that generates individual color images free of spectral overlaps and multi-color spot counting software based on the maximal allowed distance between centers of spots of different colors or Center of Mass Distance (COMD). Using four color B-cell FLUOROSPOT for IgM, IgA, IgG1, IgG3; and three/four color T-cell FLUOROSPOT for IL-2, IFN-γ, TNF-α, and GzB, in serial dilution experiments, we demonstrate the validity and accuracy of Fluoro-X™ multi-color spot counting algorithms. Statistical predictions based on the Poisson spatial distribution, coupled with scrambled image counting, permit objective correction of true multi-color spot counts to exclude randomly overlaid spots.

  10. Covalently-bonded grafting of [Ln3(Benzimidazole)4]-arrayed (Ln = Tb, Nd, Yb or Er) complex monomers into PNBE (poly(norbornene)) with highly luminous color-purity green-light or efficient NIR luminescence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Lin; Fu, Guorui; Feng, Heini; Guan, Jiaqing; Li, Fengping; Lü, Xingqiang; Wong, Wai-Kwok; Jones, Richard A.

    2017-07-01

    Within series of Ln3-grafted polymers Poly({[Ln3(L)4(NO3)6]·(NO3)·(H3O)2}-co-NBE) (Ln = La, 1; Ln = Eu, 2; Ln = Tb, 3; Ln = Nd, 4; Ln = Yb, 5; Ln = Er, 6 or Ln = Gd, 7) obtained from ring-opening metathesis polymerization (ROMP) of norbornene (NBE) with each of allyl-functionalized complex monomers {[Ln3(L)4(NO3)6]·(NO3)·(H3O)2} (HL = 4-allyl-2-(1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-6-methoxyphenol), PNBE-assisted effective energy transfer renders Poly(3-co-NBE) Tb3+-centered highly luminous color-purity green-light with an attractive quantum yield of 87% and efficient near-infrared (NIR) luminescence (ΦNdL = 0.61%; ΦYbL = 1.47% and ΦErL = 0.03%) for Nd3+-, Yb3+- or Er3+-grafted polymers.

  11. Establishing a Research Center: The Minority Male Community College Collaborative (M2C3)

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wood, J. Luke; Urias, Marissa Vasquez; Harris, Frank, III

    2016-01-01

    This chapter describes the establishment of the Minority Male Community College Collaborative (M2C3), a research and practice center at San Diego State University. M2C3 partners with community colleges across the United States to enhance access, achievement, and success among men of color. This chapter begins with a description of the national…

  12. Anthocyanins of Jambolão (Syzygium cumini): Extraction and pH-Dependent Color Changes.

    PubMed

    do Carmo Brito, Brenda de Nazaré; da Silva Pena, Rosinelson; Santos Lopes, Alessandra; Campos Chisté, Renan

    2017-10-01

    Jambolão fruits are promising sources of anthocyanins, and in this study, the jambolão fruit from the Brazilian Amazonian region was characterized and the efficiency of six ethanol-based solutions to extract anthocyanins was determined. Moreover, the color changes of anthocyanin extracts, as influenced by different pH conditions (pH from 1.0 to 8.0), were evaluated. The fruits exhibited high contents of total anthocyanins (296 mg/100 g) and the CIELAB parameters characterized jambolão as a purple-red colored fruit (a* = 20.30, b* = -4.17, and hab∘= 348.39). Among the six different ethanol-based solutions, ethanol 95% with 1% of HCl (v/v) was the most efficient solution to extract anthocyanins from jambolão fruits. Furthermore, the CIELAB parameters were characterized as useful tool to monitor the color changes of anthocyanins of jambolão over the tested pH range. Therefore, jambolão fruits from Amazonian region have technological potential for the application by food, pharmaceutical, and cosmetic industries. Jambolão fruits are great source of anthocyanins and the incorporation of these natural pigments as food colorants is not only valuable to improve overall appearance, but it is also beneficial to human health. The production of natural extracts with high levels of anthocyanins from jambolão can be considered a very useful approach to the food, pharmaceutical and cosmetic industries. © 2017 Institute of Food Technologists®.

  13. Visual Determination of Industrial Color-Difference Tolerances Using Probit Analysis

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1991-06-01

    determine the median tolerance values of 45 color-difference vectors in CIELAB color space using surface mode viewing of paint samples. Nine different...8 4. Distribution Design for Color Centers in CIELAB Color Space ............................. 13 5. CIE Recommended Color Centers...compared to a near neutral anchor color- difference stimulus. The experiment concentrated on nine color centers systematically distributed in CIELAB color

  14. Color constancy in 3D-2D face recognition

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Meyer, Manuel; Riess, Christian; Angelopoulou, Elli; Evangelopoulos, Georgios; Kakadiaris, Ioannis A.

    2013-05-01

    Face is one of the most popular biometric modalities. However, up to now, color is rarely actively used in face recognition. Yet, it is well-known that when a person recognizes a face, color cues can become as important as shape, especially when combined with the ability of people to identify the color of objects independent of illuminant color variations. In this paper, we examine the feasibility and effect of explicitly embedding illuminant color information in face recognition systems. We empirically examine the theoretical maximum gain of including known illuminant color to a 3D-2D face recognition system. We also investigate the impact of using computational color constancy methods for estimating the illuminant color, which is then incorporated into the face recognition framework. Our experiments show that under close-to-ideal illumination estimates, one can improve face recognition rates by 16%. When the illuminant color is algorithmically estimated, the improvement is approximately 5%. These results suggest that color constancy has a positive impact on face recognition, but the accuracy of the illuminant color estimate has a considerable effect on its benefits.

  15. Electronic structure and nature of the color centers in MgF2

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Freidman, S.P.; Golota, A.F.; Galakhov, V.R.

    1986-09-01

    The electronic structure and spectroscopic properties of samples of magnesium fluoride with different numbers of defects have been investigated with the use of the methods of x-ray photoelectron, x-ray emission, ESR, and optical spectroscopy. Nonempirical self-consistent calculations of the electronic structure of clusters which simulate stoichiometric and defective MgF2 have been carried out. The color centers in the approx. 5-eV energy range are attributed to the presence of vacancies in the anionic sublattice.

  16. A colored avocado seed extract as a potential natural colorant.

    PubMed

    Dabas, Deepti; Elias, Ryan J; Lambert, Joshua D; Ziegler, Gregory R

    2011-01-01

    There is an increasing consumer demand for and scientific interest in new natural colorants. Avocado (Persea americana) seed when crushed with water develops an orange color (= 480 nm) in a time-dependent manner. Heat treatment of the seed prevented color development, whereas the addition of exogenous polyphenol oxidase (PPO), but not peroxidase restored color development. Color development was also inhibited by the addition of tropolone, an inhibitor of PPO. Color formation resulted in a decrease in the concentration of polyphenols indicating utilization for color formation. The orange color intensified as the pH was adjusted from 2.0 to 11.0, and these changes were only partially reversible when pH was adjusted from 7.5 to 11.0 in the presence of oxygen, but completely reversible when the pH was changed in the absence of oxygen. The color was found to be stable in solution at -18 °C for 2 mo. These results suggest that the avocado seed may be a potential source of natural colorant, and that color development is PPO-dependent. There is growing public and scientific interest in the development of natural alternatives to synthetic colorants in foods. Extracts of turmeric, paprika, and beets are examples of food-derived natural colorants. Avocado seeds, which represent an under-utilized waste stream, form a stable orange color when crushed in the presence of air. Our data indicate that avocado seed represents a potential source of new natural colorants for use in foods. © 2011 Institute of Food Technologists®

  17. Lattice damage and Al-metal precipitation in 2.5 MeV-electron-irradiated AlH3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zogal, O. J.; Vajda, P.; Beuneu, F.; Pietraszko, A.

    1998-04-01

    AlH3 powder was bombarded with energetic electrons at 20 K and at room temperature and investigated by EPR, NMR, X-ray diffractometry, and microwave dielectric-constant measurements. The EPR spectra of the irradiated powder and of a selected single crystal cuboid of ˜ {10^{ - 1}} mm edge show a complex asymmetric line centered at g = 2.009, with a Curie-like temperature dependence, attributed to radiation-induced color centers and/or their agglomerates. At the same time, the grains, which have become shiny black after irradiation, exhibit an increase of both the real and the imaginary part of ɛ. 27Al-NMR spectra of the irradiated powder present a Knight-shifted line at 1600(50) ppm, close to the position of bulk metallic Al, and corresponding to a concentration of c(Al) ˜ {10^{ - 1}}. In addition, the main hydride line differs from that before irradiation, demonstrating an alteration of environmental symmetry. The irradiation induces also a change in shape and width of the 1H-NMR line, another indication of symmetry change in the lattice. Finally, a refined X-ray single-crystal structure analysis of the irradiated cuboid indicates a change of structure from trigonal R -3 c to R -3, with a loss of mirror symmetry for the two Al sites caused by the introduction of Al-defects in the vicinity of one of them.

  18. Effect of marination on CIE L* and pH values of chicken breast pectoralis major with different color lightness

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Color lightness (CIE L* values) and pH are widely used as quality indicators for raw poultry breast fillets (pectoralis major). The objective of this study was to evaluate the effects of vacuum-tumbling marination on L* and pH values of raw chicken breast meat with different color lightness. Early ...

  19. Pluto and Charon: Surface Colors and Compositions - A Hypothesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cruikshank, D. P.

    2016-01-01

    The surface of Pluto displays an array of colors ranging from yellow to red to brown, while the surface of Charon is largely gray with a north polar zone of red color similar to regions on Pluto. Pluto's surface shows layers of intensely colored material in tilted and transported blocks, and fractured geo-graphical units. This arrangement suggests episodes of formation or deposition of that material interspersed with episodes of emplacement of ices having little or no color. The ices identified on the surfaces of these two bodies (N2, CH4, CO, C2H6, H2O on Pluto, and H2O and NH3 on Charon) are colorless, as are nearly all ices in a powdery state. The colors on Pluto probably arise from the in situ formation of a macro-molecular carbonaceous material generated by energetic processing of the ices on the surface. Laboratory experiments producing refractory tholins particularly relevant to Pluto explored the chemistry of both UV and low-energy electron bombardment of a mix of Pluto ices (N2:CH4:CO = 100:1:1). We can term this Pluto ice tholin PIT. Water ice in the crystalline state characterizes Charon's surface, and while most of Charon's surface is neutral in color, with geometric albedo approximately 0.38, the polar zone and a light cover of fainter but similar reddish color over some surface regions suggest a common origin with the colored material on Pluto. NH3 or NH3 x nH2O was identified from disk-integrated Earth-based spectra, and a few concentrated NH3 exposures have been found in the New Horizons spectral images.

  20. Effect of marination on CIE L* and pH values of chicken breast pectoralis major with different color lightness

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Color lightness (CIE L* values) and pH are widely used as quality indicators for raw poultry breast fillets (pectoralis major). The objective of this study was to evaluate the effects of vacuum-tumbling marination on L* and pH values of raw chicken breast meat with different color lightness. Early d...

  1. Color preferences change after experience with liked/disliked colored objects.

    PubMed

    Strauss, Eli D; Schloss, Karen B; Palmer, Stephen E

    2013-10-01

    How are color preferences formed, and can they be changed by affective experiences with correspondingly colored objects? We examined these questions by testing whether affectively polarized experiences with images of colored objects would cause changes in color preferences. Such changes are implied by the ecological valence theory (EVT), which posits that color preferences are determined by people's average affective responses to correspondingly colored objects (Palmer & Schloss, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 107, 8877-8882, 2010). Seeing images of strongly liked (and disliked) red and green objects, therefore, should lead to increased (and decreased) preferences for correspondingly colored red and green color patches. Experiment 1 showed that this crossover interaction did occur, but only if participants were required to evaluate their preferences for the colored objects when they saw them. Experiment 2 showed that these overall changes decreased substantially over a 24-h delay, but the degree to which the effect lasted for individuals covaried with the magnitude of the effects immediately after object exposure. Experiment 3 demonstrated a similar, but weaker, effect of affectively biased changes in color preferences when participants did not see, but only imagined, the colored objects. The overall pattern of results indicated that color preferences are not fixed, but rather are shaped by affective experiences with colored objects. Possible explanations for the observed changes in color preferences were considered in terms of associative learning through evaluative conditioning and/or priming of prior knowledge in memory.

  2. Color names, color categories, and color-cued visual search: Sometimes, color perception is not categorical

    PubMed Central

    Brown, Angela M; Lindsey, Delwin T; Guckes, Kevin M

    2011-01-01

    The relation between colors and their names is a classic case-study for investigating the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis that categorical perception is imposed on perception by language. Here, we investigate the Sapir-Whorf prediction that visual search for a green target presented among blue distractors (or vice versa) should be faster than search for a green target presented among distractors of a different color of green (or for a blue target among different blue distractors). Gilbert, Regier, Kay & Ivry (2006) reported that this Sapir-Whorf effect is restricted to the right visual field (RVF), because the major brain language centers are in the left cerebral hemisphere. We found no categorical effect at the Green|Blue color boundary, and no categorical effect restricted to the RVF. Scaling of perceived color differences by Maximum Likelihood Difference Scaling (MLDS) also showed no categorical effect, including no effect specific to the RVF. Two models fit the data: a color difference model based on MLDS and a standard opponent-colors model of color discrimination based on the spectral sensitivities of the cones. Neither of these models, nor any of our data, suggested categorical perception of colors at the Green|Blue boundary, in either visual field. PMID:21980188

  3. Association rate constants for reactions between resonance-stabilized radicals: C 3H 3 + C 3H 3, C 3H 3 + C 3H 5, and C 3H 5 + C 3H 5

    DOE PAGES

    Georgievskii, Yuri; Miller, James A.; Klippenstein, Stephen J.

    2007-05-18

    Reactions between resonance-stabilized radicals play an important role in combustion chemistry. The theoretical prediction of rate coefficients and product distributions for such reactions is complicated by the fact that the initial complex-formation steps and some dissociation steps are barrierless. In this work, direct variable reaction coordinate transition state theory (VRC-TST) is used to predict accurately the association rate constants for the self and cross reactions of propargyl and allyl radicals. For each reaction, a set of multifaceted dividing surfaces is used to account for the multiple possible addition channels. Because of their resonant nature the geometric relaxation of the radicalsmore » is important. Here, the effect of this relaxation is explicitly calculated with the UB3LYP/cc-pvdz method for each mutual orientation encountered in the configurational integrals over the transition state dividing surfaces. The final energies are obtained from CASPT2/cc-pvdz calculations with all π-orbitals in the active space. Evaluations along the minimum energy path suggest that basis set corrections are negligible. The VRC-TST approach was also used to calculate the association rate constant and the corresponding number of states for the C 6H 5 + H → C 6H 6 exit channel of the C 3H 3 + C 3H 3 reaction, which is also barrierless. For this reaction, the interaction energies were evaluated with the CASPT2(2e,2o)/cc-pvdz method and a 1-D correction is included on the basis of CAS+1+2+QC/aug-cc-pvtz calculations for the CH 3 + H reference system. For the C 3H 3 + C 3H 3 reaction, the VRC-TST results for the energy and angular momentum resolved numbers of states in the entrance channels and in the C 6H 5 + H exit channel are incorporated in a master equation simulation to determine the temperature and pressure dependence of the phenomenological rate coefficients. The rate constants for the C 3H 3 + C 3H 3 and C 3H 5 + C 3H 5 self-reactions compare favorably

  4. Annealing behavior of the EB-centers and M-center in low-energy electron irradiated n-type 4H-SiC

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Beyer, F. C.; Hemmingsson, C.; Pedersen, H.; Henry, A.; Janzén, E.; Isoya, J.; Morishita, N.; Ohshima, T.

    2011-05-01

    After low-energy electron irradiation of epitaxial n-type 4H-SiC with a dose of 5×1016 cm-2, the bistable M-center, previously reported in high-energy proton implanted 4H-SiC, is detected in the deep level transient spectroscopy (DLTS) spectrum. The annealing behavior of the M-center is confirmed, and an enhanced recombination process is suggested. The annihilation process is coincidental with the evolvement of the bistable EB-centers in the low temperature range of the DLTS spectrum. The annealing energy of the M-center is similar to the generation energy of the EB-centers, thus partial transformation of the M-center to the EB-centers is suggested. The EB-centers completely disappeared after annealing temperatures higher than 700 ∘C without the formation of new defects in the observed DLTS scanning range. The threshold energy for moving Si atom in SiC is higher than the applied irradiation energy, and the annihilation temperatures are relatively low, therefore the M-center, EH1 and EH3, as well as the EB-centers are attributed to defects related to the C atom in SiC, most probably to carbon interstitials and their complexes.

  5. A Multi-color Optical Survey of the Orion Nebula Cluster. II. The H-R Diagram

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Da Rio, N.; Robberto, M.; Soderblom, D. R.; Panagia, N.; Hillenbrand, L. A.; Palla, F.; Stassun, K. G.

    2010-10-01

    We present a new analysis of the stellar population of the Orion Nebula Cluster (ONC) based on multi-band optical photometry and spectroscopy. We study the color-color diagrams in BVI, plus a narrowband filter centered at 6200 Å, finding evidence that intrinsic color scales valid for main-sequence dwarfs are incompatible with the ONC in the M spectral-type range, while a better agreement is found employing intrinsic colors derived from synthetic photometry, constraining the surface gravity value as predicted by a pre-main-sequence isochrone. We refine these model colors even further, empirically, by comparison with a selected sample of ONC stars with no accretion and no extinction. We consider the stars with known spectral types from the literature, and extend this sample with the addition of 65 newly classified stars from slit spectroscopy and 182 M-type from narrowband photometry; in this way, we isolate a sample of about 1000 stars with known spectral type. We introduce a new method to self-consistently derive the stellar reddening and the optical excess due to accretion from the location of each star in the BVI color-color diagram. This enables us to accurately determine the extinction of the ONC members, together with an estimate of their accretion luminosities. We adopt a lower distance for the Orion Nebula than previously assumed, based on recent parallax measurements. With a careful choice of also the spectral-type-temperature transformation, we produce the new Hertzsprung-Russell diagram of the ONC population, more populated than previous works. With respect to previous works, we find higher luminosity for late-type stars and a slightly lower luminosity for early types. We determine the age distribution of the population, peaking from ~2 to ~3 Myr depending on the model. We study the distribution of the members in the mass-age plane and find that taking into account selection effects due to incompleteness, removes an apparent correlation between mass and

  6. A distributed code for color in natural scenes derived from center-surround filtered cone signals

    PubMed Central

    Kellner, Christian J.; Wachtler, Thomas

    2013-01-01

    In the retina of trichromatic primates, chromatic information is encoded in an opponent fashion and transmitted to the lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN) and visual cortex via parallel pathways. Chromatic selectivities of neurons in the LGN form two separate clusters, corresponding to two classes of cone opponency. In the visual cortex, however, the chromatic selectivities are more distributed, which is in accordance with a population code for color. Previous studies of cone signals in natural scenes typically found opponent codes with chromatic selectivities corresponding to two directions in color space. Here we investigated how the non-linear spatio-chromatic filtering in the retina influences the encoding of color signals. Cone signals were derived from hyper-spectral images of natural scenes and preprocessed by center-surround filtering and rectification, resulting in parallel ON and OFF channels. Independent Component Analysis (ICA) on these signals yielded a highly sparse code with basis functions that showed spatio-chromatic selectivities. In contrast to previous analyses of linear transformations of cone signals, chromatic selectivities were not restricted to two main chromatic axes, but were more continuously distributed in color space, similar to the population code of color in the early visual cortex. Our results indicate that spatio-chromatic processing in the retina leads to a more distributed and more efficient code for natural scenes. PMID:24098289

  7. Highly efficient color filter array using resonant Si3N4 gratings.

    PubMed

    Uddin, Mohammad Jalal; Magnusson, Robert

    2013-05-20

    We demonstrate the design and fabrication of a highly efficient guided-mode resonant color filter array. The device is designed using numerical methods based on rigorous coupled-wave analysis and is patterned using UV-laser interferometric lithography. It consists of a 60-nm-thick subwavelength silicon nitride grating along with a 105-nm-thick homogeneous silicon nitride waveguide on a glass substrate. The fabricated device exhibits blue, green, and red color response for grating periods of 274, 327, and 369 nm, respectively. The pixels have a spectral bandwidth of ~12 nm with efficiencies of 94%, 96%, and 99% at the center wavelength of blue, green, and red color filter, respectively. These are higher efficiencies than reported in the literature previously.

  8. Securing Color Fidelity in 3D Architectural Heritage Scenarios.

    PubMed

    Gaiani, Marco; Apollonio, Fabrizio Ivan; Ballabeni, Andrea; Remondino, Fabio

    2017-10-25

    Ensuring color fidelity in image-based 3D modeling of heritage scenarios is nowadays still an open research matter. Image colors are important during the data processing as they affect algorithm outcomes, therefore their correct treatment, reduction and enhancement is fundamental. In this contribution, we present an automated solution developed to improve the radiometric quality of an image datasets and the performances of two main steps of the photogrammetric pipeline (camera orientation and dense image matching). The suggested solution aims to achieve a robust automatic color balance and exposure equalization, stability of the RGB-to-gray image conversion and faithful color appearance of a digitized artifact. The innovative aspects of the article are: complete automation, better color target detection, a MATLAB implementation of the ACR scripts created by Fraser and the use of a specific weighted polynomial regression. A series of tests are presented to demonstrate the efficiency of the developed methodology and to evaluate color accuracy ('color characterization').

  9. Securing Color Fidelity in 3D Architectural Heritage Scenarios

    PubMed Central

    Apollonio, Fabrizio Ivan; Ballabeni, Andrea; Remondino, Fabio

    2017-01-01

    Ensuring color fidelity in image-based 3D modeling of heritage scenarios is nowadays still an open research matter. Image colors are important during the data processing as they affect algorithm outcomes, therefore their correct treatment, reduction and enhancement is fundamental. In this contribution, we present an automated solution developed to improve the radiometric quality of an image datasets and the performances of two main steps of the photogrammetric pipeline (camera orientation and dense image matching). The suggested solution aims to achieve a robust automatic color balance and exposure equalization, stability of the RGB-to-gray image conversion and faithful color appearance of a digitized artifact. The innovative aspects of the article are: complete automation, better color target detection, a MATLAB implementation of the ACR scripts created by Fraser and the use of a specific weighted polynomial regression. A series of tests are presented to demonstrate the efficiency of the developed methodology and to evaluate color accuracy (‘color characterization’). PMID:29068359

  10. Effect of gamma irradiation on the color, structure and morphology of nickel-doped polyvinyl alcohol films: Alternative use as dosimeter or irradiation indicator

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Raouafi, A.; Daoudi, M.; Jouini, K.; Charradi, K.; Hamzaoui, A. H.; Blaise, P.; Farah, K.; Hosni, F.

    2018-06-01

    Nickel-doped poly vinyl alcohol (PVA) films were developed for potential application in industrial sectors like radiation processing. We report in this paper the results of an experimental investigation of 60Co source γ-radiation effect on colorimetric, structural and morphological properties of PVA films doped with 0.5% Ni2+ ions (PVA/Ni2+). The PVA/Ni2+ films were irradiated by different gamma-radiation doses varying from 5 to 100 kGy. Color modification of films were studied using L∗, a∗ and b∗ color space measurements as function of the γ-dose and post-irradiation time. The visual change in all samples was verified by microstructure analysis, Fourier transforms infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy, X-Rays diffraction (XRD) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The color space exhibited a linear dose response at a dose ranging from 5 to 50 kGy, and then it reached saturation for higher γ-doses. The calculated color changes (ΔE) show a linear dose response relationship from 9.90 to 115.02 in the dose range from 0 to 50 kGy. It showed also the activation of stable color centers. The variability of the color change did not exceed 3% during 80 h (h) post-irradiation. Furthermore, the microstructure analysis evidenced that the color modification due to the optical activation of nickel-oxide (NiO) color center were obtained by complexing Ni2+ ions in irradiated PVA films. The obtained results inspire the possibility to use PVA films for the control process in industrial radiation facilities in dose range 5-50 kGy.

  11. [Application of digital photography in color matching of porcelain restoration in special color teeth].

    PubMed

    Ruan, Dan-Ping; Wu, Chun-Yun; Zhang, Ding-Hua

    2010-02-01

    To evaluate the clinical application of digital photography in special color teeth, and to explore the role and the problems s of digital photos to improve cosmetic effect. Digital photography combined visual color-matching was applied in 50 cases with special color teeth in ceramic restorations selected randomly. Then the satisfactory degree of the patients and dentists was evaluated and the value of L*a*b* between prosthesis and its neighbors was collected by self-developed software Dental ImgShop. Chroma (C(ab) )and hue (h(ab) degrees ) were calculated according to the value of a and b. The data was analyzed with paired t test using SAS6.12 software package, so as chromatic aberration (deltaE). The satisfactory degree of the patients was 98%, and the satisfaction degree of the dentists was 94%. The range of L, a ,b C(ab), h(ab) degrees of special color teeth was 54.50-92.29, -0.97-8.12,-0.73-20.85,0.85-21.34,29.73-89.20, respectively. There was no significant difference between the prosthesis and their neighbors statistically (P>0.05). The mean value of chromatic aberration (deltaE) was 0.948(0.136-3.45), and only 3 cases were unacceptable (deltaE>/=2). Digital photography could record and transmit the color information of special color teeth more exactly, and could improve the patients satisfaction and the cosmetic effect in color measuring. Supported by Research Fund of Natural Science for Young Scholars of Minhang Central Hospital.

  12. Moon Color Composite

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1990-01-01

    This color image of the Moon was taken by the Galileo spacecraft at 9:35 a.m. PST Dec. 9, 1990, at a range of about 350,000 miles. The color composite uses monochrome images taken through violet, red, and near-infrared filters. The concentric, circular Orientale basin, 600 miles across, is near the center; the nearside is to the right, the far side to the left. At the upper right is the large, dark Oceanus Procellarum; below it is the smaller Mare Humorum. These, like the small dark Mare Orientale in the center of the basin, formed over 3 billion years ago as basaltic lava flows. At the lower left, among the southern cratered highlands of the far side, is the South-Pole-Aitken basin, similar to Orientale but twice as great in diameter and much older and more degraded by cratering and weathering. The cratered highlands of the near and far sides and the Maria are covered with scattered bright, young ray craters.

  13. NASA's Airborne Science DC-8 displays new colors in a check flight over the Dryden Flight Research Center

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2004-02-24

    NASA's large Airborne Science research aircraft, a modified DC-8 airliner, displayed new colors in a check flight Feb. 24, 2004, over its home base, the NASA Dryden Flight Research Center at Edwards AFB, California.

  14. Climate Prediction Center - Seasonal Color Maps

    Science.gov Websites

    HOME > Outlook Maps > Monthly to Seasonal Outlooks > Seasonal Outlooks > Color Monthly & ; Seasonal Outlooks Monthly & Seasonal Climate Outlooks Banner Issued: 17 May 2018 [EXPERIMENTAL TWO

  15. Correlation between excited d-orbital electron lifetime in polaron dynamics and coloration of WO3 upon ultraviolet exposure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, Young-Ahn; Han, Seung-Ik; Rhee, Hanju; Seo, Hyungtak

    2018-05-01

    Polarons have been suggested to explain the mechanism of the coloration of WO3 induced by UV light. However, despite the many experimental results that support small polarons as a key mechanism, direct observation of the carrier dynamics of polarons have yet to be reported. Here, we investigate the correlation between the electronic structure and the coloration of WO3 upon exposure to UV light in 5% H2/N2 gas and, more importantly, reveal photon-induced excited d-electron generation/relaxation via the W5+ oxidation state. The WO3 is fabricated by radio-frequency magnetron sputtering. X-ray diffraction patterns show that prepared WO3 is amorphous. Optical bandgap of 3.1 eV is measured by UV-vis before and after UV light. The results of Fourier transform infrared and Raman exhibit pristine WO3 is formed with surface H2O. The colored WO3 shows reduced state of W5+ state (34.3 eV) by using X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy. The valence band maximum of WO3 after UV light in H2 is shifted from mid gap to shallow donor by using ultraviolet photoelectron spectroscopy. During the exploration of the carrier dynamics, pump (700 nm)-probe (1000 nm) spectroscopy at the femtosecond scale was used. The results indicated that electron-phonon relaxation of UV-irradiated WO3, which is the origin of the polaron-induced local surface plasmonic effect, is dominant, resulting in slow decay (within a few picoseconds); in contrast, pristine WO3 shows fast decay (less than a picosecond). Accordingly, the long photoinduced carrier relaxation is ascribed to the prolonged hot-carrier lifetime in reduced oxides resulting in a greater number of free d-electrons and, therefore, more interactions with the W5+ sub-gap states.

  16. The reasons for the color green fluorite Mehmandooye cover using UV spectroscopy and XRF results

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pirzadeh, Sara; Zahiri, Reza

    2016-04-01

    Fluorite mineral or fluorine with chemical formula CaF2 is most important mineralfluor in nature. This mineral crystallization to colors yellow, green, pink, blue, purple, colorless and sometimes black andin cubic system crystallized.assemi transparent and glass with polished.fluoritethe purity include 48/9% fluoreand 51/9% calcium. How the creation colors in minerals different greatly indebted to Kurt Nassau research from Bell Labs, Murray Hill, New Jersey.almostall the mechanisms that cause color in minerals, are the result of the interaction of light waves with the electrons The main factors affecting the color generation include the following: 1)the presence of a constructive element inherent (essential ingredient mineral composition) 2)The presence of a minor impurities (such a element as involved in latticesolid solution) 3) appearancedefects in the crystal structure 4) There are some physical boundaries with distances very small and delicate, like blades out of the solution (which may be the play of colors or Chatvyansy) 5) Mixing mechanical impurities dispersed in a host mineral Based on the results of the analysis, XRF and UV spectrum and also based on the results of ICP, because the color green fluorite examined, the focus color (F_center) and also the presence of some elementsintermediate (such as Y (yttrium). [1] Bill, H., Calas, G. Color centres associated rare earth ions and the origin of coloration in natural fluorites// PhysChem Min, (1978), v 3, pp. 117-131.

  17. Crystal structure of triaquamaleatostrontium(II) monohydrate, [Sr(C{sub 4}H{sub 2}O{sub 4})(OH{sub 2}{sub 3}) {center_dot}] H{sub 2}O

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Diaz de Delgado, G.; Parra, P.P.; Briceno, A.

    1995-05-01

    (Sr(C{sub 4}H{sub 2}O{sub 4})(OH{sub 2}{sub 3}) {center_dot} H{sub 2}O is monoclinic, P2{sub 1}/n, with a = 11.476(2), b = 7.027(1), c = 12.344(2) {angstrom}, {beta} = 115.74(3){degrees}, V= 896.67 {angstrom}{sup 3}, Z = 4. The Sr atom is surrounded by nine oxygen atoms which come from four different maleate anions and three water molecules. The Sr-O distances range from 2.546(2) to 2.808(2) {angstrom}. The C-O distances are equal within the standard deviation 1.263(3) to 1.258(3) {angstrom}). In the maleate anion, the planes that contain the carboxylate groups form an angle of 74.44(9){degrees}. Both carboxylate groups deviate significantly from planarity. Themore » different coordination modes of the carboxylate group and the extensive hydrogen bonding present are responsible for the polymeric nature of the structure.« less

  18. Alternative [SU(3)]4 model of leptonic color and dark matter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kownacki, Corey; Ma, Ernest; Pollard, Nicholas; Popov, Oleg; Zakeri, Mohammadreza

    2018-03-01

    The alternative [ SU (3) ] 4 model of leptonic color and dark matter is discussed. It unifies at MU ∼1014 GeV and has the low-energy subgroup SU(3)q × SU(2)l × SU(2)L × SU(2)R × U(1)X with (u , h) R instead of (u , d) R as doublets under SU(2)R. It has the built-in global U (1) dark symmetry which is generalized B- L. In analogy to SU(3)q quark triplets, it has SU(2)l hemion doublets which have half-integral charges and are confined by SU(2)l gauge bosons (stickons). In analogy to quarkonia, their vector bound states (hemionia) are uniquely suited for exploration at a future e-e+ collider.

  19. Visual Display Study: National 4-H Center. A 4-H Intern Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Farwell, Sanford W.

    An internship report cites ways in which the National 4-H Center could be more effective in a visual sense. The author suggests collecting the memorabilia already at the Center to form an historical museum and coordinating the historical items with present items. Impact areas, those with a lot of traffic, are discussed individually in terms of…

  20. Host-Sensitized and Tunable Luminescence of GdNbO4:Ln3+ (Ln3+ = Eu3+/Tb3+/Tm3+) Nanocrystalline Phosphors with Abundant Color.

    PubMed

    Liu, Xiaoming; Chen, Chen; Li, Shuailong; Dai, Yuhua; Guo, Huiqin; Tang, Xinghua; Xie, Yu; Yan, Liushui

    2016-10-17

    Up to now, GdNbO 4 has always been regarded as an essentially inert material in the visible region with excitation of UV light and electron beams. Nevertheless, here we demonstrate a new recreating blue emission of GdNbO 4 nanocrystalline phosphors with a quantum efficiency of 41.6% and host sensitized luminescence in GdNbO 4 :Ln 3+ (Ln 3+ = Eu 3+ /Tb 3+ /Tm 3+ ) nanocrystalline phosphors with abundant color in response to UV light and electron beams. The GdNbO 4 and GdNbO 4 :Ln 3+ (Ln 3+ = Eu 3+ /Tb 3+ /Tm 3+ ) nanocrystalline phosphors were synthesized by a Pechini-type sol-gel process. With excitation of UV light and low-voltage electron beams, the obtained GdNbO 4 nanocrystalline phosphor presents a strong blue luminescence from 280 to 650 nm centered around 440 nm, and the GdNbO 4 :Ln 3+ nanocrystalline phosphors show both host emission and respective emission lines derived from the characterize f-f transitions of the doping Eu 3+ , Tb 3+ , and Tm 3+ ions. The luminescence color of GdNbO 4 :Ln 3+ nanocrystalline phosphors can be tuned from blue to green, red, blue-green, orange, pinkish, white, etc. by varying the doping species, concentration, and relative ratio of the codoping rare earth ions in GdNbO 4 host lattice. A single-phase white-light-emission has been realized in Eu 3+ /Tb 3+ /Tm 3+ triply doped GdNbO 4 nanocrystalline phosphors. The luminescence properties and mechanisms of GdNbO 4 and GdNbO 4 :Ln 3+ (Ln 3+ = Eu 3+ /Tb 3+ /Tm 3+ ) are updated.

  1. Lithographically-generated 3D lamella layers and their structural color

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Sichao; Chen, Yifang; Lu, Bingrui; Liu, Jianpeng; Shao, Jinhai; Xu, Chen

    2016-04-01

    Inspired by the structural color from the multilayer nanophotonic structures in Morpho butterfly wing scales, 3D lamellae layers in dielectric polymers (polymethyl methacrylate, PMMA) with n ~ 1.5 were designed and fabricated by standard top-down electron beam lithography with one-step exposure followed by an alternating development/dissolution process of PMMA/LOR (lift-off resist) multilayers. This work offers direct proof of the structural blue/green color via lithographically-replicated PMMA/air multilayers, analogous to those in real Morpho butterfly wings. The success of nanolithography in this work for the 3D lamellae structures in dielectric polymers not only enables us to gain deeper insight into the mysterious blue color of the Morpho butterfly wings, but also breaks through the bottleneck in technical development toward broad applications in gas/liquid sensors, 3D meta-materials, coloring media, and infrared imaging devices, etc.

  2. A new family of Ln₇ clusters with an ideal D(3h) metal-centered trigonal prismatic geometry, and SMM and photoluminescence behaviors.

    PubMed

    Mazarakioti, Eleni C; Poole, Katye M; Cunha-Silva, Luis; Christou, George; Stamatatos, Theocharis C

    2014-08-14

    The first use of the flexible Schiff base ligand N-salicylidene-2-aminocyclohexanol in metal cluster chemistry has afforded a new family of Ln7 clusters with ideal D(3h) point group symmetry and metal-centered trigonal prismatic topology; solid-state and solution studies revealed SMM and photoluminescence behaviors.

  3. Hydrogen centers and the conductivity of In 2O 3 single crystals

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yin, Weikai; Smithe, Kirby; Weiser, Philip

    2015-02-24

    A series of infrared absorption experiments and complementary theory have been performed in order to determine the properties of OH and OD centers in In 2O 3 single crystals. Annealing In 2O 3 samples in H 2 or D 2 at temperatures near 450°C produces an n-type layer ≈0.06mm thick with an n-type doping of 1.6×1019 cm -3. The resulting free-carrier absorption is correlated with an OH center with a vibrational frequency of 3306 cm -1 that we associate with interstitial H +. Additional O-H (O-D) vibrational lines are assigned to metastable configurations of the interstitial H +(D +) centermore » and complexes of H (D) with In vacancies. In addition, unlike other oxides studied recently where H trapped at an oxygen vacancy is the dominant shallow donor (ZnO and SnO 2, for example), interstitial H + is found to be the dominant H-related shallow donor in In 2O 3.« less

  4. Enhancement of white light emission from novel Ca3Y2Si3O12:Dy3+ phosphors with Ce3+ ion codoping

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bandi, Vengala Rao; Nien, Yung-Tang; Chen, In-Gann

    2010-07-01

    The luminescent properties of the Ce3+ or Dy3+ singly doped and Ce3+/Dy3+ codoped in Ca3Y2Si3O12 novel phosphors were investigated, which are prepared by a sol-gel method. Ce3+ doped phosphor showed a brighter and broader violet-blue color emission band with a maximum peak centered at 389 nm, which is attributed to the parity and spin allowed 5d-4f transition. Photoluminescence spectra reveals that the white color emission is originated from the mixtures of two characteristic emission bands of Dy3+ ion, viz., the 473 nm blue emission (F49/2-H615/2) and the 580 nm yellow emission (F49/2-H613/2). codoping of Ce3+ has enhanced the luminescence of Dy3+ quite significantly upon the UV excitation wavelength (242 nm) and the optimized codopant concentration of Ce3+ is found to be 3 mol %. The mechanism involved in the energy transfer between Ce3+ and Dy3+ has been elucidated by an energy level diagram. The structure and morphology of the prepared samples have been analyzed by x-ray diffraction and transmission electron microscope.

  5. Feasibility of Audio-Computer-Assisted Self-Interviewing With Color-Coding and Helper Assistance (ACASI-H) for Hmong Older Adults.

    PubMed

    Lor, Maichou; Bowers, Barbara J

    2017-08-01

    Many older adult immigrants in the US, including Hmong older adults, have limited English proficiency (LEP), and cannot read or have difficulty reading even in their first language (non-literate [NL]). Little has been done to identify feasible data collection approaches to enable inclusion of LEP or NL populations in research, limiting knowledge about their health. This study's purpose was to test the feasibility of culturally and linguistically adapted audio computer-assisted self-interviewing (ACASI) with color-labeled response categories and helper assistance (ACASI-H) for collection of health data with Hmong older adults. Thirty dyads (older adult and a helper) completed an ACASI-H survey with 13 health questions and a face-to-face debriefing interview. ACASI-H survey completion was video-recorded and reviewed with participants. Video review and debriefing interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed. Directed and conventional content analyses were used to analyze the interviews. All respondents reported that ACASI-H survey questions were consistent with their health experience. They lacked computer experience and found ACASI-H's interface user-friendly. All used the pre-recorded Hmong oral translation except for one, whose helper provided translation. Some Hmong older adults struggled with the color labeling at first, but helpers guided them to use the colors correctly. All dyads liked the color-labeled response categories and confirmed that a helper was necessary during the survey process. Findings support use of oral survey question administration with a technologically competent helper and color-labeled response categories when engaging LEP older adults in health-related data collection. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  6. A Coordination Network with Ligand-Centered Redox Activity Based on facial-[CrIII (2-mercaptophenolato)3 ]3- Metalloligands.

    PubMed

    Wakizaka, Masanori; Matsumoto, Takeshi; Kobayashi, Atsushi; Kato, Masako; Chang, Ho-Chol

    2017-07-21

    The design of redox-active metal-organic frameworks and coordination networks (CNs), which exhibit metal- and/or ligand-centered redox activity, has recently received increased attention. In this study, the redox-active metalloligand (RML) [Me 4 N] 3 fac-[Cr III (mp) 3 ] (1) (mp=2-mercaptophenolato) was synthesized and characterized by single-crystal X-ray diffraction analysis, and its reversible ligand-centered one-electron oxidation was examined by cyclic voltammetry and spectroelectrochemical measurements. Since complex 1 contains O/S coordination sites in three directions, complexation with K + ions led to the formation of the two-dimensional honeycomb sheet-structured [K 3 fac-{Cr III (mp) 3 }(H 2 O) 6 ] n (2⋅6 H 2 O), which is the first example of a redox-active CN constructed from a RML with o-disubstituted benzene ligands. Herein, we unambiguously demonstrate the ligand-centered redox activity of the RML within the CN 2⋅6 H 2 O in the solid state. © 2017 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  7. Illusory color mixing upon perceptual fading and filling-in does not result in 'forbidden colors'.

    PubMed

    Hsieh, P-J; Tse, P U

    2006-07-01

    A retinally stabilized object readily undergoes perceptual fading. It is commonly believed that the color of the apparently vanished object is filled in with the color of the background because the features of the filled-in area are determined by features located outside the stabilized boundary. Crane, H. D., & Piantanida, T. P. (1983) (On seeing reddish green and yellowish blue. Science, 221, 1078-1080) reported that the colors that are perceived upon full or partial perceptual fading can be 'forbidden' in the sense that they violate color opponency theory. For example, they claimed that their subjects could perceive "reddish greens" and "yellowish blues." Here we use visual stimuli composed of spatially alternating stripes of two different colors to investigate the characteristics of color mixing during perceptual filling-in, and to determine whether 'forbidden colors' really occur. Our results show that (1) the filled-in color is not solely determined by the background color, but can be the mixture of the background and the foreground color; (2) apparent color mixing can occur even when the two colors are presented to different eyes, implying that color mixing during filling-in is in part a cortical phenomenon; and (3) perceived colors are not 'forbidden colors' at all, but rather intermediate colors.

  8. Influenza A(H3N2) Outbreak at Transit Center at Manas, Kyrgyzstan, 2014

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2015-01-01

    influenza-like illness symptoms from 3 December 2013 through 28 February 2014. There were 85 specimens positive for influenza (18 influenza A( H1N1 ...February 2014. Th ere were 85 specimens positive for infl uenza (18 infl uenza A( H1N1 )pdm09, 65 infl uenza A(H3N2), one infl uenza A/not subtyped, and one...Health Organization reports, both infl uenza A( H1N1 )pdm09 and A(H3N2) viruses were circulating during the time of this outbreak.9 Th is is

  9. High pressure effect on the color of minced cured restructured ham at different levels of drying, pH, and NaCl.

    PubMed

    Bak, Kathrine Holmgaard; Lindahl, Gunilla; Karlsson, Anders H; Lloret, Elsa; Ferrini, Gabriele; Arnau, Jacint; Orlien, Vibeke

    2012-03-01

    Color changes of minced cured restructured ham was studied considering the effects of high pressure (HP) treatment (600MPa, 13°C, 5min), raw meat pH(24) (low, normal, high), salt content (15, 30g/kg), and drying (20%, 50% weight loss). Raw hams were selected based on pH(24) in Semimembranosus, mixed with additives, frozen, sliced, and dried using the Quick-Dry-Slice® process. Meat color (CIE 1976 L*a*b*) and reflectance spectra were measured before and after HP treatment. HP significantly increased L*, decreased a*, and decreased b* for restructured ham dried to 20% weight loss, regardless of salt content and pH(24). L* and a* were best preserved in high pH/high salt restructured ham. HP had no effect on the color of restructured ham dried to 50% weight loss. HP had no effect on the shape of reflectance curves, indicating that the pigment responsible for minced cured restructured ham color did not change due to HP. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  10. [Analysis of color regulation of Fluoritum in Chinese Pharmacopoeia based on the coloration mechanism of Fluorite].

    PubMed

    Han, Ting; Jia, Zhe; Zhang, Hui; Liu, Huan; Gao, Yan; Zhang, Ying; Lin, Qing-Hua; Xu, Shu-Ya; Xu, Xin-Fang; Li, Xiang-Ri

    2016-12-01

    The fluoritum is used for gynecology frequently and it's for those diseases: kidney yang deficiency, Gong cold sterility, palpitation due to fright, insomnia and dreaminess and cold cough. It's ruled in Chinese Pharmacopoeia (1985 edition) that the fluoritum originates from fluorite which belongs to fluoride minerals. Its main content is CaF2. The colors are of differents grades with purple or green. In the market, there are large differences in quality and it has various colors. Besides of the ruled color of purple and green, white and yellow are also common colors. By digging into and analysis the relevant research literature of fluorite which belongs to fluoride minerals, colors and coloration mechanism of fluorite are summarized in this paper.Natural fluorite is the mineral which has the most species of colors in nature. The different colors of fluorite are mainly caused by the impurity elements. At present, there are mainly about the coloration mechanism of fluorite: rare earth ions (4fN ions), color center, inclusions, crystalline domains or sub microscopic inclusions. The green of fluorite is produced by 570 nm and 305 nm absorption peaks which are caused by Sm2+ and compensated ions Na+ centers generated color center. The yellow of fluorite is produced by the joining of transition element, resulting in the formation of charge transfer between the crystal ions and the formation of O2-O32- ion molecule.The black of fluorite, mainly was attributed to the existence of a higher degree of evolution of organic matter. In this passage,suggestions for modification of the properties of fluoritum in Chinese Pharmacopoeia are put forward. Copyright© by the Chinese Pharmaceutical Association.

  11. Use of Color in Child Care Environments: Application of Color for Wayfinding and Space Definition in Alabama Child Care Environments.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Read, Marilyn A.

    2003-01-01

    Compared the use of color in physical design features associated with the exterior and interior designs of 101 child care centers in Alabama. Found that color was evidenced on the exterior of the centers at just over half of the sample. The interior environments had warm colors and bright accents in the setting; however, the majority of centers…

  12. Colors of Ellipticals from GALEX to Spitzer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schombert, James M.

    2016-12-01

    Multi-color photometry is presented for a large sample of local ellipticals selected by morphology and isolation. The sample uses data from the Galaxy Evolution Explorer (GALEX), Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS), Two Micron All-Sky Survey (2MASS), and Spitzer to cover the filters NUV, ugri, JHK and 3.6 μm. Various two-color diagrams, using the half-light aperture defined in the 2MASS J filter, are very coherent from color to color, meaning that galaxies defined to be red in one color are always red in other colors. Comparison to globular cluster colors demonstrates that ellipticals are not composed of a single age, single metallicity (e.g., [Fe/H]) stellar population, but require a multi-metallicity model using a chemical enrichment scenario. Such a model is sufficient to explain two-color diagrams and the color-magnitude relations for all colors using only metallicity as a variable on a solely 12 Gyr stellar population with no evidence of stars younger than 10 Gyr. The [Fe/H] values that match galaxy colors range from -0.5 to +0.4, much higher (and older) than population characteristics deduced from Lick/IDS line-strength system studies, indicating an inconsistency between galaxy colors and line indices values for reasons unknown. The NUV colors have unusual behavior, signaling the rise and fall of the UV upturn with elliptical luminosity. Models with blue horizontal branch tracks can reproduce this behavior, indicating the UV upturn is strictly a metallicity effect.

  13. Color removal from dye-containing wastewater by magnesium chloride.

    PubMed

    Gao, Bao-Yu; Yue, Qin-Yan; Wang, Yan; Zhou, Wei-Zhi

    2007-01-01

    Color removal by MgCl(2) when treating synthetic waste containing pure dyes was studied. The color removal efficiency of MgCl(2)/Ca(OH)(2) was compared with that of Al(2)(SO(4))(3), polyaluminum chloride (PAC) and FeSO(4)/Ca(OH)(2). The mechanism of color removal by MgCl(2) was also investigated. The experimental results show that the color removal efficiency of MgCl(2) is related to the type of dye and depends on the pH of the waste and the dosage of the coagulants used. Treatment of waste containing reactive dye or dispersed dye with MgCl(2) yielded an optimum color removal ratio when the pH of the solution was equal to or above 12.0. For both the reactive and dispersed dye waste, MgCl(2)/Ca(OH)(2) was shown to be superior to MgCl(2)/NaOH, Al(2)(SO(4))(3), PAC and FeSO(4)/Ca(OH)(2) for color removal. A magnesium hydroxide precipitate formed at pH values greater than 12.0, which provided a large adsorptive surface area and a positive electrostatic surface charge, enabling it to remove the dyes through charge neutralization and an adsorptive coagulating mechanism. So, the MgCl(2)/Ca(OH)(2) system is a viable alternative to some of the more conventional forms of chemical treatment, especially for treating actual textile waste with high natural pH.

  14. Dual-color 3D superresolution microscopy by combined spectral-demixing and biplane imaging.

    PubMed

    Winterflood, Christian M; Platonova, Evgenia; Albrecht, David; Ewers, Helge

    2015-07-07

    Multicolor three-dimensional (3D) superresolution techniques allow important insight into the relative organization of cellular structures. While a number of innovative solutions have emerged, multicolor 3D techniques still face significant technical challenges. In this Letter we provide a straightforward approach to single-molecule localization microscopy imaging in three dimensions and two colors. We combine biplane imaging and spectral-demixing, which eliminates a number of problems, including color cross-talk, chromatic aberration effects, and problems with color registration. We present 3D dual-color images of nanoscopic structures in hippocampal neurons with a 3D compound resolution routinely achieved only in a single color. Copyright © 2015 Biophysical Society. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  15. True Colors Shining Through

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    2004-01-01

    This image mosaic illustrates how scientists use the color calibration targets (upper left) located on both Mars Exploration Rovers to fine-tune the rovers' sense of color. In the center, spectra, or light signatures, acquired in the laboratory of the colored chips on the targets are shown as lines. Actual data from Mars Exploration Rover Spirit's panoramic camera is mapped on top of these lines as dots. The plot demonstrates that the observed colors of Mars match the colors of the chips, and thus approximate the red planet's true colors. This finding is further corroborated by the picture taken on Mars of the calibration target, which shows the colored chips as they would appear on Earth.

  16. Engineered arrays of nitrogen-vacancy color centers in diamond based on implantation of CN- molecules through nanoapertures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Spinicelli, P.; Dréau, A.; Rondin, L.; Silva, F.; Achard, J.; Xavier, S.; Bansropun, S.; Debuisschert, T.; Pezzagna, S.; Meijer, J.; Jacques, V.; Roch, J.-F.

    2011-02-01

    We report a versatile method for engineering arrays of nitrogen-vacancy (NV) color centers in diamond at the nanoscale. The defects were produced in parallel by ion implantation through 80 nm diameter apertures patterned using electron beam lithography in a polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) layer deposited on a diamond surface. The implantation was performed with CN- molecules that increased the NV defect-formation yield. This method could enable the realization of a solid-state coupled-spin array and could be used for positioning an optically active NV center on a photonic microstructure.

  17. Red, green, blue equals 1, 2, 3: Digit-color synesthetes can use structured digit information to boost recall of color sequences.

    PubMed

    Teichmann, A Lina; Nieuwenstein, Mark R; Rich, Anina N

    2015-01-01

    Digit-color synesthetes report experiencing colors when perceiving letters and digits. The conscious experience is typically unidirectional (e.g., digits elicit colors but not vice versa) but recent evidence shows subtle bidirectional effects. We examined whether short-term memory for colors could be affected by the order of presentation reflecting more or less structure in the associated digits. We presented a stream of colored squares and asked participants to report the colors in order. The colors matched each synesthete's colors for digits 1-9 and the order of the colors corresponded either to a sequence of numbers (e.g., [red, green, blue] if 1 = red, 2 = green, 3 = blue) or no systematic sequence. The results showed that synesthetes recalled sequential color sequences more accurately than pseudo-randomized colors, whereas no such effect was found for the non-synesthetic controls. Synesthetes did not differ from non-synesthetic controls in recall of color sequences overall, providing no evidence of a general advantage in memory for serial recall of colors.

  18. Time-resolved single-turnover of caa(3) oxidase from Thermus thermophilus. Fifth electron of the fully reduced enzyme converts O(H) into E(H) state.

    PubMed

    Siletsky, Sergey A; Belevich, Ilya; Belevich, Nikolai P; Soulimane, Tewfik; Verkhovsky, Michael I

    2011-09-01

    The oxidative part of the catalytic cycle of the caa(3)-type cytochrome c oxidase from Thermus thermophilus was followed by time-resolved optical spectroscopy. Rate constants, chemical nature and the spectral properties of the catalytic cycle intermediates (Compounds A, P, F) reproduce generally the features typical for the aa(3)-type oxidases with some distinctive peculiarities caused by the presence of an additional 5-th redox-center-a heme center of the covalently bound cytochrome c. Compound A was formed with significantly smaller yield compared to aa(3) oxidases in general and to ba(3) oxidase from the same organism. Two electrons, equilibrated between three input redox-centers: heme a, Cu(A) and heme c are transferred in a single transition to the binuclear center during reduction of the compound F, converting the binuclear center through the highly reactive O(H) state into the final product of the reaction-E(H) (one-electron reduced) state of the catalytic site. In contrast to previous works on the caa(3)-type enzymes, we concluded that the finally produced E(H) state of caa(3) oxidase is characterized by the localization of the fifth electron in the binuclear center, similar to the O(H)→E(H) transition of the aa(3)-type oxidases. So, the fully-reduced caa(3) oxidase is competent in rapid electron transfer from the input redox-centers into the catalytic heme-copper site. 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. In vivo tooth-color measurement with a new 3D intraoral scanning system in comparison to conventional digital and visual color determination methods.

    PubMed

    Mehl, Albert; Bosch, Gabriel; Fischer, Carolin; Ender, Andreas

    Three-dimensional (3D) intraoral scanning systems allow for the simultaneous acquisition of 3D information about tooth surfaces and a photorealistic view of the patient's tooth colors. The goal of this study was the in vivo comparison of a new 3D scanner with a color acquisition mode and conventional visual and digital color measurements. The colors of 40 teeth of 20 patients were evaluated in seven ways: 1) By dentists using the Vita 3D-Master; 2) By dental technicians using the Vita 3D-Master; 3) With the 3Shape Trios device; 4) With the Vita Easyshade device; 5) With the Vita Easyshade Advance device; 6) With the SpectroShade device; and 7) With the SpectroShade Micro device. Digital measurements of Groups 3 to 7 were repeated three times for each tooth. For all groups, both the CIE Lab values and the Vita 3D-Master values were recorded. The repeatability and relative accuracy of the Vita 3D-Master values were analyzed statistically using Pearson's chi-squared test (α < 0.05). ΔE values were calculated from the CIE Lab values, which served as a basis for performing multidimensional scaling (MDS) and evaluating differences between the groups using the one-way ANOVA with post hoc Tamhane's test (α < 0.05). The results of the ΔE values showed that clinically relevant differences between the evaluation by dentists, dental technicians, and the intraoral scanning device (3Shape) are negligible. The intraoral 3D scanning device (Group 3) and the digital systems (Groups 4 to 7) did not differ significantly in the repeatability of color shade management. The SpectroShade Micro (Group 7) had significantly better relative accuracy than the other devices. The results demonstrate that intraoral scanning systems can be used to measure both tooth color and tooth surface in 3D. Intraoral optical scanning devices allow for the acquisition of accurate 3D surface data. Tooth color can be evaluated simultaneously and can be used to determine the color of restorations without

  20. Color-tunable mixed photoluminescence emission from Alq3 organic layer in metal-Alq3-metal surface plasmon structure.

    PubMed

    Chen, Nai-Chuan; Liao, Chung-Chi; Chen, Cheng-Chang; Fan, Wan-Ting; Wu, Jin-Han; Li, Jung-Yu; Chen, Shih-Pu; Huang, Bohr-Ran; Lee, Li-Ling

    2014-01-01

    This work reports the color-tunable mixed photoluminescence (PL) emission from an Alq3 organic layer in an Au-Alq3-Au plasmonic structure through the combination of organic fluorescence emission and another form of emission that is enabled by the surface plasmons in the plasmonic structure. The emission wavelength of the latter depends on the Alq3 thickness and can be tuned within the Alq3 fluorescent spectra. Therefore, a two-color broadband, color-tunable mixed PL structure was obtained. Obvious changes in the Commission Internationale d'Eclairage (CIE) coordinates and the corresponding emission colors of Au-Alq3-Au samples clearly varied with the Alq3 thickness (90, 130, and 156 nm).

  1. Color-tunable mixed photoluminescence emission from Alq3 organic layer in metal-Alq3-metal surface plasmon structure

    PubMed Central

    2014-01-01

    This work reports the color-tunable mixed photoluminescence (PL) emission from an Alq3 organic layer in an Au-Alq3-Au plasmonic structure through the combination of organic fluorescence emission and another form of emission that is enabled by the surface plasmons in the plasmonic structure. The emission wavelength of the latter depends on the Alq3 thickness and can be tuned within the Alq3 fluorescent spectra. Therefore, a two-color broadband, color-tunable mixed PL structure was obtained. Obvious changes in the Commission Internationale d’Eclairage (CIE) coordinates and the corresponding emission colors of Au-Alq3-Au samples clearly varied with the Alq3 thickness (90, 130, and 156 nm). PMID:25328506

  2. Color-tunable up-conversion emission from Yb{sup 3+}/Er{sup 3+}/Tm{sup 3+} tri-doped T-AgGd(W,Mo){sub 2}O{sub 8} phosphors

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhang, Jijian; Liu, Ni; Xu, Ling, E-mail: xuling@snnu.edu.cn

    Graphical abstract: The doping ions tune the UC luminescence of the T- AgGd(W,Mo){sub 2}O{sub 8}:Yb{sup 3+}/Er{sup 3+}/Tm{sup 3+} material. - Highlights: • AgGd(W,Mo){sub 2}O{sub 8}:Yb{sup 3+}/Er{sup 3+}/Tm{sup 3+} phosphors show color-tunable blue, green, and red UC emissions. • The samples’ UC emission color can be switched with the concentrations of doped ions. • The blue, green and red UC mechanisms are interpreted reasonably as three- and two- photon process. - Abstract: Tetragonal Yb{sup 3+}/Er{sup 3+}/Tm{sup 3+} tri-doped AgGd(W,Mo){sub 2}O{sub 8} phosphors were prepared by the high-temperature solid-state method. When the phosphors were excited at 980 nm, the UC emission ofmore » blue at 475 nm, green at 525 and 550 nm, and red at 656 nm were corresponding to the {sup 1}G{sub 4} → {sup 3}H{sub 6} transition of Tm{sup 3+} ions, the {sup 2}H{sub 11/2},{sup 4}S{sub 3/2} → {sup 4}I{sub 15/2} transitions of Er{sup 3+} ions, and the {sup 4}F{sub 9/2} → {sup 4}I{sub 15/2} transition of Er{sup 3+} ions, respectively. The blue UC emissions originate from a three-photon mechanism, while the green and red ones of Er{sup 3+} from two-photon process. The UC emission color of the Yb{sup 3+}/Er{sup 3+}/Tm{sup 3+} tri-doped AgGdW{sub 2}O{sub 8} samples switched from green to white, and then to red depending on the concentrations of Er{sup 3+} and Tm{sup 3+}. After doping with Mo(VI), tetragonal AgGdW{sub 2}O{sub 8} was transformed into tetragonal AgGdMo{sub 2}O{sub 8}, resulting in a slightly enhanced UC luminescence intensity with the favor of the red emission of Er{sup 3+} ion.« less

  3. The Francis H. Burr Proton Therapy Center

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Flanz, Jay; Kooy, Hanne; DeLaney, Thomas F.

    The Francis H. Burr Proton Therapy Center (FHBPTC) is one of the first hospital-based proton therapy (PT) facilities. Its development was the natural evolution of several decades of PT experience of the Massachusetts General Hospital treating patients at the Harvard Cyclotron Laboratory. The operations of the FHBPTC reflect the combined missions of patient care, clinical and physics research, technological developments, and education. This chapter will discuss aspects of the history, evolution, and performance of this unique PT center.

  4. Kinetics of color center formation in silica irradiated with swift heavy ions: Thresholding and formation efficiency

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Manzano-Santamaria, J.; Euratom/CIEMAT Fusion Association, Madrid; Olivares, J.

    2012-10-08

    We have determined the cross-section {sigma} for color center generation under single Br ion impacts on amorphous SiO{sub 2}. The evolution of the cross-sections, {sigma}(E) and {sigma}(S{sub e}), show an initial flat stage that we associate to atomic collision mechanisms. Above a certain threshold value (S{sub e} > 2 keV/nm), roughly coinciding with that reported for the onset of macroscopic disorder (compaction), {sigma} shows a marked increase due to electronic processes. In this regime, a energetic cost of around 7.5 keV is necessary to create a non bridging oxygen hole center-E Prime (NBOHC/E Prime ) pair, whatever the input energy.more » The data appear consistent with a non-radiative decay of self-trapped excitons.« less

  5. Bio-inspired color image enhancement model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zheng, Yufeng

    2009-05-01

    Human being can perceive natural scenes very well under various illumination conditions. Partial reasons are due to the contrast enhancement of center/surround networks and opponent analysis on the human retina. In this paper, we propose an image enhancement model to simulate the color processes in the human retina. Specifically, there are two center/surround layers, bipolar/horizontal and ganglion/amacrine; and four color opponents, red (R), green (G), blue (B), and yellow (Y). The central cell (bipolar or ganglion) takes the surrounding information from one or several horizontal or amacrine cells; and bipolar and ganglion both have ON and OFF sub-types. For example, a +R/-G bipolar (red-center- ON/green-surround-OFF) will be excited if only the center is illuminated, or inhibited if only the surroundings (bipolars) are illuminated, or stay neutral if both center and surroundings are illuminated. Likewise, other two color opponents with ON-center/OFF-surround, +G/-R and +B/-Y, follow the same rules. The yellow (Y) channel can be obtained by averaging red and green channels. On the other hand, OFF-center/ON-surround bipolars (i.e., -R/+G and -G/+R, but no - B/+Y) are inhibited when the center is illuminated. An ON-bipolar (or OFF-bipolar) only transfers signals to an ONganglion (or OFF-ganglion), where amacrines provide surrounding information. Ganglion cells have strong spatiotemporal responses to moving objects. In our proposed enhancement model, the surrounding information is obtained using weighted average of neighborhood; excited or inhibited can be implemented with pixel intensity increase or decrease according to a linear or nonlinear response; and center/surround excitations are decided by comparing their intensities. A difference of Gaussian (DOG) model is used to simulate the ganglion differential response. Experimental results using natural scenery pictures proved that, the proposed image enhancement model by simulating the two-layer center

  6. Associations among animal, carcass, muscle characteristics, and fresh meat color traits in Charolais cattle.

    PubMed

    Gagaoua, Mohammed; Picard, Brigitte; Monteils, Valérie

    2018-06-01

    This study investigated the effects of animal, carcass and muscle characteristics on initial color traits of steaks from 887 Charolais cattle. First, the fixed factors of year of birth, experiment and sex had strong impacts on color traits. From the covariates, increased age lead to intense color (low h*, -1.55 units) and darker and vivid meat (high a*, b* and C*: +4.56, +3.41 and +5.61, respectively). Increases in fatness score and carcass fat weight were associated with increases in a*, b* and C* (redness; +2.90 to +4.06 for a*; yellowness; +2.60 to +3.76 for b*; and vividness, +3.87 to +5.49 for C*) and a darker colored lean (L*; -1.56 to -3.23). As pH24h increased, a* (less red) and C* (less vivid) decreased (-3.06), whereas hue angle increased (+2.69) leading to poorer color. The selection of animals for high degree of muscularity or slaughter weight resulted in lighter and darker meat, respectively. The studied covariates could be used as indicators of Charolais beef color traits. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  7. Possible influences on color constancy by motion of color targets and by attention-controlled gaze.

    PubMed

    Wan, Lifang; Shinomori, Keizo

    2018-04-01

    We investigated the influence of motion on color constancy using a chromatic stimulus presented in various conditions (static, motion, and rotation). Attention to the stimulus and background was also controlled in different gaze modes, constant fixation of the stimulus, and random viewing of the stimulus. Color constancy was examined in six young observers using a haploscopic view of a computer monitor. The target and background were illuminated in simulation by red, green, blue, and yellow, shifted from daylight (D65) by specific color differences along L - M or S - (L + M) axes on the equiluminance plane. The standard pattern (under D65) and test pattern (under the color illuminant) of a 5-deg square were presented side by side, consisting of 1.2-deg square targets with one of 12 colors at each center, surrounded by 230 background ellipses consisting of eight other colors. The central color targets in both patterns flipped between top and bottom locations at the rate of 3 deg/s in the motion condition. The results indicated an average reduction of color constancy over the 12 test colors by motion. The random viewing parameter indicated better color constancy by more attention to the background, although the difference was not significant. Color constancy of the four color illuminations was better to worse in green, red, yellow, and blue, respectively. The reduction of color constancy by motion could be explained by less contribution of the illumination estimation effect on color constancy. In the motion with constant fixation condition, the retina strongly adapted to the mean chromaticity of the background. However, motion resulted in less attention to the color of the background, causing a weaker effect of the illumination estimation. Conversely, in the static state with a random viewing condition, more attention to the background colors caused a stronger illumination estimation effect, and color constancy was improved overall.

  8. COLORS OF ELLIPTICALS FROM GALEX TO SPITZER

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Schombert, James M., E-mail: jschombe@uoregon.edu

    2016-12-01

    Multi-color photometry is presented for a large sample of local ellipticals selected by morphology and isolation. The sample uses data from the Galaxy Evolution Explorer ( GALEX ), Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS), Two Micron All-Sky Survey (2MASS), and Spitzer to cover the filters NUV , ugri , JHK and 3.6 μ m. Various two-color diagrams, using the half-light aperture defined in the 2MASS J filter, are very coherent from color to color, meaning that galaxies defined to be red in one color are always red in other colors. Comparison to globular cluster colors demonstrates that ellipticals are not composedmore » of a single age, single metallicity (e.g., [Fe/H]) stellar population, but require a multi-metallicity model using a chemical enrichment scenario. Such a model is sufficient to explain two-color diagrams and the color–magnitude relations for all colors using only metallicity as a variable on a solely 12 Gyr stellar population with no evidence of stars younger than 10 Gyr. The [Fe/H] values that match galaxy colors range from −0.5 to +0.4, much higher (and older) than population characteristics deduced from Lick/IDS line-strength system studies, indicating an inconsistency between galaxy colors and line indices values for reasons unknown. The NUV colors have unusual behavior, signaling the rise and fall of the UV upturn with elliptical luminosity. Models with blue horizontal branch tracks can reproduce this behavior, indicating the UV upturn is strictly a metallicity effect.« less

  9. Color moiré simulations in contact-type 3-D displays.

    PubMed

    Lee, B-R; Son, J-Y; Chernyshov, O O; Lee, H; Jeong, I-K

    2015-06-01

    A new method of color moiré fringe simulation in the contact-type 3-D displays is introduced. The method allows simulating color moirés appearing in the displays, which cannot be approximated by conventional cosine approximation of a line grating. The color moirés are mainly introduced by the line width of the boundary lines between the elemental optics in and plate thickness of viewing zone forming optics. This is because the lines are hiding some parts of pixels under the viewing zone forming optics, and the plate thickness induces a virtual contraction of the pixels. The simulated color moiré fringes are closely matched with those appearing at the displays.

  10. An effective 2-band eg model of sulfur hydride H3S for high-Tc superconductivity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nishiguchi, Kazutaka; Teranishi, Shingo; Miyao, Satoaki; Matsushita, Goh; Kusakabe, Koichi

    To understand high transition temperature (Tc) superconductivity in sulfur hydride H3S, we propose an effective 2-band model having the eg symmetry as the minimal model for H3S. Two eg orbitals centered on a sulfur S atom are chosen for the smallest representation of relevant bands with the van-Hove singularity around the Fermi levels except for the Γ-centered small hole pockets by the sulfur 3 p orbitals. By using the maximally localized Wannier functions, we derive the minimal effective model preserving the body-centered cubic (bcc) crystal symmetry of the H3S phase having the highest Tc ( 203 K under pressures) among the other polymorphs of H3S.

  11. McMYB10 regulates coloration via activating McF3'H and later structural genes in ever-red leaf crabapple.

    PubMed

    Tian, Ji; Peng, Zhen; Zhang, Jie; Song, Tingting; Wan, Huihua; Zhang, Meiling; Yao, Yuncong

    2015-09-01

    The ever-red leaf trait, which is important for breeding ornamental and higher anthocyanin plants, rarely appears in Malus families, but little is known about the regulation of anthocyanin biosynthesis involved in the red leaves. In our study, HPLC analysis showed that the anthocyanin concentration in ever-red leaves, especially cyanidin, was significantly higher than that in evergreen leaves. The transcript level of McMYB10 was significantly correlated with anthocyanin synthesis between the 'Royalty' and evergreen leaf 'Flame' cultivars during leaf development. We also found the ever-red leaf colour cultivar 'Royalty' contained the known R6 : McMYB10 sequence, but was not in the evergreen leaf colour cultivar 'Flame', which have been reported in apple fruit. The distinction in promoter region maybe is the main reason why higher expression level of McMYB10 in red foliage crabapple cultivar. Furthermore, McMYB10 promoted anthocyanin biosynthesis in crabapple leaves and callus at low temperatures and during long-day treatments. Both heterologous expression in tobacco (Nicotiana tabacum) and Arabidopsis pap1 mutant, and homologous expression in crabapple and apple suggested that McMYB10 could promote anthocyanins synthesis and enhanced anthocyanin accumulation in plants. Interestingly, electrophoretic mobility shift assays, coupled with yeast one-hybrid analysis, revealed that McMYB10 positively regulates McF3'H via directly binding to AACCTAAC and TATCCAACC motifs in the promoter. To sum up, our results demonstrated that McMYB10 plays an important role in ever-red leaf coloration, by positively regulating McF3'H in crabapple. Therefore, our work provides new perspectives for ornamental fruit tree breeding. © 2015 Society for Experimental Biology, Association of Applied Biologists and John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  12. The Additive Coloration of Alkali Halides

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Jirgal, G. H.; and others

    1969-01-01

    Describes the construction and use of an inexpensive, vacuum furnace designed to produce F-centers in alkali halide crystals by additive coloration. The method described avoids corrosion or contamination during the coloration process. Examination of the resultant crystals is discussed and several experiments using additively colored crystals are…

  13. Single Lens Dual-Aperture 3D Imaging System: Color Modeling

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bae, Sam Y.; Korniski, Ronald; Ream, Allen; Fritz, Eric; Shearn, Michael

    2012-01-01

    In an effort to miniaturize a 3D imaging system, we created two viewpoints in a single objective lens camera. This was accomplished by placing a pair of Complementary Multi-band Bandpass Filters (CMBFs) in the aperture area. Two key characteristics about the CMBFs are that the passbands are staggered so only one viewpoint is opened at a time when a light band matched to that passband is illuminated, and the passbands are positioned throughout the visible spectrum, so each viewpoint can render color by taking RGB spectral images. Each viewpoint takes a different spectral image from the other viewpoint hence yielding a different color image relative to the other. This color mismatch in the two viewpoints could lead to color rivalry, where the human vision system fails to resolve two different colors. The difference will be closer if the number of passbands in a CMBF increases. (However, the number of passbands is constrained by cost and fabrication technique.) In this paper, simulation predicting the color mismatch is reported.

  14. Ocean color products from the Korean Geostationary Ocean Color Imager (GOCI).

    PubMed

    Wang, Menghua; Ahn, Jae-Hyun; Jiang, Lide; Shi, Wei; Son, SeungHyun; Park, Young-Je; Ryu, Joo-Hyung

    2013-02-11

    The first geostationary ocean color satellite sensor, Geostationary Ocean Color Imager (GOCI), which is onboard South Korean Communication, Ocean, and Meteorological Satellite (COMS), was successfully launched in June of 2010. GOCI has a local area coverage of the western Pacific region centered at around 36°N and 130°E and covers ~2500 × 2500 km(2). GOCI has eight spectral bands from 412 to 865 nm with an hourly measurement during daytime from 9:00 to 16:00 local time, i.e., eight images per day. In a collaboration between NOAA Center for Satellite Applications and Research (STAR) and Korea Institute of Ocean Science and Technology (KIOST), we have been working on deriving and improving GOCI ocean color products, e.g., normalized water-leaving radiance spectra (nLw(λ)), chlorophyll-a concentration, diffuse attenuation coefficient at the wavelength of 490 nm (Kd(490)), etc. The GOCI-covered ocean region includes one of the world's most turbid and optically complex waters. To improve the GOCI-derived nLw(λ) spectra, a new atmospheric correction algorithm was developed and implemented in the GOCI ocean color data processing. The new algorithm was developed specifically for GOCI-like ocean color data processing for this highly turbid western Pacific region. In this paper, we show GOCI ocean color results from our collaboration effort. From in situ validation analyses, ocean color products derived from the new GOCI ocean color data processing have been significantly improved. Generally, the new GOCI ocean color products have a comparable data quality as those from the Moderate Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer (MODIS) on the satellite Aqua. We show that GOCI-derived ocean color data can provide an effective tool to monitor ocean phenomenon in the region such as tide-induced re-suspension of sediments, diurnal variation of ocean optical and biogeochemical properties, and horizontal advection of river discharge. In particular, we show some examples of ocean

  15. [Coloration of mica glass ceramic for use in dental CAD/CAM system].

    PubMed

    Sun, Ying; Wang, Zhong-yi; Tian, Jie-mo; Cao, Xiao-gang

    2003-03-01

    An intrinsically colored machinable glass-ceramic containing tetrasilicic fluormica as the predominant crystal phase was studied, which was used in molar crown in dental CAD/CAM system. Orthogonal design analysis was used to select appropriate base formula, coloration and heat treatment process. Factors influencing the color appearance of mica glass ceramic were nucleation agent and the ratio of Mg(2+) to K(+) in base formula; Cerium oxide (CeO(2)) was used as the main coloration; The preferred heat treatment was 650 degrees C for 1 h and 1,000 degrees C or 1,050 degrees C for 3 h - 4 h. This mica glass-ceramic could provide 4 to 5 color appearance for dental use, it showed excellent machinability which was eminently suitable for use in dental CAD/CAM system.

  16. A clinical study relating CIELCH coordinates to the color dimensions of the 3D-Master System in a Spanish population.

    PubMed

    Gómez-Polo, Cristina; Gómez-Polo, Miguel; Celemín Viñuela, Alicia; Martínez Vázquez de Parga, Juan Antonio

    2015-03-01

    The 3D-Master System comprises 26 physical shade tabs and intermediate shades. Determining the relationship among all the groups of lightness, chroma, and hue of the 3D-Master System (Vita Zahnfabrik) and the L*, C*, and h* coordinates is important, because according to the manufacturer, 2 Toothguide 3D-Master shades need to be mixed in a 50:50 ratio to create an intermediate shade. The purpose of the study was to relate the lightness, chroma, and hue groups of the 3D-Master System with the polar coordinates of the CIELAB chromatic space, L*, C*, and h*, and to quantify the shades tabs and intermediate shades of the 3D-Master System according to color coordinates. The middle third of the facial surface of a natural maxillary central incisor was measured with an Easyshade Compact spectrophotometer (Vita Zahnfabrik) in 1361 Spanish participants aged between 16 and 89 years. Natural tooth color was recorded in the 3D-Master nomenclature and in the CIE L*, C*, and h* coordinates system. The program used for the present descriptive statistical analysis of the results was SAS 9.1.3. In the L* variable, the minimum was found at 47.0 and the maximum at 91.3. In the C* variable, the minimum was found at 5.9 and the maximum at 49.8, while for h*, the minimum was 67.5 degrees and the maximum 112.0 degrees. Despite the limitations of this study, the 3D-Master System was found to be arranged according to L*, C*, and h* coordinates in groups of lightness, chroma, and hue. The corresponding groups of lightness, chroma, and hue can be estimated on the basis of L*, C*, and h* coordinates. Copyright © 2015 Editorial Council for the Journal of Prosthetic Dentistry. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  17. NASA's Airborne Science DC-8, displaying new colors in a check flight Feb. 24, 2004, over the Dryden Flight Research Center

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2004-02-24

    NASA's large Airborne Science research aircraft, a modified DC-8 airliner, displayed new colors in a check flight Feb. 24, 2004, over its home base, the NASA Dryden Flight Research Center at Edwards AFB, California.

  18. Facile Synthesis of Monodispersed Polysulfide Spheres for Building Structural Colors with High Color Visibility and Broad Viewing Angle.

    PubMed

    Li, Feihu; Tang, Bingtao; Wu, Suli; Zhang, Shufen

    2017-01-01

    The synthesis and assembly of monodispersed colloidal spheres are currently the subject of extensive investigation to fabricate artificial structural color materials. However, artificial structural colors from general colloidal crystals still suffer from the low color visibility and strong viewing angle dependence which seriously hinder their practical application in paints, colorimetric sensors, and color displays. Herein, monodispersed polysulfide (PSF) spheres with intrinsic high refractive index (as high as 1.858) and light-absorbing characteristics are designed, synthesized through a facile polycondensation and crosslinking process between sodium disulfide and 1,2,3-trichloropropane. Owing to their high monodispersity, sufficient surface charge, and good dispersion stability, the PSF spheres can be assembled into large-scale and high-quality 3D photonic crystals. More importantly, high structural color visibility and broad viewing angle are easily achieved because the unique features of PSF can remarkably enhance the relative reflectivity and eliminate the disturbance of scattering and background light. The results of this study provide a simple and efficient strategy to create structural colors with high color visibility, which is very important for their practical application. © 2016 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  19. Rate Coefficients of C2H with C2H4, C2H6, and H2 from 150 to 359 K

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Opansky, Brian J.; Leone, Stephen R.

    1996-01-01

    Rate coefficients for the reactions C2H with C2H4, C2H6, and H2 are measured over the temperature range 150-359 K using transient infrared laser absorption spectroscopy. The ethynyl radical is formed by photolysis of C2H2 with a pulsed excimer laser at 193 nm, and its transient absorption is monitored with a color center laser on the Q(sub 11)(9) line of the A(sup 2) Pi-Chi(sup 2) Sigma transition at 3593.68 cm(exp -1). Over the experimental temperature range 150-359 K the rate constants of C2H with C2H4, C2H6, and H2 can be fitted to the Arrhenius expressions k(sub C2H4) = (7.8 +/- 0.6) x 10(exp -11) exp[(134 +/- 44)/T], k(sub C2H6) = (3.5 +/- 0.3) x 10(exp -11) exp[(2.9 +/- 16)/T], and k(sub H2) = (1.2 +/- 0.3) x 10(exp -11) exp[(-998 +/- 57)]/T cm(exp 3) molecule(exp -1) sec(exp -1). The data for C2H with C2H4 and C2H6 indicate a negligible activation energy to product formation shown by the mild negative temperature dependence of both reactions. When the H2 data are plotted together with the most recent high-temperature results from 295 to 854 K, a slight curvature is observed. The H2 data can be fit to the non-Arrhenius form k(sub H2) = 9.2 x 10(exp -18) T(sup 2.17 +/- 0.50) exp[(-478 +/- 165)/T] cm(exp 3) molecules(exp -1) sec(exp -1). The curvature in the Arrhenius plot is discussed in terms of both quantum mechanical tunneling of the H atom from H2 to the C2H radical and bending mode contributions to the partition function.

  20. 21 CFR 73.3122 - 4-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)azo]-2,4-dihydro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-3H-pyrazol-3-one.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false 4-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)azo]-2,4-dihydro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-3H-pyrazol-3-one. 73.3122 Section 73.3122 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES GENERAL LISTING OF COLOR ADDITIVES EXEMPT FROM CERTIFICATION Medical...

  1. 21 CFR 73.3122 - 4-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)azo]-2,4-dihydro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-3H-pyrazol-3-one.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false 4-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)azo]-2,4-dihydro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-3H-pyrazol-3-one. 73.3122 Section 73.3122 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES GENERAL LISTING OF COLOR ADDITIVES EXEMPT FROM CERTIFICATION Medical...

  2. 21 CFR 73.3122 - 4-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)azo]-2,4-dihydro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-3H-pyrazol-3-one.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false 4-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)azo]-2,4-dihydro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-3H-pyrazol-3-one. 73.3122 Section 73.3122 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES GENERAL LISTING OF COLOR ADDITIVES EXEMPT FROM CERTIFICATION Medical...

  3. 21 CFR 73.3122 - 4-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)azo]-2,4-dihydro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-3H-pyrazol-3-one.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false 4-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)azo]-2,4-dihydro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-3H-pyrazol-3-one. 73.3122 Section 73.3122 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES GENERAL LISTING OF COLOR ADDITIVES EXEMPT FROM CERTIFICATION Medical...

  4. 21 CFR 73.3122 - 4-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)azo]-2,4-dihydro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-3H-pyrazol-3-one.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false 4-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)azo]-2,4-dihydro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-3H-pyrazol-3-one. 73.3122 Section 73.3122 Food and Drugs FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES GENERAL LISTING OF COLOR ADDITIVES EXEMPT FROM CERTIFICATION Medical...

  5. N(h) profile data at World Data Centers

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Allen, J. H.; Conkright, R.; Bilitza, D.; Feldstein, A. IA.; Willis, D. M.

    1990-01-01

    The data base for ionospheric electron density profiles at the World Data Centers is assessed. Past and future N(h) profiling from ionograms and profiles from incoherent scatter radar measurements are considered.

  6. Longwing (Heliconius) butterflies combine a restricted set of pigmentary and structural coloration mechanisms.

    PubMed

    Wilts, Bodo D; Vey, Aidan J M; Briscoe, Adriana D; Stavenga, Doekele G

    2017-11-21

    Longwing butterflies, Heliconius sp., also called heliconians, are striking examples of diversity and mimicry in butterflies. Heliconians feature strongly colored patterns on their wings, arising from wing scales colored by pigments and/or nanostructures, which serve as an aposematic signal. Here, we investigate the coloration mechanisms among several species of Heliconius by applying scanning electron microscopy, (micro)spectrophotometry, and imaging scatterometry. We identify seven kinds of colored scales within Heliconius whose coloration is derived from pigments, nanostructures or both. In yellow-, orange- and red-colored wing patches, both cover and ground scales contain wavelength-selective absorbing pigments, 3-OH-kynurenine, xanthommatin and/or dihydroxanthommatin. In blue wing patches, the cover scales are blue either due to interference of light in the thin-film lower lamina (e.g., H. doris) or in the multilayered lamellae in the scale ridges (so-called ridge reflectors, e.g., H. sara and H. erato); the underlying ground scales are black. In the white wing patches, both cover and ground scales are blue due to their thin-film lower lamina, but because they are stacked upon each other and at the wing substrate, a faint bluish to white color results. Lastly, green wing patches (H. doris) have cover scales with blue-reflecting thin films and short-wavelength absorbing 3-OH-kynurenine, together causing a green color. The pigmentary and structural traits are discussed in relation to their phylogenetic distribution and the evolution of vision in this highly interesting clade of butterflies.

  7. Color evaluation of seventeen European unifloral honey types by means of spectrophotometrically determined CIE L*Cab*h(ab)° chromaticity coordinates.

    PubMed

    Tuberoso, Carlo Ignazio Giovanni; Jerković, Igor; Sarais, Giorgia; Congiu, Francesca; Marijanović, Zvonimir; Kuś, Piotr Marek

    2014-02-15

    CIE (Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage) L(*)Cab(*)h(ab)° color coordinates for 305 samples of 17 unifloral honeys types (asphodel, buckwheat, black locust, sweet chestnut, citrus, eucalyptus, Garland thorn, honeydew, heather, lime, mint, rapeseed, sage, strawberry tree, sulla flower, savory and thistle) from different geographic locations in Europe were spectrophotometrically assessed and statistically evaluated. Preliminary separation of unifloral honeys was obtained by means of L(*)-C(ab)(*) color coordination correlation. Hierarchical Cluster Analysis (HCA) revealed an expected segregation of the honeys types according to their chromatic characteristics. Principal Component Analysis (PCA) allowed to obtain a more defined distinction of the 17 unifloral honey types, particularly when using 3D graphics. CIE L(*)C(ab)(*)hab(*) color coordinates were useful for the identification of several honey types. The proposed method represents a simple and efficient procedure that can be used as a basis for the authentication of unifloral honeys worldwide. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  8. N-VSi-related center in non-irradiated 6H SiC nanostructure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bagraev, Nikolay; Danilovskii, Eduard; Gets, Dmitrii; Kalabukhova, Ekaterina; Klyachkin, Leonid; Malyarenko, Anna; Savchenko, Dariya; Shanina, Bella

    2014-02-01

    We present the first findings of the vacancy-related centers identified by the electron spin resonance (ESR) and electrically-detected (ED) ESR method in the non-irradiated 6H-SiC nanostructure. This planar 6H-SiC nanostructure represents the ultra-narrow p-type quantum well confined by the δ-barriers heavily doped with boron on the surface of the n-type 6H-SiC (0001) wafer. The EDESR method by measuring the only magnetoresistance of the 6H SiC nanostructure under the high frequency generation from the δ-barriers appears to allow the identification of the silicon vacancy centers as well as the triplet center with spin state S=1. The same triplet center that is characterized by the larger value of the zero-field splitting constant D and anisotropic g-factor is revealed by the ESR (X-band) method. The hyperfine (hf) lines in the ESR and EDESR spectra originating from the hf interaction with the 14N nucleus allow us to attribute this triplet center to the N-VSi defect.

  9. Comparison of drusen area detected by spectral domain optical coherence tomography and color fundus imaging.

    PubMed

    Yehoshua, Zohar; Gregori, Giovanni; Sadda, SriniVas R; Penha, Fernando M; Goldhardt, Raquel; Nittala, Muneeswar G; Konduru, Ranjith K; Feuer, William J; Gupta, Pooja; Li, Ying; Rosenfeld, Philip J

    2013-04-03

    To compare the measurements of drusen area from manual segmentation of color fundus photographs with those generated by an automated algorithm designed to detect elevations of the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) on spectral domain optical coherence tomography (SD-OCT) images. Fifty eyes with drusen secondary to nonexudative age-related macular degeneration were enrolled. All eyes were imaged with a high-definition OCT instrument using a 200 × 200 A-scan raster pattern covering a 6 mm × 6 mm area centered on the fovea. Digital color fundus images were taken on the same day. Drusen were traced manually on the fundus photos by graders at the Doheny Image Reading Center, whereas quantitative OCT measurements of drusen were obtained by using a fully automated algorithm. The color fundus images were registered to the OCT data set and measurements within corresponding 3- and 5-mm circles centered at the fovea were compared. The mean areas (± SD [range]) for the 3-mm circles were SD-OCT = 1.57 (± 1.08 [0.03-4.44]); 3-mm color fundus = 1.92 (± 1.08 [0.20-3.95]); 5-mm SD-OCT = 2.12 (± 1.55 [0.03-5.40]); and 5-mm color fundus = 3.38 (± 1.90 [0.39-7.49]). The mean differences between color images and the SD-OCT (color - SD-OCT) were 0.36 (± 0.93) (P = 0.008) for the 3-mm circle and 1.26 (± 1.38) (P < 0.001) for the 5-mm circle measurements. Intraclass correlation coefficients of agreements for 3- and 5-mm measurements were 0.599 and 0.540, respectively. There was only fair agreement between drusen area measurements obtained from SD-OCT images and color fundus photos. Drusen area measurements on color fundus images were larger than those with SD-OCT scans. This difference can be attributed to the fact that the OCT algorithm defines drusen in terms of RPE deformations above a certain threshold, and will not include small, flat drusen and subretinal drusenoid deposits. The two approaches provide complementary information about drusen.

  10. 3D interferometric microscope: color visualization of engineered surfaces for industrial applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schmit, Joanna; Novak, Matt; Bui, Son

    2015-09-01

    3D microscopes based on white light interference (WLI) provide precise measurement for the topography of engineering surfaces. However, the display of an object in its true colors as observed under white illumination is often desired; this traditionally has presented a challenge for WLI-based microscopes. Such 3D color display is appealing to the eye and great for presentations, and also provides fast evaluation of certain characteristics like defects, delamination, or deposition of different materials. Determination of color as observed by interferometric objectives is not straightforward; we will present how color imaging capabilities similar to an ordinary microscope can be obtained in interference microscopes based on WLI and we will give measurement and imaging examples of a few industrial samples.

  11. Effect of marination on color lightness of early-deboned broiler breast fillets varies with raw meat color attributes

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    ABSTRACT The effect of vacuum-tumbling marination on meat color and pH was evaluated in early-deboned chicken breast fillets with different color attributes or color lightness. Broiler breast fillets deboned at 2 h postmortem (PM) were collected from a commercial processing plant based on visual c...

  12. Thermal response, catalytic activity, and color change of the first hybrid vanadate containing Bpe guest molecules.

    PubMed

    Fernández de Luis, Roberto; Urtiaga, M Karmele; Mesa, José L; Larrea, Edurne S; Iglesias, Marta; Rojo, Teófilo; Arriortua, María I

    2013-03-04

    Four isomorphic compounds with formula [{Co2(H2O)2(Bpe)2}(V4O12)]·4H2O·Bpe, CoBpe 1; [{CoNi(H2O)2(Bpe)2}(V4O12)]·4H2O·Bpe, CoNiBpe 2; [{Co0.6Ni1.4(H2O)2(Bpe)2}(V4O12)]·4H2O·Bpe, NiCoBpe 3; and [{Ni2(H2O)2(Bpe)2}(V4O12)]·4H2O·Bpe, NiBpe 4, have been obtained by hydrothermal synthesis. The crystal structures of CoBpe 1 and NiBpe 4 were determined by single-crystal X-ray diffraction (XRD). The Rietveld refinement of CoNiBpe 2 and NiCoBpe 3 XRD patterns confirms that those are isomorphic. The compounds crystallize in the P1̅ space group, exhibiting a crystal structure constructed from inorganic layers pillared by Bpe ligands. The crystal structure contains intralayer and interlayer channels, in which the crystallization water molecules and Bpe guest molecules, respectively, are located. The solvent molecules establish a hydrogen bonding network with the coordinated water molecules. Thermodiffractometric and thermogravimetric studies showed that the loss of crystallization and coordinated water molecules takes place at different temperatures, giving rise to crystal structure transformations that involve important reduction of the interlayer distance, and strong reduction of crystallinity. The IR, Raman, and UV-vis spectra of the as-synthesized and heated compounds confirm that the structural building blocks and octahedral coordination environment of the metal centers are maintained after the structural transformations. The color change and reversibility of the water molecules uptake/removal were tested showing that the initial color is not completely recovered when the compounds are heated at temperatures higher than 200 °C. The thermal evolution of the magnetic susceptibility indicates one-dimensional antiferromagnetic coupling of the metal centers at high temperatures. For NiCoBpe 3 and NiBpe 4 compounds magnetic ordering is established at low temperatures, as can be judged by the maxima observed in the magnetic susceptibilities. CoNiBpe 2 was proved as

  13. Memory and neural networks on the basis of color centers in solids.

    PubMed

    Winnacker, Albrecht; Osvet, Andres

    2009-11-01

    Optical data recording is one of the most widely used and efficient systems of memory in the non-living world. The application of color centers in this context offers not only systems of high speed in writing and read-out due to a high degree of parallelism in data handling but also a possibility to set up models of neural networks. In this way, systems with a high potential for image processing, pattern recognition and logical operations can be constructed. A limitation to storage density is given by the diffraction limit of optical data recording. It is shown that this limitation can at least in principle be overcome by the principle of spectral hole burning, which results in systems of storage capacities close to the human brain system.

  14. A new allele of flower color gene W1 encoding flavonoid 3'5'-hydroxylase is responsible for light purple flowers in wild soybean Glycine soja.

    PubMed

    Takahashi, Ryoji; Dubouzet, Joseph G; Matsumura, Hisakazu; Yasuda, Kentaro; Iwashina, Tsukasa

    2010-07-28

    Glycine soja is a wild relative of soybean that has purple flowers. No flower color variant of Glycine soja has been found in the natural habitat. B09121, an accession with light purple flowers, was discovered in southern Japan. Genetic analysis revealed that the gene responsible for the light purple flowers was allelic to the W1 locus encoding flavonoid 3'5'-hydroxylase (F3'5'H). The new allele was designated as w1-lp. The dominance relationship of the locus was W1 >w1-lp >w1. One F2 plant and four F3 plants with purple flowers were generated in the cross between B09121 and a Clark near-isogenic line with w1 allele. Flower petals of B09121 contained lower amounts of four major anthocyanins (malvidin 3,5-di-O-glucoside, petunidin 3,5-di-O-glucoside, delphinidin 3,5-di-O-glucoside and delphinidin 3-O-glucoside) common in purple flowers and contained small amounts of the 5'-unsubstituted versions of the above anthocyanins, peonidin 3,5-di-O-glucoside, cyanidin 3,5-di-O-glucoside and cyanidin 3-O-glucoside, suggesting that F3'5'H activity was reduced and flavonoid 3'-hydroxylase activity was increased. F3'5'H cDNAs were cloned from Clark and B09121 by RT-PCR. The cDNA of B09121 had a unique base substitution resulting in the substitution of valine with methionine at amino acid position 210. The base substitution was ascertained by dCAPS analysis. The polymorphism associated with the dCAPS markers co-segregated with flower color in the F2 population. F3 progeny test, and dCAPS and indel analyses suggested that the plants with purple flowers might be due to intragenic recombination and that the 65 bp insertion responsible for gene dysfunction might have been eliminated in such plants. B09121 may be the first example of a flower color variant found in nature. The light purple flower was controlled by a new allele of the W1 locus encoding F3'5'H. The flower petals contained unique anthocyanins not found in soybean and G. soja. B09121 may be a useful tool for studies of

  15. Effect of different solutions on color stability of acrylic resin-based dentures.

    PubMed

    Goiato, Marcelo Coelho; Nóbrega, Adhara Smith; dos Santos, Daniela Micheline; Andreotti, Agda Marobo; Moreno, Amália

    2014-01-01

    The aim of this study was to evaluate the effect of thermocycling and immersion in mouthwash or beverage solutions on the color stability of four different acrylic resin-based dentures (Onda Cryl, OC; QC20, QC; Classico, CL; and Lucitone, LU). The factors evaluated were type of acrylic resin, immersion time, and solution (mouthwash or beverage). A total of 224 denture samples were fabricated. For each type of resin, eight samples were immersed in mouthwashes (Plax-Colgate, PC; Listerine, LI; and Oral-B, OB), beverages (coffee, CP; cola, C; and wine, W), and artificial saliva (AS; control). The color change (DE) was evaluated before (baseline) and after thermocycling (T1), and after immersion in solution for 1 h (T2), 3 h (T3), 24 h (T4), 48 h (T5), and 96 h (T6). The CIE Lab system was used to determine the color changes. The thermocycling test was performed for 5000 cycles. Data were submitted to three-way repeated-measures analysis of variance and Tukey's test (p<0.05). When the samples were immersed in each mouthwash, all assessed factors, associated or not, significantly influenced the color change values, except there was no association between the mouthwash and acrylic resin. Similarly, when the samples were immersed in each beverage, all studied factors influenced the color change values. In general, regardless of the solution, LU exhibited the greatest DE values in the period from T1 to T5; and QC presented the greatest DE values at T6. Thus, thermocycling and immersion in the various solutions influenced the color stability of acrylic resins and QC showed the greatest color alteration.

  16. Downregulation of putative UDP-glucose: flavonoid 3-O-glucosyltransferase gene alters flower coloring in Phalaenopsis.

    PubMed

    Chen, Wen-Huei; Hsu, Chi-Yin; Cheng, Hao-Yun; Chang, Hsiang; Chen, Hong-Hwa; Ger, Mang-Jye

    2011-06-01

    Anthocyanin is the primary pigment contributing to red, violet, and blue flower color formation. The solubility of anthocyanins is enhanced by UDP glucose: flavonoid 3-O-glucosyltransferase (UFGT) through transfer of the glucosyl moiety from UDP-glucose to 3-hydroxyl group to produce the first stable pigments. To assess the possibility that UFGT is involved in the flower color formation in Phalaenopsis, the transcriptional activities of PeUFGT3, and other flower color-related genes in developing red or white flower buds were examined using RT-PCR analysis. In contrast with chalcone synthase, chalcone isomerase, and anthocyanidin synthase genes, PeUFGT3 transcriptional activity was higher expressed in the red color of Phalaenopsis cultivars. In the red labellum of Phalaenopsis 'Luchia Lady', PeUFGT3 also showed higher expression levels than that in the white perianth. PeUFGT3 was predominantly expressed in the red region of flower among various Phalaenopsis cultivars. To investigate the role of PeUFGT3 in red flower color formation, PeUFGT3 was specifically knocked down using RNA interference technology via virus inducing gene silencing in Phalaenopsis. The PeUFGT3-suppressed Phalaenopsis exhibited various levels of flower color fading that was well correlated with the extent of reduced level of PeUFGT3 transcriptional activity. Furthermore, there was a significant decrease in anthocyanin content in the PeUFGT3-suppressed Phalaenopsis flowers. The decrease of anthocyanin content due to PeUFGT3 gene silencing possibly caused the faded flower color in PeUFGT3-suppressed Phalaenopsis. Consequently, these results suggested that the glycosylation-related gene PeUFGT3 plays a critical role in red color formation in Phalaenopsis.

  17. The effect of background and illumination on color identification of real, 3D objects.

    PubMed

    Allred, Sarah R; Olkkonen, Maria

    2013-01-01

    For the surface reflectance of an object to be a useful cue to object identity, judgments of its color should remain stable across changes in the object's environment. In 2D scenes, there is general consensus that color judgments are much more stable across illumination changes than background changes. Here we investigate whether these findings generalize to real 3D objects. Observers made color matches to cubes as we independently varied both the illumination impinging on the cube and the 3D background of the cube. As in 2D scenes, we found relatively high but imperfect stability of color judgments under an illuminant shift. In contrast to 2D scenes, we found that background had little effect on average color judgments. In addition, variability of color judgments was increased by an illuminant shift and decreased by embedding the cube within a background. Taken together, these results suggest that in real 3D scenes with ample cues to object segregation, the addition of a background may improve stability of color identification.

  18. Aluminum acceptor four particle bound exciton complex in 4H, 6H, and 3C SiC

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Clemen, L. L.; Devaty, R. P.; Macmillan, M. F.; Yoganathan, M.; Choyke, W. J.; Larkin, D. J.; Powell, J. A.; Edmond, J. A.; Kong, H. S.

    1993-01-01

    Evidence is presented for a four particle acceptor complex in 3C, 6H, and 4H SiC, obtained in low-temperature photoluminescence and cathodoluminescence experiments. The new lines were observed in p-type films lightly doped with aluminum, of 6H, 4H, and 3C SiC grown on the silicon (0001) face of 6H SiC under special conditions. The lines increase in intensity as more aluminum is added during growth. The multiplicity of observed lines is consistent with symmetry-based models similar to those which have been proposed to describe 4A centers in p-type zincblende semiconductors.

  19. Face recognition using 3D facial shape and color map information: comparison and combination

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Godil, Afzal; Ressler, Sandy; Grother, Patrick

    2004-08-01

    In this paper, we investigate the use of 3D surface geometry for face recognition and compare it to one based on color map information. The 3D surface and color map data are from the CAESAR anthropometric database. We find that the recognition performance is not very different between 3D surface and color map information using a principal component analysis algorithm. We also discuss the different techniques for the combination of the 3D surface and color map information for multi-modal recognition by using different fusion approaches and show that there is significant improvement in results. The effectiveness of various techniques is compared and evaluated on a dataset with 200 subjects in two different positions.

  20. Silicon vacancy-related centers in non-irradiated 6H-SiC nanostructure

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bagraev, N. T., E-mail: Impurity.Dipole@mail.ioffe.ru; Danilovskii, E. Yu.; Gets, D. S.

    2015-05-15

    We present the first findings of the silicon vacancy related centers identified in the non-irradiated 6H-SiC nanostructure using the electron spin resonance (ESR) and electrically-detected (ED) ESR technique. This planar 6H-SiC nanostructure represents the ultra-narrow p-type quantum well confined by the δ-barriers heavily doped with boron on the surface of the n-type 6H-SiC(0001) wafer. The new EDESR technique by measuring the only magnetoresistance of the 6H-SiC nanostructure under the high frequency generation from the δ-barriers appears to allow the identification of the isolated silicon vacancy centers as well as the triplet center with spin state S = 1. The samemore » triplet center that is characterized by the large value of the zero-field splitting constant D and anisotropic g-factor is revealed by the ESR (X-band) method. The hyperfine (HF) lines in the ESR and EDESR spectra originating from the HF interaction with the {sup 14}N nucleus seem to attribute this triplet center to the N-V{sub Si} defect.« less

  1. Energy transfer and color tunable emission in Tb3+,Eu3+ co-doped Sr3LaNa(PO4)3F phosphors.

    PubMed

    Li, Shuo; Guo, Ning; Liang, Qimeng; Ding, Yu; Zhou, Huitao; Ouyang, Ruizhuo; Lü, Wei

    2018-02-05

    A group of color tunable Sr 3 LaNa(PO 4 ) 3 F:Tb 3+ ,Eu 3+ phosphors were prepared by conventional high temperature solid state method. The phase structures, luminescence properties, fluorescence lifetimes and energy transfer were investigated in detail. Under 369nm excitation, owing to efficient energy transfer of Tb 3+ →Eu 3+ , the emission spectra both have green emission of Tb 3+ and red emission of Eu 3+ . An efficient energy transfer occur in Tb 3+ , Eu 3+ co-doped Sr 3 LaNa(PO 4 ) 3 F phosphors. The most possible mechanism of energy transfer is dipole-dipole interaction by Dexter's theoretical model. The energy transfer of Tb 3+ and Eu 3+ was confirmed by the variations of emission and excitation spectra and Tb 3+ /Eu 3+ decay lifetimes in Sr 3 LaNa(PO 4 ) 3 F:Tb 3+ ,Eu 3+ . The color tone can tuned from yellowish-green through yellow and eventually to reddish-orange with fixed Tb 3+ content by changing Eu 3+ concentrations. The results show that the prepared Tb 3+ , Eu 3+ co-doped color tunable Sr 3 LaNa(PO 4 ) 3 F phosphor can be used for white LED. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. Energy transfer and color tunable emission in Tb3 +,Eu3 + co-doped Sr3LaNa(PO4)3F phosphors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Shuo; Guo, Ning; Liang, Qimeng; Ding, Yu; Zhou, Huitao; Ouyang, Ruizhuo; Lü, Wei

    2018-02-01

    A group of color tunable Sr3LaNa(PO4)3F:Tb3 +,Eu3 + phosphors were prepared by conventional high temperature solid state method. The phase structures, luminescence properties, fluorescence lifetimes and energy transfer were investigated in detail. Under 369 nm excitation, owing to efficient energy transfer of Tb3 + → Eu3 +, the emission spectra both have green emission of Tb3 + and red emission of Eu3 +. An efficient energy transfer occur in Tb3 +, Eu3 + co-doped Sr3LaNa(PO4)3F phosphors. The most possible mechanism of energy transfer is dipole-dipole interaction by Dexter's theoretical model. The energy transfer of Tb3 + and Eu3 + was confirmed by the variations of emission and excitation spectra and Tb3 +/Eu3 + decay lifetimes in Sr3LaNa(PO4)3F:Tb3 +,Eu3 +. The color tone can tuned from yellowish-green through yellow and eventually to reddish-orange with fixed Tb3 + content by changing Eu3 + concentrations. The results show that the prepared Tb3 +, Eu3 + co-doped color tunable Sr3LaNa(PO4)3F phosphor can be used for white LED.

  3. Modifications of the Relation Between Cosmic Ray Ionization Rate ζ and H_{3}^{+} Column Density in the Central Molecular Zone of the Galactic Center

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oka, Takeshi

    2017-06-01

    In deriving the simple formula, ζL=2k_eN(H_{3}^{+})(n_C/n_H)_SVR/f(H_{2}), used to estimate cosmic ray H_{2} ionization rate ζ from observed H_3^+ column density N(H_3^+) in the Central Molecular Zone (CMZ) of the Galactic center (GC), the following two effects were neglected: (1) the charge exchange reaction H_2^+ + HH_2 + H^+ which significantly reduces H_3^+ production rate if the fraction of molecular hydrogen f(H_2) is much lower than 1, and (2) the production of electrons from ionization of H_2 and H which greatly increases the H_3^+ destruction rate if ζ is much higher than 10^{-15} s^{-1}. (Only electrons from VUV first ionization of C atoms had been considered). Recent more extensive analysis using the Meudon PDR code by Le Petit et al. has indicated that these effects are not negligible in the CMZ. While an extensive chemical model calculation is beyond the scope of our analysis, we have attempted to use our simple model considering only hydrogenic species and electrons to take these two effects into account. When (1) is introduced, the rate of H_3^+ production is approximated to be ζn_H[f(H_2)]^2, which is ˜ 3 times lower than the previous value for f(H_2) = 0.6 reported by Le Petit et al.^{c} When (2) is taken into account, the electron number density is approximated to be n_e = n_CR + ζn_H/[2k_en(H_3^+)] where the first and second term represents electrons from the C atoms and those from H_2 and H, respectively. The first term (in which R represents the increase of metallicity from the solar vicinity to the GC, R ≥ 3) has the electron fraction x_e = 5 × 10^{-4} and the second term becomes significant at ζ ˜ 10^{-15} s^{-1}. This introduces a non-linearity between ζ and N(H_3^+) and the latter reaches a maximum at ζ ˜ 10^{-14} s^{-1} and decreases as ζ increases further. Application of the results to the observed N(H_3^+) will be discussed. Oka, T., Geballe, T. R., Goto, M., Usuda, T., McCall, B. J. 2005, ApJ, 632, 882 Indriolo, N

  4. Stabilizing shallow color centers in diamond created by nitrogen delta-doping using SF{sub 6} plasma treatment

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Osterkamp, Christian; Lang, Johannes; Scharpf, Jochen

    2015-03-16

    Here we report the fabrication of stable, shallow (<5 nm) nitrogen-vacancy (NV) centers in diamond by nitrogen delta doping at the last stage of the chemical vapor deposition growth process. The NVs are stabilized after treating the diamond in SF{sub 6} plasma, otherwise the color centers are not observed, suggesting a strong influence from the surface. X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy measurements show the presence of only fluorine atoms on the surface, in contrast to previous studies, indicating very good surface coverage. We managed to detect hydrogen nuclear magnetic resonance signal from protons in the immersion oil, revealing a depth of the NVsmore » of about 5 nm.« less

  5. Polarization dependent color switching by extra-ordinary transmission in H-slit plasmonic metasurface

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mandal, P.; Anantha Ramakrishna, S.; Patil, Raj

    2013-12-14

    An array of H-shaped subwavelength slits in a plasmonic film has a polarization dependent extra-ordinary transmission due to shape anisotropy. Non-overlapping extra-ordinary transmission bands for the orthogonal linear polarization states of the input light are used to demonstrate a polarization dependent color switch. The fabricated array of submicron sized H-slits on a gold film displayed two transmission bands for the linear x- and y-polarized light at visible (650–850 nm) and near-infra-red (1150–1450 nm) bands, respectively. The relative transmitted light in these two bands can be controlled by changing the linear polarization state of the input radiation from 0° to 90°.

  6. Identification of Vitis vinifera L. grape berry skin color mutants and polyphenolic profile.

    PubMed

    Ferreira, Vanessa; Fernandes, Fátima; Pinto-Carnide, Olinda; Valentão, Patrícia; Falco, Virgílio; Martín, Juan Pedro; Ortiz, Jesús María; Arroyo-García, Rosa; Andrade, Paula B; Castro, Isaura

    2016-03-01

    A germplasm set of twenty-five grapevine accessions, forming eleven groups of possible berry skin color mutants, were genotyped with twelve microsatellite loci, being eleven of them identified as true color mutants. The polyphenolic profiling of the confirmed mutant cultivars revealed a total of twenty-four polyphenols, comprising non-colored compounds (phenolic acids, flavan-3-ols, flavonols and a stilbene) and anthocyanins. Results showed differences in the contribution of malvidin-3-O-glucoside to the characteristic Pinot Noir anthocyanins profile. Regarding the two Pique-Poul colored variants, the lighter variant was richer than the darker one in all classes of compounds, excepting anthocyanins. In Moscatel Galego Roxo the F3'H pathway seems to be more active than F3'5'H, resulting in higher amounts of cyanidin, precursor of the cyanidin derivatives. As far as we are aware, this is the first time that a relationship between the content of polyphenolic compounds is established in groups of grape berry skin color mutant cultivars. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  7. Color reduction of sulfonated eucalyptus kraft lignin.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Hui; Bai, Youcan; Zhou, Wanpeng; Chen, Fangeng

    2017-04-01

    Several eucalyptus lignins named as HSL, SML and BSL were prepared by high temperature sulfonation, sulfomethylation, butane sultone sulfonation respectively. The color properties of samples were investigated. Under optimized conditions the sulfonic group (SO 3 H) content of HSL, SML and BSL reached 1.52, 1.60 and 1.58mmol/g, respectively. Samples were characterized by UV-vis spectroscopy, FTIR spectroscopy, 1 H NMR spectroscopy, GPC and brightness test, respectively. The results revealed that BSL performed a higher molecular weight and lighter color due to the phenolic hydroxyl blocking by 1,4-butane sultone (1,4-BS). The color reduction of sodium borohydride treated BSL (labeled as SBSL) was further enhanced and the brightness value was improved by 76.1% compared with the darkest HSL. SBSL process was much better than HSL and SML process. Hydroxyl blocking effect of 1,4-BS and reducibility of sodium borohydride played important roles in the color reduction of sulfonated eucalyptus kraft lignin. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. ON A POSSIBLE SIZE/COLOR RELATIONSHIP IN THE KUIPER BELT

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pike, R. E.; Kavelaars, J. J., E-mail: repike@uvic.ca

    2013-10-01

    Color measurements and albedo distributions introduce non-intuitive observational biases in size-color relationships among Kuiper Belt Objects (KBOs) that cannot be disentangled without a well characterized sample population with systematic photometry. Peixinho et al. report that the form of the KBO color distribution varies with absolute magnitude, H. However, Tegler et al. find that KBO color distributions are a property of object classification. We construct synthetic models of observed KBO colors based on two B-R color distribution scenarios: color distribution dependent on H magnitude (H-Model) and color distribution based on object classification (Class-Model). These synthetic B-R color distributions were modified tomore » account for observational flux biases. We compare our synthetic B-R distributions to the observed ''Hot'' and ''Cold'' detected objects from the Canada-France Ecliptic Plane Survey and the Meudon Multicolor Survey. For both surveys, the Hot population color distribution rejects the H-Model, but is well described by the Class-Model. The Cold objects reject the H-Model, but the Class-Model (while not statistically rejected) also does not provide a compelling match for data. Although we formally reject models where the structure of the color distribution is a strong function of H magnitude, we also do not find that a simple dependence of color distribution on orbit classification is sufficient to describe the color distribution of classical KBOs.« less

  9. Fall's Changing Colors

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    2002-01-01

    As the clouds allowed during the past two months, the Sea-viewing Wide field-of-View Sensor (SeaWiFS) recorded the changing colors of eastern U.S. and Canadian vegetation. This series of true-color images from the fall of 2000 shows the deciduous forests of the region change from dark green to bright red and orange, and begin to drop their leaves. Image provided by the SeaWiFS Project, NASA/Goddard Space Flight Center, and ORBIMAGE

  10. Color transfer method preserving perceived lightness

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ueda, Chiaki; Azetsu, Tadahiro; Suetake, Noriaki; Uchino, Eiji

    2016-06-01

    Color transfer originally proposed by Reinhard et al. is a method to change the color appearance of an input image by using the color information of a reference image. The purpose of this study is to modify color transfer so that it works well even when the scenes of the input and reference images are not similar. Concretely, a color transfer method with lightness correction and color gamut adjustment is proposed. The lightness correction is applied to preserve the perceived lightness which is explained by the Helmholtz-Kohlrausch (H-K) effect. This effect is the phenomenon that vivid colors are perceived as brighter than dull colors with the same lightness. Hence, when the chroma is changed by image processing, the perceived lightness is also changed even if the physical lightness is preserved after the image processing. In the proposed method, by considering the H-K effect, color transfer that preserves the perceived lightness after processing is realized. Furthermore, color gamut adjustment is introduced to address the color gamut problem, which is caused by color space conversion. The effectiveness of the proposed method is verified by performing some experiments.

  11. Contact Lenses for Color Blindness.

    PubMed

    Badawy, Abdel-Rahman; Hassan, Muhammad Umair; Elsherif, Mohamed; Ahmed, Zubair; Yetisen, Ali K; Butt, Haider

    2018-06-01

    Color vision deficiency (color blindness) is an inherited genetic ocular disorder. While no cure for this disorder currently exists, several methods can be used to increase the color perception of those affected. One such method is the use of color filtering glasses which are based on Bragg filters. While these glasses are effective, they are high cost, bulky, and incompatible with other vision correction eyeglasses. In this work, a rhodamine derivative is incorporated in commercial contact lenses to filter out the specific wavelength bands (≈545-575 nm) to correct color vision blindness. The biocompatibility assessment of the dyed contact lenses in human corneal fibroblasts and human corneal epithelial cells shows no toxicity and cell viability remains at 99% after 72 h. This study demonstrates the potential of the dyed contact lenses in wavelength filtering and color vision deficiency management. © 2018 The Authors. Published by WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  12. Pluto Color Map

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2017-01-20

    This new, detailed global mosaic color map of Pluto is based on a series of three color filter images obtained by the Ralph/Multispectral Visual Imaging Camera aboard New Horizons during the NASA spacecraft's close flyby of Pluto in July 2015. The mosaic shows how Pluto's large-scale color patterns extend beyond the hemisphere facing New Horizons at closest approach- which were imaged at the highest resolution. North is up; Pluto's equator roughly bisects the band of dark red terrains running across the lower third of the map. Pluto's giant, informally named Sputnik Planitia glacier - the left half of Pluto's signature "heart" feature -- is at the center of this map. http://photojournal.jpl.nasa.gov/catalog/PIA11707

  13. Ceres in Color

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2016-11-18

    This image of Ceres approximates how the dwarf planet's colors would appear to the eye. This view of Ceres, produced by the German Aerospace Center in Berlin, combines images taken during Dawn's first science orbit in 2015 using the framing camera's red, green and blue spectral filters. The color was calculated using a reflectance spectrum, which is based on the way that Ceres reflects different wavelengths of light and the solar wavelengths that illuminate Ceres. http://photojournal.jpl.nasa.gov/catalog/PIA21079

  14. A new method for skin color enhancement

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zeng, Huanzhao; Luo, Ronnier

    2012-01-01

    Skin tone is the most important color category in memory colors. Reproducing it pleasingly is an important factor in photographic color reproduction. Moving skin colors toward their preferred skin color center improves the skin color preference on photographic color reproduction. Two key factors to successfully enhance skin colors are: a method to detect original skin colors effectively even if they are shifted far away from the regular skin color region, and a method to morph skin colors toward a preferred skin color region properly without introducing artifacts. A method for skin color enhancement presented by the authors in the same conference last year applies a static skin color model for skin color detection, which may miss to detect skin colors that are far away from regular skin tones. In this paper, a new method using the combination of face detection and statistical skin color modeling is proposed to effectively detect skin pixels and to enhance skin colors more effectively.

  15. Spatial balance of color triads in the abstract art of Piet Mondrian.

    PubMed

    Locher, Paul; Overbeeke, Kees; Stappers, Pieter Jan

    2005-01-01

    We examined the interactive contribution of the color and size of the three areas occupied by the primary colors red, yellow, and blue in adaptations of abstract compositions by Mondrian to the perceived weight of the areas and the location of the balance centers of the compositions. Thirty-six art stimuli were created by experimentally changing the colors in the three areas of six original works so that the resulting five variations and the original constituted the six possible spatial arrangements of the three colors in the three locations. In experiment 1, design-trained and untrained participants determined the location of the balance center of each composition seen on a computer screen and rated the apparent weight or heaviness of each color area. In experiment 2, untrained participants determined the location of the balance centers of the compositions when projected to their actual size. It was found that, for both trained and untrained participants, the perceived weight of a color, especially red and yellow, varied as a function of the size of the area it occupied. Furthermore, participants in both experiments perceived shifts in the locations of the balance centers between the originals and their altered versions. Only the trained participants, however, perceived significant shifts in balance centers among the five variations of the compositions, demonstrating their superior sensitivity to the contribution of color to balance structure. Taken together, the findings demonstrate the existence of a color-area-weight relationship among color triads in abstract displays and the influence of this relationship on color balance in abstract compositions.

  16. Color Tuning in Garnet Oxides: The Role of Tetrahedral Coordination Geometry for 3 d Metal Ions and Ligand-Metal Charge Transfer (Band-Gap Manipulation).

    PubMed

    Bhim, Anupam; Laha, Sourav; Gopalakrishnan, Jagannatha; Natarajan, Srinivasan

    2017-10-18

    We explored garnet-structured oxide materials containing 3d transition-metal ions (e.g., Co 2+ , Ni 2+ , Cu 2+ , and Fe 3+ ) for the development of new inorganic colored materials. For this purpose, we synthesized new garnets, Ca 3 Sb 2 Ga 2 ZnO 12 (I) and Ca 3 Sb 2 Fe 2 ZnO 12 (II), that were isostructural with Ca 3 Te 2 Zn 3 O 12 . Substitution of Co 2+ , Ni 2+ , and Cu 2+ at the tetrahedral Zn 2+ sites in I and II gave rise to brilliantly colored materials (different shades of blue, green, turquoise, and red). The materials were characterized by optical absorption spectroscopy and CIE chromaticity diagrams. The Fe 3+ -containing oxides showed band-gap narrowing (owing to strong sp-d exchange interactions between Zn 2+ and the transition-metal ion), and this tuned the color of these materials uniquely. We also characterized the color and optical absorption properties of Ca 3 Te 2 Zn 3-x Co x O 12 (03 Te 2 Zn 3-x Co x O 12 (0colors, respectively. The present work brings out the role of the distorted tetrahedral coordination geometry of transition-metal ions and ligand-metal charge transfer (which is manifested as narrowing of the band gap) in producing brilliantly colored garnet-based materials. © 2017 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  17. Violet/blue chrysanthemums--metabolic engineering of the anthocyanin biosynthetic pathway results in novel petal colors.

    PubMed

    Brugliera, Filippa; Tao, Guo-Qing; Tems, Ursula; Kalc, Gianna; Mouradova, Ekaterina; Price, Kym; Stevenson, Kim; Nakamura, Noriko; Stacey, Iolanda; Katsumoto, Yukihisa; Tanaka, Yoshikazu; Mason, John G

    2013-10-01

    Chrysanthemums (Chrysanthemum×morifolium Ramat.) are an important cut-flower and potted plant crop in the horticultural industry world wide. Chrysanthemums express the flavonoid 3'-hydroxylase (F3'H) gene and thus accumulate anthocyanins derived from cyanidin in their inflorescences which appear pink/red. Delphinidin-based anthocyanins are lacking due to the deficiency of a flavonoid 3', 5'-hydroxylase (F3'5'H), and so violet/blue chrysanthemum flower colors are not found. In this study, together with optimization of transgene expression and selection of the host cultivars and gene source, F3'5'H genes have been successfully utilized to produce transgenic bluish chrysanthemums that accumulate delphinidin-based anthocyanins. HPLC analysis and feeding experiments with a delphinidin precursor identified 16 cultivars of chrysanthemums out of 75 that were predicted to turn bluish upon delphinidin accumulation. A selection of eight cultivars were successfully transformed with F3'5'H genes under the control of different promoters. A pansy F3'5'H gene under the control of a chalcone synthase promoter fragment from rose resulted in the effective diversion of the anthocyanin pathway to produce delphinidin in transgenic chrysanthemum flower petals. The resultant petal color was bluish, with 40% of total anthocyanidins attributed to delphinidin. Increased delphinidin levels (up to 80%) were further achieved by hairpin RNA interference-mediated silencing of the endogenous F3'H gene. The resulting petal colors were novel bluish hues, not possible by hybridization breeding. This is the first report of the production of anthocyanins derived from delphinidin in chrysanthemum petals leading to novel flower color.

  18. Color in present culture of European architecture

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schindler, Verena M.

    2002-06-01

    The influential architect Le Corbusier (1887 - 1965) was also involved in the adventure of contemporary painting, and color occupied half of his day, during twenty years, as he revealed in a study entitled 'Architectural Polychromy' written in the early thirties and recently published in 1997. In the present, contemporary architects in Central Europe are dealing with color in quite a different and exceptional way: most of them engage the artist to collaborate with them in their architectural projects. If painting is concerned with the interaction of color in the two-dimensional plane, architecture is deeply dependent on light and space, and deals entirely with the three- dimensional environment and its human perception. In the 1990s, the way architects and artists employed color in architecture was so striking that color offered a key to larger discussions and opened up an interesting aspect of architectural practice. It must be remembered that recent housing projects, such as the housing estate Pilotengasse in Vienna, Gigon & Guyer's Broelberg in Kilchberg (with Harald F. Muller), next to Zurich, and their Sport Center in Davos (with Adrian Schiess), Jean Nouvel's Cultural and Congress Center in Lucerne, or Sauerbruch & Hutton's Photonic Center and their GSW office building in Berlin have all been contributing to free color from its unconscious and dormant role. These works all impart qualities to color in architecture that were hitherto reserved to other materials and fields: they define the aspects of the interaction of visual and physical space, of materialization of volumes, and of the expression of wealth and luxury.

  19. Structural and computational characterization of 4‧,4‧,6‧,6‧-tetrachloro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-3H,4H-spiro-1,3,2-benzoxaza phosphinine-2,2‧- [1,3,5,2,4,6] triazatriphosphinine

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Işıklan, Muhammet; Yıldırım, Erdem Kamil; Atiş, Murat; Sonkaya, Ömer; Çoşut, Bünyemin

    2016-08-01

    In this study a new monospirocyclic phosphazene derivative, 4‧,4‧,6‧,6‧-tetrachloro-3-(2-methoxyethyl)-3H,4H-spiro [1,3,2-benzoxazaphosphinine-2,2‧- [1,3,5,2,4,6] triazatriphosphinine] (SP1) was synthesized from the reaction of hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene (N3P3Cl6) with N/O donor-type, 2-{[(2-Metoxyethyl) amino]methyl}phenol. The structural investigations of the compound were verified by elemental analyses, MS, FTIR, 1H, 13C, 31P NMR spectroscopy and the single crystal X-ray diffraction analysis. The structural and spectroscopic data of the molecule in the ground state were calculated by using density functional method (DFT) using 6-311++G (d, p) basis set. The complete assignments of all vibrational modes were performed on the basis of the total energy distributions (TED). Isotropic chemical shifts (31P, 1H and 13C NMR) were calculated using the gauge-invariant atomic orbital (GIAO) method. Theoretical calculations of bond parameters, harmonic vibration frequencies and nuclear magnetic resonance are in good agreement with experimental results. The electrophilic and nucleophilic attack centers in SP1 were predicted with the local softness values (sk+, and sk-) of individual atoms and it is confirmed that P atoms of the PCl2 groups are nucleophilic attack centers.

  20. High resolution reversible color images on photonic crystal substrates.

    PubMed

    Kang, Pilgyu; Ogunbo, Samuel O; Erickson, David

    2011-08-16

    When light is incident on a crystalline structure with appropriate periodicity, some colors will be preferentially reflected (Joannopoulos, J. D.; Meade, R. D.; Winn, J. N. Photonic crystals: molding the flow of light; Princeton University Press: Princeton, NJ, 1995; p ix, 137 pp). These photonic crystals and the structural color they generate represent an interesting method for creating reflective displays and drawing devices, since they can achieve a continuous color response and do not require back lighting (Joannopoulos, J. D.; Villeneuve, P. R.; Fan, S. H. Photonic crystals: Putting a new twist on light. Nature 1997, 386, 143-149; Graham-Rowe, D. Tunable structural colour. Nat. Photonics 2009, 3, 551-553.; Arsenault, A. C.; Puzzo, D. P.; Manners, I.; Ozin, G. A. Photonic-crystal full-colour displays. Nat. Photonics 2007, 1, 468-472; Walish, J. J.; Kang, Y.; Mickiewicz, R. A.; Thomas, E. L. Bioinspired Electrochemically Tunable Block Copolymer Full Color Pixels. Adv. Mater.2009, 21, 3078). Here we demonstrate a technique for creating erasable, high-resolution, color images using otherwise transparent inks on self-assembled photonic crystal substrates (Fudouzi, H.; Xia, Y. N. Colloidal crystals with tunable colors and their use as photonic papers. Langmuir 2003, 19, 9653-9660). Using inkjet printing, we show the ability to infuse fine droplets of silicone oils into the crystal, locally swelling it and changing the reflected color (Sirringhaus, H.; Kawase, T.; Friend, R. H.; Shimoda, T.; Inbasekaran, M.; Wu, W.; Woo, E. P. High-resolution inkjet printing of all-polymer transistor circuits. Science 2000, 290, 2123-2126). Multicolor images with resolutions as high as 200 μm are obtained from oils of different molecular weights with the lighter oils being able to penetrate deeper, yielding larger red shifts. Erasing of images is done simply by adding a low vapor pressure oil which dissolves the image, returning the substrate to its original state.

  1. Photoluminescence of radiation-induced color centers in lithium fluoride thin films for advanced diagnostics of proton beams

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Piccinini, M.; Ambrosini, F.; Ampollini, A.; Picardi, L.; Ronsivalle, C.; Bonfigli, F.; Libera, S.; Nichelatti, E.; Vincenti, M. A.; Montereali, R. M.

    2015-06-01

    Systematic irradiation of thermally evaporated 0.8 μm thick polycrystalline lithium fluoride films on glass was performed by proton beams of 3 and 7 MeV energies, produced by a linear accelerator, in a fluence range from 1011 to 1015 protons/cm2. The visible photoluminescence spectra of radiation-induced F2 and F3+ laser active color centers, which possess almost overlapping absorption bands at about 450 nm, were measured under laser pumping at 458 nm. On the basis of simulations of the linear energy transfer with proton penetration depth in LiF, it was possible to obtain the behavior of the measured integrated photoluminescence intensity of proton irradiated LiF films as a function of the deposited dose. The photoluminescence signal is linearly dependent on the deposited dose in the interval from 103 to about 106 Gy, independently from the used proton energies. This behavior is very encouraging for the development of advanced solid state radiation detectors based on optically transparent LiF thin films for proton beam diagnostics and two-dimensional dose mapping.

  2. Brightly Luminescent and Color-Tunable Colloidal CH3NH3PbX3 (X = Br, I, Cl) Quantum Dots: Potential Alternatives for Display Technology.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Feng; Zhong, Haizheng; Chen, Cheng; Wu, Xian-gang; Hu, Xiangmin; Huang, Hailong; Han, Junbo; Zou, Bingsuo; Dong, Yuping

    2015-04-28

    Organometal halide perovskites are inexpensive materials with desirable characteristics of color-tunable and narrow-band emissions for lighting and display technology, but they suffer from low photoluminescence quantum yields at low excitation fluencies. Here we developed a ligand-assisted reprecipitation strategy to fabricate brightly luminescent and color-tunable colloidal CH3NH3PbX3 (X = Br, I, Cl) quantum dots with absolute quantum yield up to 70% at room temperature and low excitation fluencies. To illustrate the photoluminescence enhancements in these quantum dots, we conducted comprehensive composition and surface characterizations and determined the time- and temperature-dependent photoluminescence spectra. Comparisons between small-sized CH3NH3PbBr3 quantum dots (average diameter 3.3 nm) and corresponding micrometer-sized bulk particles (2-8 μm) suggest that the intense increased photoluminescence quantum yield originates from the increase of exciton binding energy due to size reduction as well as proper chemical passivations of the Br-rich surface. We further demonstrated wide-color gamut white-light-emitting diodes using green emissive CH3NH3PbBr3 quantum dots and red emissive K2SiF6:Mn(4+) as color converters, providing enhanced color quality for display technology. Moreover, colloidal CH3NH3PbX3 quantum dots are expected to exhibit interesting nanoscale excitonic properties and also have other potential applications in lasers, electroluminescence devices, and optical sensors.

  3. Former President George H. W. Bush and Mrs. Bush visit with Mission Control Center personnel.

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2003-02-03

    JSC2003-E-05202 (3 February 2003) --- In the Station Flight Control Room of JSC's Mission Control Center, former President George H.W. Bush learns about current activity aboard the Earth-orbiting International Space Station (ISS) from Flight Director Sally Davis. The former Chief Executive and First Lady visited the Houston facility on Feb. 3, 2003.

  4. Internal electric fields and color shift in Cr3+-based gemstones

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aramburu, J. A.; Garcia-Fernandez, P.; García-Lastra, J. M.; Barriuso, M. T.; Moreno, M.

    2012-06-01

    Seeking to better understand the origin of the different colors of emerald and ruby, both ab initio periodic and cluster calculations have been carried out. The calculations reproduce the interatomic distances measured for pure Be3Si6Al2O18 and Al2O3 as well as the Cr3+-O2- distances in emerald and ruby. The mean Cr3+-O2- distance for Be3Si6Al2O18:Cr3+ and Al2O3:Cr3+ is found to be practically equal to 1.97 Å, in agreement with recent experimental values. The present calculations confirm that the variations of optical properties due to Cr3+ impurities along the series of ionic oxides can be understood merely through the CrO69- unit but subject to the electric field due to the rest of the lattice ions. As a salient feature it is proved that changes in electronic density and covalency due to the internal field are not the cause of the color shift. Therefore, the red color of ruby is not due to the polarization of the electronic cloud around chromium as a result of the C3 local symmetry. The present study also demonstrates that the variation of the ligand field splitting parameter, 10Dq, induced by the internal electric field comes mainly from the contributions of first shells of ions around the CrO69- unit. As a consequence, 10Dq in emerald is not influenced by the internal field, as the contribution from Be2+ first neighbors is practically compensated by that of Si4+ second neighbors. In contrast, in ruby the t2g levels are shifted by the internal field 0.24 eV more than the eg ones, so explaining the color shift in this gemstone in comparison with emerald. This result is shown to arise partially from the asymmetric form of the internal electrostatic potential along the C3 axis in Al2O3.

  5. Empirically Constrained Color-Temperature Relations. II. uvby

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Clem, James L.; VandenBerg, Don A.; Grundahl, Frank; Bell, Roger A.

    2004-02-01

    A new grid of theoretical color indices for the Strömgren uvby photometric system has been derived from MARCS model atmospheres and SSG synthetic spectra for cool dwarf and giant stars having -3.0<=[Fe/H]<=+0.5 and 3000<=Teff<=8000 K. At warmer temperatures (i.e., 8000colors from recent Kurucz atmospheric models without overshooting (Castelli, Gratton, & Kurucz, published in 1997). Our transformations appear to reproduce the observed colors of extremely metal-poor turnoff and giant stars: the various uvby color-magnitude diagrams (CMDs) for the [Fe/H]~-2.2 globular cluster M92 can be matched exceedingly well down to MV~6 by the same isochrone that provides a very good fit to published BV data (see Paper I), on the assumption of the same distance and reddening. Due to a number of assumptions made in the synthetic color calculations, however, our color-Teff relations for cool stars fail to provide a suitable match to the uvby photometry of both cluster and field stars having [Fe/H]>-2.0. To overcome this problem, the theoretical indices at intermediate and high metallicities have been corrected using a set of color calibrations based on field stars having well-determined distances from Hipparcos, accurate Teff estimates from the infrared flux method, and spectroscopic [Fe/H] values. In contrast with Paper I, star clusters played only a minor role in this analysis in that they provided a supplementary constraint on the color corrections for cool dwarf stars with Teff<=5500 K. They were mainly used to test the color-Teff relations and, encouragingly, isochrones that employ the transformations derived in this study are able to reproduce the observed CMDs (involving u-v, v-b, and b-y colors) for a number of open and globular clusters (including M67, the Hyades, and 47 Tuc) rather well. Moreover, our interpretations of such data are very similar, if not identical, with those given in Paper I from a

  6. Examining Sites of Recent Star Formation in the Galactic Center: A Closer Look at the Arched Filaments and H HII Regions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hankins, Matthew; Herter, Terry; Lau, Ryan; Morris, Mark; Mills, Elisabeth

    2018-01-01

    In this dissertation presentation, we analyze mid-infrared imaging of the Arched Filaments and H HII regions in the Galactic center taken with the Faint Object Infrared Camera for the SOFIA Telescope (FORCAST). Examining these regions are of great interest because they provide insights on star formation in the Galactic center and the interactions massive stars have with the ISM. The Arched Filaments are a collection of molecular cloud ridges which are ionized by the nearby Arches star cluster, and give the appearance of large (~25 pc) arch-like structures. The H HII regions are a collection of HII regions just to the west of the Arches cluster (~5-15 pc). The origin of the stars powering the H HII regions is uncertain, as they may have formed in a nearby molecular cloud or could be ejected members of the Arches cluster. FORCAST observations of these regions were used to study the morphology and heating structure of the HII regions, as well as constrain their luminosities.Color-temperature maps of the Arched Filaments created with the FORCAST data reveals fairly uniform dust temperatures (~70-100 K) across the length filaments. The temperature uniformity of the clouds can be explained if they are heated by the Arches cluster but are located at a larger distance from the cluster than they appear. The density of the Arched Filaments clouds was estimated from the FORCAST data and was found to be below the threshold for tidal shearing, indicating that that the clouds will be destroyed by the strong tidal field near the Galactic center. To the west of the Arched Filaments, there is an interesting collection of HII regions, referred to as the H HII regions. These regions are likely heated by massive O/B type stars, and the morphology of the dust emission associated with these objects indicate a mixture of potential in situ formation mechanisms and interlopers. Interestingly, FORCAST imaging of the H HII regions also reveal several compact sources, which may be young

  7. Experimental investigations into visual and electronic tooth color measurement.

    PubMed

    Ratzmann, Anja; Treichel, Anja; Langforth, Gabriele; Gedrange, Tomasz; Welk, Alexander

    2011-04-01

    The present study aimed to examine the validity of the visual color assessment and an electronic tooth color measurement system by means of Shade Inspector™ in comparison with a gold standard. Additionally, reproducibility of electronic measurements was demonstrated by means of two reference systems. Ceramic specimens of two thicknesses (h=1.6 mm, h=2.6 mm) were used. Three experienced dental technicians using the VITAPAN Classical(®) color scale carried out all visual tests. Validity of the visual assessment and the electronic measurements was confirmed separately for both thicknesses by means of lightness and hue of the VITAPAN Classical(®) color scale. Reproducibility of electronic measurements was confirmed by means of the VITAPAN Classical(®) and 3D-Master(®). The 3D-Master(®) data were calculated according to lightness, hue and chroma. Intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC) was used in assessing validity/reproducibility for lightness and chroma, Kappa statistics were used for hue. A level ≥0.75 was pre-established for ICC and ≥0.60 for the Kappa index. RESULTS OF VISUAL COLOR ASSESSMENT: Validity for lightness was good for both thicknesses; agreement rates for hue were inconsistent. ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT: Validity for lightness was fair to good, hue values were below 0.60. Reproducibility of lightness was good to very good for both reference systems. Hue values (VITAPAN Classical(®)) for 1.6 mm test specimens were upside, for 2.6 mm below 0.60, Kappa values for 3D-Master(®) were ≥0.60 for all measurements, reproducibility of chroma was very good. Validity was better for visual than for electronic color assessment. Reproducibility of the electronic device by means of the Shade Inspector™ was given for the VITAPAN Classical(®) and 3D-Master(®) systems.

  8. Influence of illuminants on the color distribution of shade guides.

    PubMed

    Park, Ji-Hoon; Lee, Yong-Keun; Lim, Bum-Soon

    2006-12-01

    Although a shade tab in a shade guide is matched to a natural tooth in the order of value, hue, and chroma, there are limited data on the color distribution of currently available shade guides sorted by these 3 parameters. Furthermore, spectrophotometric color measurements of shade tabs differ depending on the standard illuminant employed. The purpose of this study was to determine the color distributions of 2 shade guides in value (CIE L( *)), chroma (C( *)(ab)) and hue angle (h(o)) scale relative to the standard illuminants D(65), A, and F2. Color of shade tabs (n=36) from 2 shade guides (Vita Lumin and Chromascop) were measured, and the distributions for CIE L( *), C( *)(ab) and h(o) values were compared. Color differences of shade tabs depending on the illuminant were calculated. The distributions of the ratios of CIE L( *) and C( *)(ab) values of each shade tab compared with the lowest value tab or the lowest chroma tab were determined. The data for the value, chroma, and hue angle within each shade guide were analyzed with a 2-way ANOVA with the factors of shade designation and type of illuminant (alpha=.05). Color difference caused by change of illuminant was analyzed with a 2-way ANOVA with the factors of shade designation and pair of illuminants compared (alpha=.05). The Scheffe multiple comparison test was performed as a post hoc test. CIE L( *), C( *)(ab) and h(o) values were influenced by shade designation and type of illuminant in both shade guides. Color difference caused by change of the illuminant was influenced by the shade designation and pair of illuminants compared. The order of mean color differences of 16 Vita Lumin shade tabs by pairs of illuminants compared was as follows: DeltaE( *)(ab) (D(65)/F2) = 1.63 color differences of 20 Chromascop shade tabs was as follows: DeltaE( *)(ab) (D(65)/F2) = 2.45

  9. Investigations of suprathreshold color-difference tolerances with different visual scales and different perceptual correlates using CRT colors.

    PubMed

    Wang, Zhehong; Xu, Haisong

    2008-12-01

    In order to investigate the performance of suprathreshold color-difference tolerances with different visual scales and different perceptual correlates, a psychophysical experiment was carried out by the method of constant stimuli using CRT colors. Five hue circles at three lightness (L*=30, 50, and 70) and chroma (C*ab=10, 20, and 30) levels were selected to ensure that the color-difference tolerances did not exceed the color gamut of the CRT display. Twelve color centers distributed evenly every 30 degrees along each hue circle were assessed by a panel of eight observers, and the corresponding color-difference tolerances were obtained. The hue circle with L*=50 and C*ab=20 was assessed with three different visual scales (DeltaV=3.06, 5.92, and 8.87 CIELAB units), which ranged from small to large visual scales, while the remaining hue circles were observed only with the small visual scale. The lightness tolerances had no significant correlation with the hue angles, while chroma and hue tolerances showed considerable hue angle dependences. The color-difference tolerances were linearly proportional to the visual scales but with different slopes. The lightness tolerances with different lightness levels but the same chroma showed the crispening effect to some extent, while the chroma and hue tolerances decreased with the increment of the lightness. For the color-difference tolerances with different chroma levels but the same lightness, there was no correlation between the lightness tolerances and the chroma levels, while the chroma and hue tolerances were nearly linearly proportional to the chroma levels.

  10. BEDROOM 3. VIEW FACING EAST Camp H.M. Smith and ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    BEDROOM 3. VIEW FACING EAST - Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title VII (Capehart) Housing, Four-Bedroom, Single-Family Type 10, Birch Circle, Elm Drive, Elm Circle, and Date Drive, Pearl City, Honolulu County, HI

  11. BEDROOM 3. VIEW FACING EAST Camp H.M. Smith and ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    BEDROOM 3. VIEW FACING EAST - Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title VII (Capehart) Housing, Three-Bedroom Single-Family Type 7, Birch Circle, Elm Drive, Elm Circle, and Date Drive, Pearl City, Honolulu County, HI

  12. The histone H3 variant H3.3 regulates gene body DNA methylation in Arabidopsis thaliana.

    PubMed

    Wollmann, Heike; Stroud, Hume; Yelagandula, Ramesh; Tarutani, Yoshiaki; Jiang, Danhua; Jing, Li; Jamge, Bhagyshree; Takeuchi, Hidenori; Holec, Sarah; Nie, Xin; Kakutani, Tetsuji; Jacobsen, Steven E; Berger, Frédéric

    2017-05-18

    Gene bodies of vertebrates and flowering plants are occupied by the histone variant H3.3 and DNA methylation. The origin and significance of these profiles remain largely unknown. DNA methylation and H3.3 enrichment profiles over gene bodies are correlated and both have a similar dependence on gene transcription levels. This suggests a mechanistic link between H3.3 and gene body methylation. We engineered an H3.3 knockdown in Arabidopsis thaliana and observed transcription reduction that predominantly affects genes responsive to environmental cues. When H3.3 levels are reduced, gene bodies show a loss of DNA methylation correlated with transcription levels. To study the origin of changes in DNA methylation profiles when H3.3 levels are reduced, we examined genome-wide distributions of several histone H3 marks, H2A.Z, and linker histone H1. We report that in the absence of H3.3, H1 distribution increases in gene bodies in a transcription-dependent manner. We propose that H3.3 prevents recruitment of H1, inhibiting H1's promotion of chromatin folding that restricts access to DNA methyltransferases responsible for gene body methylation. Thus, gene body methylation is likely shaped by H3.3 dynamics in conjunction with transcriptional activity.

  13. Reliability of conventional shade guides in teeth color determination.

    PubMed

    Todorović, Ana; Todorović, Aleksandar; Gostović, Aleksandra Spadijer; Lazić, Vojkan; Milicić, Biljana; Djurisić, Slobodan

    2013-10-01

    Color matching in prosthodontic therapy is a very important task because it influences the esthetic value of dental restorations. Visual shade matching represents the most frequently applied method in clinical practice. Instrumental measurements provide objective and quantified data in color assessment of natural teeth and restorations. In instrumental shade analysis, the goal is to achieve the smallest deltaE value possible, indicating the most accurate shade match. The aim of this study was to evaluate the reliability of commercially available ceramic shade guides. VITA Easyshade spectrophotometer (VITA, Germany) was used for instrumental color determination. Utilizing this device, color samples of ten VITA Classical and ten VITA 3D - Master shade guides were analyzed. Each color sample from all shade guides was measured three times and the basic parameters of color quality were examined: deltaL, deltaC, deltaH, deltaE, deltaElc. Based on these parameters spectrophotometer marks the shade matching as good, fair or adjust. After performing 1,248 measurements of ceramic color samples, frequency of evaluations adjust, fair and good were statistically significantly different between VITA Classical and VITA 3D Master shade guides (p = 0.002). There were 27.1% cases scored as adjust, 66.3% as fair and 6.7% as good. In VITA 3D - Master shade guides 30.9% cases were evaluated as adjust, 66.4% as fair and 2.7% cases as good. Color samples from different shade guides, produced by the same manufacturer, show variability in basic color parameters, which once again proves the lack of precision and nonuniformity of the conventional method.

  14. Relationship between Raw Breast Meat Color Lightness Values and Functionalities or Broiler Fillets Deboned Six to Eight Hours Postmortem

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Relationship between Raw Breast Meat Color Lightness Values and Functionalities of Broiler Fillets Deboned Six to Eight Hours Postmortem H. Zhuang and E. M. Savage Quality Assessment Research Unit, USDA, Agricultural Research Service, Russell Research Center, P. O. Box 5677, Athens, Georgia 30604-56...

  15. The interstellar chemistry of C3H and C3H2 isomers

    PubMed Central

    Loison, Jean-Christophe; Agúndez, Marcelino; Wakelam, Valentine; Roueff, Evelyne; Gratier, Pierre; Marcelino, Núria; Nuñez Reyes, Dianailys; Cernicharo, José; Gerin, Maryvonne

    2017-01-01

    We report the detection of linear and cyclic isomers of C3H and C3H2 towards various starless cores and review the corresponding chemical pathways involving neutral (C3Hx with x=1,2) and ionic (C3Hx+ with x = 1,2,3) isomers. We highlight the role of the branching ratio of electronic Dissociative Recombination (DR) reactions of C3H2+ and C3H3+ isomers showing that the statistical treatment of the relaxation of C3H* and C3H2* produced in these DR reactions may explain the relative c,l-C3H and c,l-C3H2 abundances. We have also introduced in the model the third isomer of C3H2 (HCCCH). The observed cyclic-to-linear C3H2 ratio vary from 110 ± 30 for molecular clouds with a total density around 1×104 molecules.cm-3 to 30 ± 10 for molecular clouds with a total density around 4×105 molecules.cm-3, a trend well reproduced with our updated model. The higher ratio for low molecular cloud densities is mainly determined by the importance of the H + l-C3H2 → H + c-C3H2 and H + t-C3H2 → H + c-C3H2 isomerization reactions. PMID:29142332

  16. The interstellar chemistry of C3H and C3H2 isomers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Loison, Jean-Christophe; Agúndez, Marcelino; Wakelam, Valentine; Roueff, Evelyne; Gratier, Pierre; Marcelino, Núria; Reyes, Dianailys Nuñez; Cernicharo, José; Gerin, Maryvonne

    2017-10-01

    We report the detection of linear and cyclic isomers of C3H and C3H2 towards various starless cores and review the corresponding chemical pathways involving neutral (C3Hx with x = 1,2) and ionic (C3Hx+ with x = 1,2,3) isomers. We highlight the role of the branching ratio of electronic dissociative recombination (DR) reactions of C3H2+ and C3H3+ isomers, showing that the statistical treatment of the relaxation of C3H* and C3H2* produced in these DR reactions may explain the relative c,l-C3H and c,l-C3H2 abundances. We have also introduced in the model the third isomer of C3H2 (HCCCH). The observed cyclic-to-linear C3H2 ratio varies from 110 ± 30 for molecular clouds with a total density of about 1 × 104 molecules cm-3 to 30 ± 10 for molecular clouds with a total density of about 4 × 105 molecules cm-3, a trend well reproduced with our updated model. The higher ratio for molecular clouds with low densities is determined mainly by the importance of the H + l-C3H2 → H + c-C3H2 and H + t-C3H2 → H + c-C3H2 isomerization reactions.

  17. Color-tunable up-conversion emission in Y2O3:Yb3+, Er3+ nanoparticles prepared by polymer complex solution method

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Abstract Powders of Y2O3 co-doped with Yb3+ and Er3+ composed of well-crystallized nanoparticles (30 to 50 nm in diameter) with no adsorbed ligand species on their surface are prepared by polymer complex solution method. These powders exhibit up-conversion emission upon 978-nm excitation with a color that can be tuned from green to red by changing the Yb3+/Er3+ concentration ratio. The mechanism underlying up-conversion color changes is presented along with material structural and optical properties. PACS 42.70.-a, 78.55.Hx, 78.60.-b PMID:23522083

  18. Outbreaks of pandemic (H1N1) 2009 and seasonal influenza A (H3N2) on cruise ship.

    PubMed

    Ward, Kate A; Armstrong, Paul; McAnulty, Jeremy M; Iwasenko, Jenna M; Dwyer, Dominic E

    2010-11-01

    To determine the extent and pattern of influenza transmission and effectiveness of containment measures, we investigated dual outbreaks of pandemic (H1N1) 2009 and influenza A (H3N2) that had occurred on a cruise ship in May 2009. Of 1,970 passengers and 734 crew members, 82 (3.0%) were infected with pandemic (H1N1) 2009 virus, 98 (3.6%) with influenza A (H3N2) virus, and 2 (0.1%) with both. Among 45 children who visited the ship's childcare center, infection rate for pandemic (H1N1) 2009 was higher than that for influenza A (H3N2) viruses. Disembarked passengers reported a high level of compliance with isolation and quarantine recommendations. We found 4 subsequent cases epidemiologically linked to passengers but no evidence of sustained transmission to the community or passengers on the next cruise. Among this population of generally healthy passengers, children seemed more susceptible to pandemic (H1N1) 2009 than to influenza (H3N2) viruses. Intensive disease control measures successfully contained these outbreaks.

  19. [Structure and properties of colored dental tetragonal zirconia stabilized by yttrium ceramics].

    PubMed

    Yi, Yuan-fu; Wang, Chen; Wen, Ning; Lin, Yong-zhao; Tian, Jie-mo

    2009-10-01

    To investigate the structure, mechanical and low temperature aging properties of colored dental zirconia ceramics. 5 graded colored dental zirconia ceramics were made by adding colorants and their combinations into a 3Y-TZP (tetragonal zirconia stabilized by 3mol% yttrium) powder, the green body were compacted at 200 MPa, pre-sinter at 1,050 degrees C and maintained for 2 h, then densely sintered at 1,500 degrees C for 2 h. Specimens were cut from each of the 5 graded colored blocks. Physical, mechanical properties as well as chemical stability were tested, microstructure were observed, crystalline phase were identified by X-ray diffraction (XRD), aging properties were assessed by measurement of the relative content of monoclinic phase and bending strength testing. The overall density of colored zirconia ceramics was over 99.7%, linear shrinkage was about 20%, while thermal expansion coefficient was about 11 x 10(-6) x degrees C(-1), the crystalline phase was tetragonal, bending strength was over 900 MPa which was slightly lowered than that of the uncolored zirconia, fracture toughness was slightly higher. Good chemical stability in acetic acid was observed. After aging treatment, tetragonal-to-monoclinic phase transformation was detected up to 40%, while bending strength was not significantly degraded. The results showed that colored 3Y-TZP ceramics presented good mechanical properties even after aging treatments, and was suitable for dental clinical use.

  20. Structural classification of CDR-H3 revisited: a lesson in antibody modeling.

    PubMed

    Kuroda, Daisuke; Shirai, Hiroki; Kobori, Masato; Nakamura, Haruki

    2008-11-15

    Among the six complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) in the variable domains of an antibody, the third CDR of the heavy chain (CDR-H3), which lies in the center of the antigen-binding site, plays a particularly important role in antigen recognition. CDR-H3 shows significant variability in its length, sequence, and structure. Although difficult, model building of this segment is the most critical step in antibody modeling. Since our first proposal of the "H3-rules," which classify CDR-H3 structure based on amino acid sequence, the number of experimentally determined antibody structures has increased. Here, we revise these H3-rules and propose an improved classification scheme for CDR-H3 structure modeling. In addition, we determine the common features of CDR-H3 in antibody drugs as well as discuss the concept of "antibody druggability," which can be applied as an indicator of antibody evaluation during drug discovery.

  1. Enhancement of color saturation and color gamut enabled by a dual-band color filter exhibiting an adjustable spectral response.

    PubMed

    Shrestha, Vivek Raj; Park, Chul-Soon; Lee, Sang-Shin

    2014-02-10

    The enhancement of color saturation and color gamut has been demonstrated, by taking advantage of a dual-band color filter based on a subwavelength rectangular metal-dielectric resonant grating, which exhibits an adjustable spectral response with respect to its relative transmittances at the two bands of green and red, thereby producing any color in between green and red, through the adjustment of incoming light polarization. Also, the prominent features of the spectral response of the filter, namely the bandwidth and resonant wavelength, can be readily adjusted by varying the dielectric layer thickness and the grating pitch, respectively. The dependence of chromaticity coordinates of the filter in the CIE (International Commission on Illumination) 1931 chromaticity diagram upon the parameters of the spectral response, including the center wavelength, spectral bandwidth and sideband level, has been rigorously examined, and their influence on the color gamut and the excitation purity, which is a colorimetric measure of saturation, has been analytically explored at the same time, in order to optimize the color performance of the filters. In particular, a device with wider spectral bandwidth was observed to efficiently extend the color gamut and enhance the color saturation, i.e. the excitation purity for a given sideband level. Two dual-band green-red filters, exhibiting different bandwidths of about 17 and 36 nm, were specifically designed and fabricated. As compared with the case with narrower bandwidth, the device with wider bandwidth was observed to provide both higher excitation purity leading to better color saturation and greater separation of the chromaticity coordinates for the filter output for different incident polarizations, which provides extended color gamut. The proposed device structure may permit the color tuning span to encompass all primary color bands, by adjusting the grating pitch.

  2. Determination of total monomeric anthocyanin pigment content of fruit juices, beverages, natural colorants, and wines by the pH differential method: collaborative study.

    PubMed

    Lee, Jungmin; Durst, Robert W; Wrolstad, Ronald E

    2005-01-01

    This collaborative study was conducted to determine the total monomeric anthocyanin concentration by the pH differential method, which is a rapid and simple spectrophotometric method based on the anthocyanin structural transformation that occurs with a change in pH (colored at pH 1.0 and colorless at pH 4.5). Eleven collaborators representing commercial laboratories, academic institutions, and government laboratories participated. Seven Youden pair materials representing fruit juices, beverages, natural colorants, and wines were tested. The repeatability relative standard deviation (RSDr) varied from 1.06 to 4.16%. The reproducibility relative standard deviation (RSDR) ranged from 2.69 to 10.12%. The HorRat values were < or = 1.33 for all materials. The Study Director recommends that the method be adopted Official First Action.

  3. Memory color of natural familiar objects: effects of surface texture and 3-D shape.

    PubMed

    Vurro, Milena; Ling, Yazhu; Hurlbert, Anya C

    2013-06-28

    Natural objects typically possess characteristic contours, chromatic surface textures, and three-dimensional shapes. These diagnostic features aid object recognition, as does memory color, the color most associated in memory with a particular object. Here we aim to determine whether polychromatic surface texture, 3-D shape, and contour diagnosticity improve memory color for familiar objects, separately and in combination. We use solid three-dimensional familiar objects rendered with their natural texture, which participants adjust in real time to match their memory color for the object. We analyze mean, accuracy, and precision of the memory color settings relative to the natural color of the objects under the same conditions. We find that in all conditions, memory colors deviate slightly but significantly in the same direction from the natural color. Surface polychromaticity, shape diagnosticity, and three dimensionality each improve memory color accuracy, relative to uniformly colored, generic, or two-dimensional shapes, respectively. Shape diagnosticity improves the precision of memory color also, and there is a trend for polychromaticity to do so as well. Differently from other studies, we find that the object contour alone also improves memory color. Thus, enhancing the naturalness of the stimulus, in terms of either surface or shape properties, enhances the accuracy and precision of memory color. The results support the hypothesis that memory color representations are polychromatic and are synergistically linked with diagnostic shape representations.

  4. The effect of high pressure and residual oxygen on the color stability of minced cured restructured ham at different levels of drying, pH, and NaCl.

    PubMed

    Bak, Kathrine Holmgaard; Lindahl, Gunilla; Karlsson, Anders H; Lloret, Elsa; Gou, Pere; Arnau, Jacint; Orlien, Vibeke

    2013-10-01

    Color stability of minced cured restructured ham was studied by considering the effects of high pressure (HP) (600 MPa, 13°C, 5 min), raw meat pH24 (low, normal, high), salt content (15, 30 g/kg), drying (20%, 50% weight loss), and residual oxygen level (0.02%-0.30%). Raw hams were selected by pH24 in Semimembranosus, mixed with additives, frozen, sliced, and dried by the Quick-Dry-Slice® (QDS) process followed by HP treatment or not (control). Packaging and storage simulated industrial packaging: modified atmosphere containing 80% N2, 20% CO2, and residual O2 in one of three intervals: <0.1%, 0.1%-0.2%, or 0.2%-0.3%, and retail storage conditions: chill storage, 12 h light, 12 h darkness. HP improved the stability of the redness of 20% QDS hams, while the stabilizing effect on 50% QDS hams was smaller, concluding that water has the dominating role. Raw meat pH24, salt content, and residual oxygen level had varying effects on the stability of the red color. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  5. Formation and properties of metallic nanoparticles in lithium and sodium fluorides with radiation-induced color centers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bryukvina, L. I.; Martynovich, E. F.

    2012-12-01

    The specific features of light- and temperature-induced formation of metallic nanoparticles in γ-irradiated LiF and NaF crystals have been investigated. Atomic force microscope images of nanoparticles of different sizes and in different locations have been presented. The relation between the crystal processing regimes and properties of the nanoparticles formed has been revealed. The optical properties of the processed crystals have been analyzed. The thermo- and light-stimulated processes underlying the formation of metallic nanoparticles in aggregation of the color centers and their decay due to the recovery of the crystal lattice have been studied.

  6. Fractal kinetics of radiation-induced point-defect formation and decay in amorphous insulators: Application to color centers in silica-based optical fibers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Griscom, David L.

    2001-11-01

    Formalisms have been developed to express the time evolution of bimolecular processes taking place in fractal spaces. These ``stretched-second-order'' solutions are specifically applicable to radiation-induced electron-hole pairs and/or vacancy-interstitial pairs in insulating glasses. Like the analogous Kohlrausch-type (stretched-first-order) expressions, the present solutions are functions of (kt)β, where 0<β<1, k is an effective rate coefficient, and t is time. Both the new second-order formalism and the familiar Kohlrausch approach have been used to fit experimental data (induced optical absorptions in silica-based glasses monitored at selected wavelengths) that serve as proxies for the numbers of color centers created by γ irradiation and/or destroyed by processes involving thermal, optical, or γ-ray activation. Two material systems were investigated: (1) optical fibers with Ge-doped-silica cores and (2) fibers with low-OH/low-chloride pure-silica cores. Successful fits of the growth curves for the Ge-doped-silica-core fibers at four widely separated dose rates were accomplished using solutions for color-center concentrations, N[(kt)β], which approach steady-state values, Nsat, as t-->∞. The parametrization of these fits reveals some unexpected, and potentially useful, empirical rules regarding the dose-rate dependences of β, k, and Nsat in the fractal regime (0<β<1). Similar, though possibly not identical, rules evidently apply to color centers in the pure-silica-core fibers as well. In both material systems, there appear to be fractal<==> classical phase transitions at certain threshold values of dose rate, below which the dose-rate dependencies of k and Nsat revert to those specified by classical (β=1) first- or second-order kinetics. For kt<<1, both the first- and second-order fractal kinetic growth curves become identical, i.e., N((kt)β)~Atβ, where the coefficient A depends on dose rate but not kinetic order. It is found empirically that A

  7. Three-Dimensional Color Code Thresholds via Statistical-Mechanical Mapping

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kubica, Aleksander; Beverland, Michael E.; Brandão, Fernando; Preskill, John; Svore, Krysta M.

    2018-05-01

    Three-dimensional (3D) color codes have advantages for fault-tolerant quantum computing, such as protected quantum gates with relatively low overhead and robustness against imperfect measurement of error syndromes. Here we investigate the storage threshold error rates for bit-flip and phase-flip noise in the 3D color code (3DCC) on the body-centered cubic lattice, assuming perfect syndrome measurements. In particular, by exploiting a connection between error correction and statistical mechanics, we estimate the threshold for 1D stringlike and 2D sheetlike logical operators to be p3DCC (1 )≃1.9 % and p3DCC (2 )≃27.6 % . We obtain these results by using parallel tempering Monte Carlo simulations to study the disorder-temperature phase diagrams of two new 3D statistical-mechanical models: the four- and six-body random coupling Ising models.

  8. Three-Dimensional Color Code Thresholds via Statistical-Mechanical Mapping.

    PubMed

    Kubica, Aleksander; Beverland, Michael E; Brandão, Fernando; Preskill, John; Svore, Krysta M

    2018-05-04

    Three-dimensional (3D) color codes have advantages for fault-tolerant quantum computing, such as protected quantum gates with relatively low overhead and robustness against imperfect measurement of error syndromes. Here we investigate the storage threshold error rates for bit-flip and phase-flip noise in the 3D color code (3DCC) on the body-centered cubic lattice, assuming perfect syndrome measurements. In particular, by exploiting a connection between error correction and statistical mechanics, we estimate the threshold for 1D stringlike and 2D sheetlike logical operators to be p_{3DCC}^{(1)}≃1.9% and p_{3DCC}^{(2)}≃27.6%. We obtain these results by using parallel tempering Monte Carlo simulations to study the disorder-temperature phase diagrams of two new 3D statistical-mechanical models: the four- and six-body random coupling Ising models.

  9. Ground and excited states of the [Fe(H2O)6]2+ and [Fe(H2O)6]3+ clusters: Insight into the electronic structure of the [Fe(H2O)6]2+ – [Fe(H2O)6]3+ complex

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Miliordos, Evangelos; Xantheas, Sotiris S.

    We report the ground and low lying electronically excited states of the [Fe(H2O)6]2+ and [Fe(H2O)6]3+ clusters using multi-configuration electronic structure theory. In particular, we have constructed the Potential Energy Curves (PECs) with respect to the iron-oxygen distance when removing all water ligands at the same time from the cluster minima and established their correlation to the long range dissociation channels. Due to the fact that both the second and third ionization potentials of iron are larger than the one for water, the ground state products asymptotically correlate with dissociation channels that are repulsive in nature at large separations as theymore » contain at least one H2O+ fragment and a positive metal center. The most stable equilibrium structures emanate – via intersections and/or avoided crossings – from the channels consisting of the lowest electronic states of Fe2+(5D; 3d6) or Fe3+(6S; 3d5) and six neutral water molecules. Upon hydration, the ground state of Fe2+(H2O)6 is a triply (5Tg) degenerate one with the doubly (5Eg) degenerate state lying slightly higher in energy. Similarly, Fe3+(H2O)6 has a ground state of 6Ag symmetry under Th symmetry. We furthermore examine a multitude of electronically excited states of many possible spin multiplicities, and report the optimized geometries for several selected states. The PECs for those cases are characterized by a high density of states. Focusing on the ground and the first few excited states of the [Fe(H2O)6]2+ and [Fe(H2O)6]3+ clusters, we studied their mutual interaction in the gas phase. We obtained the optimal geometries of the Fe2+(H2O)6 – Fe3+(H2O)6 gas phase complex for different Fe–Fe distances. For distances shorter than 6.0 Å, the water molecules in the respective first solvation shells located between the two metal centers were found to interact via weak hydrogen bonds. We examined a total of ten electronic states for this complex, including those corresponding to the

  10. Towards representation of a perceptual color manifold using associative memory for color constancy.

    PubMed

    Seow, Ming-Jung; Asari, Vijayan K

    2009-01-01

    In this paper, we propose the concept of a manifold of color perception through empirical observation that the center-surround properties of images in a perceptually similar environment define a manifold in the high dimensional space. Such a manifold representation can be learned using a novel recurrent neural network based learning algorithm. Unlike the conventional recurrent neural network model in which the memory is stored in an attractive fixed point at discrete locations in the state space, the dynamics of the proposed learning algorithm represent memory as a nonlinear line of attraction. The region of convergence around the nonlinear line is defined by the statistical characteristics of the training data. This learned manifold can then be used as a basis for color correction of the images having different color perception to the learned color perception. Experimental results show that the proposed recurrent neural network learning algorithm is capable of color balance the lighting variations in images captured in different environments successfully.

  11. Design of electrochromic window technology with single and multi-color patterns

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Sooyeun

    The electrochromic window (ECW) technology has gained a lot of attention due to its current and potential applications for office, vehicle and aircraft windows. Center for Intelligent Materials and System (CIMS) at University of Washington has proposed the new design of an ECW for its high contrast, rapid switching speed and long cyclic lifetime. Three primary components of the ECW are an electrochromic (EC) layer, an ion conducting layer and an ion storage layer. A V2O5-TiO2 (V/Ti=70/30) film, fabricated by a sol-gel electrophoretic deposition, was proposed as an ion storage layer. The film was characterized by X-ray diffraction, a scanning probe microscope and impedance spectroscopy. Its optical and electrochemical properties were investigated. The poly-(3,3-dimethy1-3,4-dihydro-2H-thieno[3,4-b][1,4]dioxepine) film was suggested as an EC layer. Its electropolymerization kinetics and optical and electrochemical properties were reported. The V2O 5-TiO2 film based ECW was successfully fabricated and examined. The ECW exhibited its high electrochromic contrast, rapid switching speed and long-term cyclic durability. Its contrast (Delta%T = Tmax-T min) was 68%T with a minimum transmittance of 1% at 580 nm wavelength. The ECW took five seconds for complete coloration, while it did four seconds for complete bleaching. Its asymmetric switching behavior was explained by modeling the ECW as a simple equivalent circuit. The cyclic durability of the ECW was measured over 150,000 cycles. It revealed the contrast degradation of only 2% at 580 nm wavelength. The ECW dimensions were scaled up to 300 x 300 mm2, demonstrating their high contrast and long-term electrochemical cycle stability. Multi-color pattern electrochromic window technology was considered to evolve toward higher definition devices. Patterning of electrodes was essential to fabricate multi-color pattern ECWs which required the separation of adjacent electrodes. New fabrication procedures to create a pattern

  12. Photoresponsive Smart Coloration Electrochromic Supercapacitor.

    PubMed

    Yun, Tae Gwang; Kim, Donghyuk; Kim, Yong Ho; Park, Minkyu; Hyun, Seungmin; Han, Seung Min

    2017-08-01

    Electrochromic devices have been widely adopted in energy saving applications by taking advantage of the electrode coloration, but it is critical to develop a new electrochromic device that can undergo smart coloration and can have a wide spectrum in transmittance in response to input light intensity while also functioning as a rechargeable energy storage system. In this study, a photoresponsive electrochromic supercapacitor based on cellulose-nanofiber/Ag-nanowire/reduced-graphene-oxide/WO 3 -composite electrode that is capable of undergoing "smart" reversible coloration while simultaneously functioning as a reliable energy-storage device is developed. The fabricated device exhibits a high coloration efficiency of 64.8 cm 2 C -1 and electrochemical performance with specific capacitance of 406.0 F g -1 , energy/power densities of 40.6-47.8 Wh kg -1 and 6.8-16.9 kW kg -1 . The electrochromic supercapacitor exhibits excellent cycle reliability, where 75.0% and 94.1% of its coloration efficiency and electrochemical performance is retained, respectively, beyond 10 000 charge-discharge cycles. Cyclic fatigue tests show that the developed device is mechanically durable and suitable for wearable electronics applications. The smart electrochromic supercapacitor system is then integrated with a solar sensor to enable photoresponsive coloration where the transmittance changes in response to varying light intensity. © 2017 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  13. High-repetition-rate widely tunable LiF : \\mathbf{\\mathsf{F}}_\\mathbf{\\mathsf{2}}^{-} color center lasers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Men, Shaojie; Liu, Zhaojun; Cong, Zhenhua; Rao, Han; Zhang, Sasa; Liu, Yang; Zverev, Petr G.; Konyushkin, Vasily A.; Zhang, Xingyu

    2016-02-01

    High-repetition-rate tunable LiF:\\text{F}2- color center lasers pumped by quasi-continuous-wave diode-side-pumped acousto-optically Q-switched Nd:YAG laser are demonstrated. Littrow-grating and Littman-grating tuning schemes are studied respectively. In the Littrow-grating scheme, the tuning range was 1085 nm to 1275 nm, and the maximal average output power was 275 mW. In the Littman-grating scheme, the tuning range was 1105.5 nm to 1215.5 nm, and the maximal average output power was 135 mW.

  14. Histone H3.3 sub-variant H3mm7 is required for normal skeletal muscle regeneration.

    PubMed

    Harada, Akihito; Maehara, Kazumitsu; Ono, Yusuke; Taguchi, Hiroyuki; Yoshioka, Kiyoshi; Kitajima, Yasuo; Xie, Yan; Sato, Yuko; Iwasaki, Takeshi; Nogami, Jumpei; Okada, Seiji; Komatsu, Tetsuro; Semba, Yuichiro; Takemoto, Tatsuya; Kimura, Hiroshi; Kurumizaka, Hitoshi; Ohkawa, Yasuyuki

    2018-04-11

    Regulation of gene expression requires selective incorporation of histone H3 variant H3.3 into chromatin. Histone H3.3 has several subsidiary variants but their functions are unclear. Here we characterize the function of histone H3.3 sub-variant, H3mm7, which is expressed in skeletal muscle satellite cells. H3mm7 knockout mice demonstrate an essential role of H3mm7 in skeletal muscle regeneration. Chromatin analysis reveals that H3mm7 facilitates transcription by forming an open chromatin structure around promoter regions including those of myogenic genes. The crystal structure of the nucleosome containing H3mm7 reveals that, unlike the S57 residue of other H3 proteins, the H3mm7-specific A57 residue cannot form a hydrogen bond with the R40 residue of the cognate H4 molecule. Consequently, the H3mm7 nucleosome is unstable in vitro and exhibited higher mobility in vivo compared with the H3.3 nucleosome. We conclude that the unstable H3mm7 nucleosome may be required for proper skeletal muscle differentiation.

  15. Complete Calibration of the Color-Redshift Relation (C3R2): A Critical Foundation for Weak Lensing Cosmology with Euclid and WFIRST

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Masters, Daniel C.; Stern, Daniel; Cohen, Judy; Capak, Peter

    2018-01-01

    A primary objective of both WFIRST and Euclid is to provide a 3D map of the distribution of matter across a significant fraction of the universe from the weak lensing shear field. Doing so will require accurate redshifts to the billions of galaxies that comprise the weak lensing samples of these surveys; achieving the required accuracy is a “tall pole” challenge for both missions. Here we present the ongoing Complete Calibration of the Color-Redshift Relation (C3R2) survey, designed specifically to calibrate the empirical galaxy color-redshift relation to Euclid depth. C3R2 is an ambitious Keck spectroscopy program, with a survey design based on a machine learning technique that allows us to optimally select the most important galaxies to sample the full range of galaxy colors. C3R2 is a multi-center program with time from all the primary Keck partners (Caltech, UC, Hawaii, and NASA), with a total of 34.5 Keck nights allocated to this project. Data Release 1, including 1283 high-confidence spectroscopic redshifts, is published as Masters, Stern, Cohen, Capak, et al. (2017), and we are currently completing Data Release 2, which will include >2000 additional high-confidence spectroscopic redshifts (Masters et al., in prep.). We will discuss current results and prospects for the survey going forward.

  16. Effect of single or combined chemical and natural antimicrobial interventions on Escherichia coli O157:H7, total microbiota and color of packaged spinach and lettuce.

    PubMed

    Poimenidou, Sofia V; Bikouli, Vasiliki C; Gardeli, Chryssavgi; Mitsi, Christina; Tarantilis, Petros A; Nychas, George-John; Skandamis, Panagiotis N

    2016-03-02

    Aqueous extract of Origanum vulgare (oregano), sodium hypochlorite (60 and 300 ppm of free chlorine), Citrox® (containing citric acid and phenolic compounds [bioflavonoids] as active ingredients), vinegar, lactic acid, and double combinations of Citrox, lactic acid and oregano were evaluated against Escherichia coli O157:H7 and total mesophilic microbiota on fresh-cut spinach and lettuce and for their impact on color of treated vegetables. Spinach and lettuce leaves were inoculated with E. coli O157:H7 to a level of 5-6 log CFU/g and immersed in washing solutions for 2 or 5 min at 20 °C, followed by rinsing with ice water (30s). Bacterial populations on vegetables were enumerated immediately after washing and after storage of the samples at 5 °C for 7 days under 20% CO2: 80% N2. No significant post-washing microbial reductions were achieved by chlorinated water, whereas after storage total microbiota was increased by 2.4 log CFU/g on lettuce. Vinegar wash was the most effective treatment causing E. coli O157:H7 reductions of 1.8-4.3 log CFU/g. During storage, pathogen was further decreased to below the detection limit level (<2 log CFU/g) and total microbiota exhibited the highest reductions compared to other treatments. Lactic acid reduced pathogen by 1.6-3.7 log CFU/g after washing; however levels of total microbiota increased by up to 2 log CFU/g on packaged lettuce during storage. Washing lettuce samples with oregano for 2 min resulted in 2.1 log CFU/g reduction of E. coli O157:H7. When Citrox was combined with oregano, 3.7-4.0 log CFU/g reduction was achieved on spinach and lettuce samples, with no significant effect on color parameters. Additionally, rinsing with ice water after decontamination treatments contributed to maintenance of color of the treated vegetables. In conclusion, the results indicated that vinegar, lactic acid or oregano aqueous extract alone or in combination, as alternative washing solutions to chlorine, may be effectively used to

  17. Rate contants for CF{sub 3} + H{sub 2} {yields} CF{sub 3}H + H and CF{sub 3}H + H {yields} CF{sub 3} + H{sub 2} reactions in the temperature range 1100-1600 K.

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hranisavljevic, J.; Michael, V.; Chemistry

    1998-09-24

    The shock tube technique coupled with H-atom atomic resonance absorption spectrometry has been used to study the reactions (1) CF{sub 3} + H{sub 2} {yields} CF{sub 3}H + H and (2) CF{sub 3}H + H{yields} CF{sub 3} + H{sub 2} over the temperature ranges 1168-1673 K and 1111-1550 K, respectively. The results can be represented by the Arrhenius expressions k1 = 2.56 x 10{sup -11} exp(-8549K/T) and k2 = 6.13 x 10{sup -11} exp(-7364K/T), both in cm3 molecule-1 s-1. Equilibrium constants were calculated from the two Arrhenius expressions in the overlapping temperature range, and good agreement was obtained with themore » literature values. The rate constants for reaction 2 were converted into rate constants for reaction 1 using literature equilibrium constants. These data are indistinguishable from direct k1 measurements, and an Arrhenius fit for the joint set is k{sub 1} = 1.88 x 10{sup -11} exp(-8185K/T) cm3 molecule-1 s-1. The CF{sub 3} + H{sub 2} {yields} CF{sub 3}H + H reaction was further modeled using conventional transition-state theory, which included ab initio electronic structure determinations of reactants, transition state, and products.« less

  18. Outbreaks of Pandemic (H1N1) 2009 and Seasonal Influenza A (H3N2) on Cruise Ship

    PubMed Central

    Ward, Kate A.; Armstrong, Paul; Iwasenko, Jenna M.; Dwyer, Dominic E.

    2010-01-01

    To determine the extent and pattern of influenza transmission and effectiveness of containment measures, we investigated dual outbreaks of pandemic (H1N1) 2009 and influenza A (H3N2) that had occurred on a cruise ship in May 2009. Of 1,970 passengers and 734 crew members, 82 (3.0%) were infected with pandemic (H1N1) 2009 virus, 98 (3.6%) with influenza A (H3N2) virus, and 2 (0.1%) with both. Among 45 children who visited the ship’s childcare center, infection rate for pandemic (H1N1) 2009 was higher than that for influenza A (H3N2) viruses. Disembarked passengers reported a high level of compliance with isolation and quarantine recommendations. We found 4 subsequent cases epidemiologically linked to passengers but no evidence of sustained transmission to the community or passengers on the next cruise. Among this population of generally healthy passengers, children seemed more susceptible to pandemic (H1N1) 2009 than to influenza (H3N2) viruses. Intensive disease control measures successfully contained these outbreaks. PMID:21029531

  19. Chanabayaite, Cu2(N3C2H2)Cl(NH3,Cl,H2O,□)4, a new mineral containing triazolate anion

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chukanov, N. V.; Zubkova, N. V.; Möhn, G.; Pekov, I. V.; Pushcharovsky, D. Yu.; Zadov, A. E.

    2015-12-01

    A new mineral, chanabayaite, has been discovered at a guano deposit located at Mt. Pabellón de Pica near the village of Chanabaya, Iquique Province, Tarapacá region, Chile. It is associated with salammoniac, halite, joanneumite, nitratine and earlier chalcopyrite. Chanabayaite occurs as blue translucent imperfect prismatic crystals, up to 0.05 × 0.1 × 0.5 mm in size, and their radial aggregates. Chanabayaite is brittle, with a Mohs' hardness of 2. The cleavage is perfect on (001) and imperfect on (100) and (010). D meas = 1.48(2) g/cm3, D calc = 1.464 g/cm3. The mineral is optically biaxial (-), α = 1.561(2), β = 1.615(3), γ = 1.620(2), 2 V meas = 25(10)°, 2 V calc = 33°. Pleochroism is strong, Z ≈ Y (deep blue) ≫ X (pale blue with gray tint). IR spectrum is given. The chemical composition (electron microprobe data for Cu, Fe and Cl; gas chromatography data for H, N, C and O) is as follows (wt %): 32.23 Cu, 1.14 Fe, 16.13 Cl, 3.1 H, 29.9 N, 12.2 C, 3.4 O, total is 98.1. The empirical formula is ( Z = 4): Cu1.92Fe0.08Cl1.72N8.09C3.85H11.66O0.81. The structural model was based on the single-crystal X-ray diffraction data ( R = 0.1627). Chanabayaite is orthorhombic, space group Imma, a = 19.484(3), b = 7.2136(10), c = 11.999(4) Å, V = 1686.5(7) Å3, Z = 2. In chanabayaite, chains of the corner-sharing Cu(l)-centered octahedra and single Cu(2)-centered octahedra are linked via 1,2,4-triazolate anions C2N3H2 -. NH3 and Cl- are additional ligands coordinating Cu2+. Chanabayaite is a transformational mineral species formed by leaching of Na and one third of Cl and partial dehydration of the protophase Na2Cu2Cl3(N3C2H2)2(NH3)2 • 4H2O. The strongest reflections in the powder X-ray diffraction pattern [ d, Å ( I, %) ( hkl)] are detected: 10.19 (100) (101), 6.189 (40) (011), 5.729 (23) (301), 5.216 (75) (211, 202), 4.964 (20) (400), 2.830 (20) (602, 413, 503), 2.611 (24) (123, 422, 404).

  20. Genes up-regulated during red coloration in UV-B irradiated lettuce leaves.

    PubMed

    Park, Jong-Sug; Choung, Myoung-Gun; Kim, Jung-Bong; Hahn, Bum-Soo; Kim, Jong-Bum; Bae, Shin-Chul; Roh, Kyung-Hee; Kim, Yong-Hwan; Cheon, Choong-Ill; Sung, Mi-Kyung; Cho, Kang-Jin

    2007-04-01

    Molecular analysis of gene expression differences between green and red lettuce leaves was performed using the SSH method. BlastX comparisons of subtractive expressed sequence tags (ESTs) indicated that 7.6% of clones encoded enzymes involved in secondary metabolism. Such clones had a particularly high abundance of flavonoid-metabolism proteins (6.5%). Following SSH, 566 clones were rescreened for differential gene expression using dot-blot hybridization. Of these, 53 were found to overexpressed during red coloration. The up-regulated expression of six genes was confirmed by Northern blot analyses. The expression of chalcone synthase (CHS), flavanone 3-hydroxylase (F3H), and dihydroflavonol 4-reductase (DFR) genes showed a positive correlation with anthocyanin accumulation in UV-B-irradiated lettuce leaves; flavonoid 3',5'-hydroxylase (F3',5'H) and anthocyanidin synthase (ANS) were expressed continuously in both samples. These results indicated that the genes CHS, F3H, and DFR coincided with increases in anthocyanin accumulation during the red coloration of lettuce leaves. This study show a relationship between red coloration and the expression of up-regulated genes in lettuce. The subtractive cDNA library and EST database described in this study represent a valuable resource for further research for secondary metabolism in the vegetable crops.

  1. Two Color Populations of Kuiper Belt and Centaur Objects and the Smaller Orbital Inclinations of Red Centaur Objects

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tegler, S. C.; Romanishin, W.; Consolmagno, G. J.; J., S.

    2016-12-01

    We present new optical colors for 28 Kuiper Belt objects (KBOs) and 35 Centaur objects measured with the 1.8 m Vatican Advanced Technology Telescope and the 4.3 m Discovery Channel Telescope. By combining these new colors with our previously published colors, we increase the sample size of our survey to 154 objects. Our survey is unique in that the uncertainties in our color measurements are less than half the uncertainties in the color measurements reported by other researchers in the literature. Small uncertainties are essential for discerning between a unimodal and a bimodal distribution of colors for these objects as well as detecting correlations between colors and orbital elements. From our survey, it appears red Centaurs have a broader color distribution than gray Centaurs. We find red Centaurs have a smaller orbital inclination angle distribution than gray Centaurs at the 99.3% confidence level. Furthermore, we find that our entire sample of KBOs and Centaurs exhibits bimodal colors at the 99.4 % confidence level. KBOs and Centaurs with H V > 7.0 have bimodal colors at the 99.96% confidence level and KBOs with H V < 6.0 have bimodal colors at the 96% confidence level.

  2. 3. CONNECTING TUNNEL AT BOTTOM CENTER TO CENTER, CONTROL BUILDING ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    3. CONNECTING TUNNEL AT BOTTOM CENTER TO CENTER, CONTROL BUILDING B AT CENTER, WATER TANK TO UPPER LEFT, VIEW TOWARDS WEST. - Glenn L. Martin Company, Titan Missile Test Facilities, Control Building B, Waterton Canyon Road & Colorado Highway 121, Lakewood, Jefferson County, CO

  3. Neutron-diffraction studies of the crystal structure and the color enhancement in γ-irradiated tourmaline

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Maneewong, Apichate; Seong, Baek Seok; Shin, Eun Joo; Kim, Jeong Seog; Kajornrith, Varavuth

    2016-01-01

    Tourmaline gemstones have an extremely complex composition and show great variety in color. Most color centers are related to transition-metal ions. Oxidation/reduction of these ions is known to be related with the color enhancement of tourmaline caused by gamma-ray ( γ)-irradiation and/or thermal treatment. However, the current understanding of the microscopic structure of the color centers remains weak. In this work, γ-irradiation was performed on three types of tourmaline gemstones to enhance the colors of the gemstones: two pink from Afghanistan and one green from Nigeria. All three samples were irradiated at 600 and 800 kGy. Their crystal structural and chemical behaviors have been investigated by using a Rietveld refinement analysis of neutron diffraction data, Energy Dispersive X-ray Fluorescence (EDXRF), Ultraviolet-visible Spectroscopy (UV-Vis) and X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS), and the results were compared with data obtained for samples in the natural state. Pink tourmaline of a high number of Mn ions (T2, 0.24 wt%) showed significant improvement in the quality of the pink color (rubellite) after irradiation of 800 kGy while the pink tourmaline of low MnO content (T1, 0.08 wt%) showed color adulteration. Pink color enhancement in T2, responding to darker pink, was associated with increases in the two absorption bands, one peaking at 396 and the other at 522 nm, after irradiation. These absorption bands are ascribed to d-d transitions of divalent manganese. T1 with color enhancement due to oxidation of Mn2+ showed a slightly larger < Y- O> distance. The green tourmaline containing much higher amounts of both Mn (T3) and Fe ions, 2.59 wt% and 5.7 wt%, respectively, changed to a yellow color after irradiation at 800 kGy. The refined structural parameters of this sample revealed distortions in the Z site. The < Z- O> distance decreased from 2.033 to 2.0192 Å. In addition, the unit-cell parameter was decreased after irradiation. The color change

  4. Expansion of antimonato polyoxovanadates with transition metal complexes: (Co(N3C5H15)2)2[{Co(N3C5H15)2}V15Sb6O42(H2O)]·5H2O and (Ni(N3C5H15)2)2[{Ni(N3C5H15)2}V15Sb6O42(H2O)]·8H2O.

    PubMed

    Antonova, Elena; Näther, Christian; Kögerler, Paul; Bensch, Wolfgang

    2012-02-20

    Two new polyoxovanadates (Co(N(3)C(5)H(15))(2))(2)[{Co(N(3)C(5)H(15))(2)}V(15)Sb(6)O(42)(H(2)O)]·5H(2)O (1) and (Ni(N(3)C(5)H(15))(2))(2)[{Ni(N(3)C(5)H(15))(2)}V(15)Sb(6)O(42)(H(2)O)]·8H(2)O (2) (N(3)C(5)H(15) = N-(2-aminoethyl)-1,3-propanediamine) were synthesized under solvothermal conditions and structurally characterized. In both structures the [V(15)Sb(6)O(42)(H(2)O)](6-) shell displays the main structural motif, which is strongly related to the {V(18)O(42)} archetype cluster. Both compounds crystallize in the triclinic space group P1 with a = 14.3438(4), b = 16.6471(6), c = 18.9186(6) Å, α = 87.291(3)°, β = 83.340(3)°, γ = 78.890(3)°, and V = 4401.4(2) Å(3) (1) and a = 14.5697(13), b = 15.8523(16), c = 20.2411(18) Å, α = 86.702(11)°, β = 84.957(11)°, γ = 76.941(11)°, and V = 4533.0(7) Å(3) (2). In the structure of 1 the [V(15)Sb(6)O(42)(H(2)O)](6-) cluster anion is bound to a [Co(N(3)C(5)H(15))(2)](2+) complex via a terminal oxygen atom. In the Co(2+)-centered complex, one of the amine ligands coordinates in tridentate mode and the second one in bidentate mode to form a strongly distorted CoN(5)O octahedron. Similarly, in compound 2 an analogous NiN(5)O complex is joined to the [V(15)Sb(6)O(42)(H(2)O)](6-) anion via the same attachment mode. A remarkable difference between the two compounds is the orientation of the noncoordinated propylamine group leading to intermolecular Sb···O contacts in 1 and to Sb···N interactions in 2. In the solid-state lattices of 1 and 2, two additional [M(N(3)C(5)H(15))(2)](2+) complexes act as countercations and are located between the [{M(N(3)C(5)H(15))(2)}V(15)Sb(6)O(42)(H(2)O)](4-) anions. Between the anions and cations strong N-H···O hydrogen bonds are observed. In both compounds the clusters are stacked along the b axis in an ABAB fashion with cations and water molecules occupying the space between the clusters. Magnetic characterization demonstrates that the Ni(2+) and Co(2+) cations do not

  5. Daytime Changes of Skin Biophysical Characteristics: A Study of Hydration, Transepidermal Water Loss, pH, Sebum, Elasticity, Erythema, and Color Index on Middle Eastern Skin.

    PubMed

    Firooz, Alireza; Zartab, Hamed; Sadr, Bardia; Bagherpour, Leili Naraghi; Masoudi, Aidin; Fanian, Ferial; Dowlati, Yahya; Ehsani, Amir Hooshang; Samadi, Aniseh

    2016-01-01

    The exposure of skin to ultraviolet radiation and temperature differs significantly during the day. It is reasonable that biophysical parameters of human skin have periodic daily fluctuation. The objective of this study was to study the fluctuations of various biophysical characteristics of Middle Eastern skin in standardized experimental conditions. Seven biophysical parameters of skin including stratum corneum hydration, transepidermal water loss, pH, sebum, elasticity, skin color, and erythema index were measured at three time points (8 a.m., 12 p.m. and 4 p.m.) on the forearm of 12 healthy participants (mean age of 28.4 years) without any ongoing skin disease using the CK MPA 580 device in standard temperature and humidity conditions. A significant difference was observed between means of skin color index at 8 a.m. (175.42 ± 13.92) and 4 p.m. (164.44 ± 13.72, P = 0.025), between the pH at 8 a.m. (5.72 ± 0.48) and 4 p.m. (5.33 ± 0.55, P = 0.001) and pH at 12 p.m. (5.60 ± 0.48) and 4 p.m. (5.33 ± 0.55, P = 0.001). Other comparisons between the means of these parameters at different time points resulted in nonsignificant P values. There are daytime changes in skin color index and pH. Skin color index might be higher and cutaneous pH more basic in the early morning compared to later of the day.

  6. Internal photopumping of Nd3+ (2H9/2, 4F5/2) states in yttrium aluminum garnet by excitation transfer from oxygen deficiency centers and Fe3+ continuum emission

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hewitt, J. D.; Spinka, T. M.; Senin, A. A.; Eden, J. G.

    2011-07-01

    Photoexcitation of Nd3+ (2H9/2, 4F5/2) states by the broad (˜70 nm FWHM), near-infrared continuum provided by Fe3+ has been observed at 300 K in bulk yttrium aluminum garnet (YAG) crystals doped with trace concentrations (<50 ppm) of Fe, Cr, and Eu. Irradiation of YAG at 248 nm with a KrF laser, which excites the oxygen deficiency center (ODC) in YAG having peak absorption at ˜240 nm, culminates in ODC→Fe3+ excitation transfer and subsequent Fe3+ emission. This internal optical pumping mechanism for rare earth ions is unencumbered by the requirement for donor-acceptor proximity that constrains conventional Förster-Dexter excitation transfer in co-doped crystals.

  7. Electron beam irradiation of gemstone for color enhancement

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Idris, Sarada; Ghazali, Zulkafli; Hashim, Siti A'iasah; Ahmad, Shamshad; Jusoh, Mohd Suhaimi

    2012-09-01

    Numerous treatment of gemstones has been going on for hundreds of years for enhancing color and clarity of gems devoid of these attributes. Whereas previous practices included fraudulent or otherwise processes to achieve the color enhancement, the ionizing radiation has proven to be a reliable and reproducible technique. Three types of irradiation processes include exposure to gamma radiation, electron beam irradiation and the nuclear power plants. Electron Beam Irradiation of Gemstone is a technique in which a gemstone is exposed to highly ionizing radiation electron beam to knock off electrons to generate color centers culminating in introduction of deeper colors. The color centers may be stable or unstable. Below 9MeV, normally no radioactivity is introduced in the exposed gems. A study was conducted at Electron Beam Irradiation Centre (Alurtron) for gemstone color enhancement by using different kind of precious gemstones obtained from Pakistan. The study shows that EB irradiation not only enhances the color but can also improves the clarity of some type of gemstones. The treated stones included kunzite, tourmaline, topaz, quartz, aquamarine and cultured pearls. Doses ranging from 25 kGy to 200 KGy were employed to assess the influence of doses on color and clarity and to select the optimum doses. The samples used included both the natural and the faceted gemstones. It is concluded that significant revenue generation is associated with the enhancement of the color in clarity of gemstones which are available at very cheap price in the world market.

  8. Functional localization of the human color center by decreased water displacement using diffusion-weighted fMRI.

    PubMed

    Williams, Rebecca J; Reutens, David C; Hocking, Julia

    2015-11-01

    Decreased water displacement following increased neural activity has been observed using diffusion-weighted functional MRI (DfMRI) at high b-values. The physiological mechanisms underlying the diffusion signal change may be unique from the standard blood oxygenation level-dependent (BOLD) contrast and closer to the source of neural activity. Whether DfMRI reflects neural activity more directly than BOLD outside the primary cerebral regions remains unclear. Colored and achromatic Mondrian visual stimuli were statistically contrasted to functionally localize the human color center Area V4 in neurologically intact adults. Spatial and temporal properties of DfMRI and BOLD activation were examined across regions of the visual cortex. At the individual level, DfMRI activation patterns showed greater spatial specificity to V4 than BOLD. The BOLD activation patterns were more prominent in the primary visual cortex than DfMRI, where activation was localized to the ventral temporal lobe. Temporally, the diffusion signal change in V4 and V1 both preceded the corresponding hemodynamic response, however the early diffusion signal change was more evident in V1. DfMRI may be of use in imaging applications implementing cognitive subtraction paradigms, and where highly precise individual functional localization is required.

  9. Apply 3D model on the customized product color combination for the interior decoration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Cheih-Ying

    2013-03-01

    The customized product color interface for the interior decoration is designed to simulate the display of various color combination sofas in the interior of the room. There are 144 color combinations of the spatial image resulted from four the interior rooms and 36 popular color sofas. The image compositing technique is adopted to appear the 144 color combinations of the spatial image on computer screen. This study tests the experience of using the interface by the questionnaire for User Interface Satisfaction (QUIS). The results show that the high grade of evaluation items including wonderful, easy, satisfying, stimulating and flexible for the experience of users. Therefore, the entrepreneur who wants to display the color primarily commodity could using the customized color combination interface with 3D models for consumers to take opportunity to find the appropriate products to meet with the interior room, so as to shorten communication time between entrepreneurs and consumers.

  10. Surface gloss and color perception of 3D objects.

    PubMed

    Xiao, Bei; Brainard, David H

    2008-01-01

    Two experiments explore the color perception of objects in complex scenes. The first experiment examines the color perception of objects across variation in surface gloss. Observers adjusted the color appearance of a matte sphere to match that of a test sphere. Across conditions we varied the body color and glossiness of the test sphere. The data indicate that observers do not simply match the average light reflected from the test. Indeed, the visual system compensates for the physical effect of varying the gloss, so that appearance is stabilized relative to what is predicted by the spatial average. The second experiment examines how people perceive color across locations on an object. We replaced the test sphere with a soccer ball that had one of its hexagonal faces colored. Observers were asked to adjust the match sphere have the same color appearance as this test patch. The test patch could be located at either an upper or lower location on the soccer ball. In addition, we varied the surface gloss of the entire soccer ball (including the test patch). The data show that there is an effect of test patch location on observers' color matching, but this effect is small compared to the physical change in the average light reflected from the test patch across the two locations. In addition, the effect of glossy highlights on the color appearance of the test patch was consistent with the results from Experiment 1.

  11. Surface gloss and color perception of 3D objects

    PubMed Central

    Xiao, Bei; Brainard, David H.

    2008-01-01

    Two experiments explore the color perception of objects in complex scenes. The first experiment examines the color perception of objects across variation in surface gloss. Observers adjusted the color appearance of a matte sphere to match that of a test sphere. Across conditions we varied the body color and glossiness of the test sphere. The data indicate that observers do not simply match the average light reflected from the test. Indeed, the visual system compensates for the physical effect of varying the gloss, so that appearance is stabilized relative to what is predicted by the spatial average. The second experiment examines how people perceive color across locations on an object. We replaced the test sphere with a soccer ball that had one of its hexagonal faces colored. Observers were asked to adjust the match sphere have the same color appearance as this test patch. The test patch could be located at either an upper or lower location on the soccer ball. In addition, we varied the surface gloss of the entire soccer ball (including the test patch). The data show that there is an effect of test patch location on observers’ color matching, but this effect is small compared to the physical change in the average light reflected from the test patch across the two locations. In addition, the effect of glossy highlights on the color appearance of the test patch was consistent with the results from Experiment 1. PMID:18598406

  12. Depth-color fusion strategy for 3-D scene modeling with Kinect.

    PubMed

    Camplani, Massimo; Mantecon, Tomas; Salgado, Luis

    2013-12-01

    Low-cost depth cameras, such as Microsoft Kinect, have completely changed the world of human-computer interaction through controller-free gaming applications. Depth data provided by the Kinect sensor presents several noise-related problems that have to be tackled to improve the accuracy of the depth data, thus obtaining more reliable game control platforms and broadening its applicability. In this paper, we present a depth-color fusion strategy for 3-D modeling of indoor scenes with Kinect. Accurate depth and color models of the background elements are iteratively built, and used to detect moving objects in the scene. Kinect depth data is processed with an innovative adaptive joint-bilateral filter that efficiently combines depth and color by analyzing an edge-uncertainty map and the detected foreground regions. Results show that the proposed approach efficiently tackles main Kinect data problems: distance-dependent depth maps, spatial noise, and temporal random fluctuations are dramatically reduced; objects depth boundaries are refined, and nonmeasured depth pixels are interpolated. Moreover, a robust depth and color background model and accurate moving objects silhouette are generated.

  13. Radiation coloring of nonstoichiometric M(1-x)R(x)F(2+x) single crystals with a fluorite defect structure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rustamov, Ia.; Tavshunskii, G. A.; Khabibullaev, P. K.; Bessonova, T. S.; Sobolev, B. P.

    1985-06-01

    Experimental results are reported concerning the radiation coloring of nonstoichiometric crystals of the M(1-x)R(x)F(2+x) type in the presence of fluorite defects. Samples of the crystals are cut using the Stockbarger technique in a chemically active fluoridating atmosphere generated by pyrolysis of tetrafluoroethylene. The samples were irradiated at 77 and 300 K using a Co-60 gamma-ray source and the total doses were in the range 10 to the 6th to 10 to the 7th roentgen. Absorption spectra of the crystals were analogous spectra for MF2-RF3 single crystals with RF 3 contents of less than 1 mole percent. It is shown that the properties of radiation coloring of the two types of crystal are very different: F-centers formed at 300 K in Ca(1-x)R(x) F(2+x), but not at 77 K. Complex color centers were observed at 77 K in Ca(1-x)R(x)F(2+x) single crystals and the intensity of the centers was determined by the competition among the electron trapping processes involving the r3(+) ions. It is concluded that the coloring characteristics of the M(1-x)R(x)F(2+x) crystals are related to their structural characteristics as compared with the MF2-RF3 crystals.

  14. Visual color matching system based on RGB LED light source

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, Lei; Huang, Qingmei; Feng, Chen; Li, Wei; Wang, Chaofeng

    2018-01-01

    In order to study the property and performance of LED as RGB primary color light sources on color mixture in visual psychophysical experiments, and to find out the difference between LED light source and traditional light source, a visual color matching experiment system based on LED light sources as RGB primary colors has been built. By simulating traditional experiment of metameric color matching in CIE 1931 RGB color system, it can be used for visual color matching experiments to obtain a set of the spectral tristimulus values which we often call color-matching functions (CMFs). This system consists of three parts: a monochromatic light part using blazed grating, a light mixing part where the summation of 3 LED illuminations are to be visually matched with a monochromatic illumination, and a visual observation part. The three narrow band LEDs used have dominant wavelengths of 640 nm (red), 522 nm (green) and 458 nm (blue) respectively and their intensities can be controlled independently. After the calibration of wavelength and luminance of LED sources with a spectrophotometer, a series of visual color matching experiments have been carried out by 5 observers. The results are compared with those from CIE 1931 RGB color system, and have been used to compute an average locus for the spectral colors in the color triangle, with white at the center. It has been shown that the use of LED is feasible and has the advantages of easy control, good stability and low cost.

  15. Color discrimination impairment in workers exposed to mercury vapor.

    PubMed

    Urban, Pavel; Gobba, Fabriziomaria; Nerudová, Jana; Lukás, Edgar; Cábelková, Zdena; Cikrt, Miroslav

    2003-08-01

    To study color discrimination impairment in workers exposed to elemental mercury (Hg) vapor. Twenty-four male workers from a chloralkali plant exposed to Hg vapor, aged 42+/-9.8 years, duration of exposure 14.7+/-9.7 years, were examined. The 8h TWA air-borne Hg concentration in workplace was 59 microg/m(3); mean Hg urinary excretion (HgU) was 20.5+/-19.3 microg/g creatinine; mean Hg urinary excretion after the administration of a chelating agent, sodium 2,3-dimercapto-1-propane-sulfonate (DMPS), was 751.9+/-648 microg/48h. Twenty-four age- and gender-matched control subjects were compared. Visual acuity, alcohol intake, smoking habits, and history of diseases or drugs potentially influencing color vision were registered. The Lanthony 15-Hue desaturated test (L-D15-d) was used to assess color vision. The results were expressed quantitatively as Bowman's Color Confusion Index (CCI), and qualitatively according to Verriest's classification of acquired dyschromatopsias. The CCI was significantly higher in the exposed group than in the control (mean CCI 1.15 versus 1.04; P=0.04). The proportion of subjects with errorless performance on the Lanthony test was significantly lower in the Hg exposed group compared to referents (52% versus 73%; P=0.035). The exposed group showed higher frequency of type III dyschromatopsias (blue-yellow confusion axis) in comparison with the control group (12.5% versus 8.3%), however, the difference did not reach statistical significance. Multiple regression did not show any significant relationship between the CCI, and age, alcohol consumption, or measures of exposure. In agreement with previous studies by Cavalleri et al. [Toxicol. Lett. 77 (1995) 351; Environ. Res. Sec. A 77 (1998) 173], the results of this study support the hypothesis that exposure to mercury vapor can induce sub-clinical color vision impairment. This effect was observed at an exposure level below the current biological limit for occupational exposure to mercury. This

  16. Host-sensitized luminescence properties in CaNb2O6:Ln(3+) (Ln(3+) = Eu(3+)/Tb(3+)/Dy(3+)/Sm(3+)) phosphors with abundant colors.

    PubMed

    Li, Kai; Liu, Xiaoming; Zhang, Yang; Li, Xuejiao; Lian, Hongzhou; Lin, Jun

    2015-01-05

    A series of Ln(3+) (Ln(3+) = Eu(3+)/Tb(3+)/Dy(3+)/Sm(3+)) ion doped CaNb2O6 (CNO) phosphors have been prepared via the conventional high-temperature solid-state reaction route. The X-ray diffraction (XRD) and structure refinement, diffuse reflection, photoluminescence (PL), and fluorescent decay curves were used to characterize the as-prepared samples. Under UV radiation, the CNO host present a broad emission band from about 355 to 605 nm centered around 460 nm originating from the NbO6 octahedral groups, which has spectral overlaps with the excitation of f-f transitions of Eu(3+)/Tb(3+)/Dy(3+)/Sm(3+) in CNO:Eu(3+)/Tb(3+)/Dy(3+)/Sm(3+) samples. They show both host emission and respective emission lines derived from the characteristic f-f transitions of activators, which present different emission colors owing to the energy transfer from the NbO6 group in the host to Eu(3+)/Tb(3+)/Dy(3+)/Sm(3+) with increasing activator concentrations. The decreases of decay lifetimes of host emissions in CNO:Eu(3+)/Tb(3+)/Dy(3+)/Sm(3+) demonstrate the energy transfer from the hosts to Eu(3+)/Tb(3+)/Dy(3+)/Sm(3+). The energy transfer mechanisms in CNO:Eu(3+)/Tb(3+)/Dy(3+) phosphors have been determined to be a resonant type via dipole-dipole mechanisms. For CNO:Sm(3+), the metal-metal charge transfer transition (MMCT) might contribute to the different variations of decay lifetimes and emission intensity from CNO:Eu(3+)/Tb(3+)/Dy(3+) samples. The best quantum efficiency is 71.2% for CNO:0.01/0.02Dy(3+). The PL properties of as-prepared materials indicate the promising application in UV-pumped white-emitting lighting diodes field.

  17. Growth Kinetics of the S Sub H Center on Magnesium Oxide Using Electron Paramagnetic Resonance

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jayne, J. P.

    1971-01-01

    Electron paramagnetic resonance spectroscopy was used to study the growth of S sub H centers on magnesium oxide powder which had hydrogen adsorbed on its surface. The centers were produced by ultraviolet radiation. The effects of both radiation intensity and hydrogen pressure were also studied. At constant hydrogen pressure and radiation dose, the initial S sub H center growth rate was found to be zero order. Beyond the initial region the growth rate deviated from zero order and finally approached saturation. The results are interpreted in terms of a model which assumes that the S sub H center is a hydrogen atom associated with a surface vacancy. Saturation appears to result from a limited supply of surface vacancies.

  18. High-resolution mobile optical 3D scanner with color mapping

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ramm, Roland; Bräuer-Burchardt, Christian; Kühmstedt, Peter; Notni, Gunther

    2017-07-01

    A high-resolution mobile handheld scanning device suitable for 3D data acquisition and analysis for forensic investigations, rapid prototyping, design, quality management, and archaeology with a measurement volume of approximately 325 mm x 200 mm x 100mm and a lateral object resolution of 170 µm developed at our institute is introduced. The scanners weight is 4.4 kg with an optional color DLSR camera. The PC for measurement control and point calculation is included inside the housing. Power supply is realized by rechargeable batteries. Possible operation time is between 30 and 60 minutes. The object distance is between 400 and 500 mm, and the scan time for one 3D shot may vary between 0.1 and 0.5 seconds. The complete 3D result is obtained a few seconds after starting the scan. For higher quality 3D and color images the scanner is attachable to tripod use. Measurement objects larger than the measurement volume must be acquired partly. The different resulting datasets are merged using a suitable software module. The scanner has been successfully used in various applications.

  19. Herschel Survey of Galactic OH+, H2O+, and H3O+: Probing the Molecular Hydrogen Fraction and Cosmic-Ray Ionization Rate

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Indriolo, Nick; Neufeld, D. A.; Gerin, M.; Schilke, P.; Benz, A. O.; Winkel, B.; Menten, K. M.; Chambers, E. T.; Black, John H.; Bruderer, S.; Falgarone, E.; Godard, B.; Goicoechea, J. R.; Gupta, H.; Lis, D. C.; Ossenkopf, V.; Persson, C. M.; Sonnentrucker, P.; van der Tak, F. F. S.; van Dishoeck, E. F.; Wolfire, Mark G.; Wyrowski, F.

    2015-02-01

    In diffuse interstellar clouds the chemistry that leads to the formation of the oxygen-bearing ions OH+, H2O+, and H3O+ begins with the ionization of atomic hydrogen by cosmic rays, and continues through subsequent hydrogen abstraction reactions involving H2. Given these reaction pathways, the observed abundances of these molecules are useful in constraining both the total cosmic-ray ionization rate of atomic hydrogen (ζH) and molecular hydrogen fraction (f_H_2). We present observations targeting transitions of OH+, H2O+, and H3O+ made with the Herschel Space Observatory along 20 Galactic sight lines toward bright submillimeter continuum sources. Both OH+ and H2O+ are detected in absorption in multiple velocity components along every sight line, but H3O+ is only detected along 7 sight lines. From the molecular abundances we compute f_H_2 in multiple distinct components along each line of sight, and find a Gaussian distribution with mean and standard deviation 0.042 ± 0.018. This confirms previous findings that OH+ and H2O+ primarily reside in gas with low H2 fractions. We also infer ζH throughout our sample, and find a lognormal distribution with mean log (ζH) = -15.75 (ζH = 1.78 × 10-16 s-1) and standard deviation 0.29 for gas within the Galactic disk, but outside of the Galactic center. This is in good agreement with the mean and distribution of cosmic-ray ionization rates previously inferred from H_3^+ observations. Ionization rates in the Galactic center tend to be 10-100 times larger than found in the Galactic disk, also in accord with prior studies. Herschel is an ESA space observatory with science instruments provided by European-led Principal Investigator consortia and with important participation from NASA.

  20. Laser-induced fluorescence spectrometer based on tunable color center laser for low-impurity-solution diagnostic and analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Basiev, Tasoltan T.; Fedorov, Vladimir V.; Karasik, Alexander Y.; Lin'kov, S. I.; Orlovskii, Yurii V.; Osiko, Vyacheslav V.; Panov, Vitaly A.; Prokhorov, Alexander M.; Vorob'ev, Ivan N.; Zverev, Peter G.

    1996-11-01

    Solid state (SS) tunable LiF:F2 color center laser with second and fourth harmonic generation for visible and ultra violet spectral ranges was developed for the laser induced fluorescence spectroscopy (LIFS). The construction and properties of excitation, registration and flame atomization systems for water solution diagnostic are discussed. The testing experiment with low iron concentrated water sample exhibits ultrahigh sensitivity which was estimated to be 0.05 ppb in our set-up. The SS LIFS spectrometer developed is usable to measure more than 42 metal elements in solution on the ppm, ppb level for various medical and biological applications.

  1. Distilling two-center-interference information during tunneling of aligned molecules with orthogonally polarized two-color laser fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gao, F.; Chen, Y. J.; Xin, G. G.; Liu, J.; Fu, L. B.

    2017-12-01

    When electrons tunnel through a barrier formed by the strong laser field and the two-center potential of a diatomic molecule, a double-slit-like interference can occur. However, this interference effect can not be probed directly right now, as it is strongly coupled with other dynamical processes during tunneling. Here, we show numerically and analytically that orthogonally polarized two-color (OTC) laser fields are capable of resolving the interference effect in tunneling, while leaving clear footprints of this effect in photoelectron momentum distributions. Moreover, this effect can be manipulated by changing the relative field strength of OTC fields.

  2. 40 CFR 721.5540 - 1H,3H,5H-oxazolo [3,4-c] oxazole, dihydro-7a-methyl-.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 30 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false 1H,3H,5H-oxazolo [3,4-c] oxazole... Specific Chemical Substances § 721.5540 1H,3H,5H-oxazolo [3,4-c] oxazole, dihydro-7a-methyl-. (a) Chemical substances and significant new uses subject to reporting. (1) The chemical substance identified as 1H,3H,5H...

  3. (e, 2e) simple ionization of {{\\rm{H}}}_{3}^{+} by fast electron impact: use of triangular three-center continuum and bound state wave functions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Obeid, S.; Chuluunbaatar, O.; Joulakian, B. B.

    2017-07-01

    The variation of the multiply differential cross section of the (e, 2e) simple ionization of {{{H}}}3+, with the incident and ejection energy values, as well as the directions of the ejected and scattered electrons, is studied. The calculations have been performed in the frame of the perturbative first Born procedure, which has required the development of equilateral triangular three center bound and continuum state wave functions. The results explore the optimal conditions and the particularities of the triangular targets, such as the appearance of interference patterns in the variation of the four fold differential cross section (FDCS) with the scattering angle for a fixed orientation of the molecule. The comparison between the results obtained by two H3 + ground wave functions, with and without a correlation term r 12, shows that the effect of correlation on the magnitude of the triple differential cross section is not large, but it produces some modification in the structure of the FDCS.

  4. Clinical color vision testing and correlation with visual function.

    PubMed

    Zhao, Jiawei; Davé, Sarita B; Wang, Jiangxia; Subramanian, Prem S

    2015-09-01

    To determine if Hardy-Rand-Rittler (H-R-R) and Ishihara testing are accurate estimates of color vision in subjects with acquired visual dysfunction. Assessment of diagnostic tools. Twenty-two subjects with optic neuropathy (aged 18-65) and 18 control subjects were recruited prospectively from an outpatient clinic. Individuals with visual acuity (VA) <20/200 or with congenital color blindness were excluded. All subjects underwent a comprehensive eye examination including VA, color vision, and contrast sensitivity testing. Color vision was assessed using H-R-R and Ishihara plates and Farnsworth D-15 (D-15) discs. D-15 is the accepted standard for detecting and classifying color vision deficits. Contrast sensitivity was measured using Pelli-Robson contrast sensitivity charts. No relationship was found between H-R-R and D-15 scores (P = .477). H-R-R score and contrast sensitivity were positively correlated (P = .003). On multivariate analysis, contrast sensitivity (β = 8.61, P < .001) and VA (β = 2.01, P = .022) both showed association with H-R-R scores. Similar to H-R-R, Ishihara score did not correlate with D-15 score (P = .973), but on multivariate analysis was related to contrast sensitivity (β = 8.69, P < .001). H-R-R and Ishihara scores had an equivalent relationship with contrast sensitivity (P = .069). Neither H-R-R nor Ishihara testing appears to assess color identification in patients with optic neuropathy. Both H-R-R and Ishihara testing are correlated with contrast sensitivity, and these tests may be useful clinical surrogates for contrast sensitivity testing. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  5. Daytime Changes of Skin Biophysical Characteristics: A Study of Hydration, Transepidermal Water Loss, pH, Sebum, Elasticity, Erythema, and Color Index on Middle Eastern Skin

    PubMed Central

    Firooz, Alireza; Zartab, Hamed; Sadr, Bardia; Bagherpour, Leili Naraghi; Masoudi, Aidin; Fanian, Ferial; Dowlati, Yahya; Ehsani, Amir Hooshang; Samadi, Aniseh

    2016-01-01

    Background: The exposure of skin to ultraviolet radiation and temperature differs significantly during the day. It is reasonable that biophysical parameters of human skin have periodic daily fluctuation. The objective of this study was to study the fluctuations of various biophysical characteristics of Middle Eastern skin in standardized experimental conditions. Materials and Methods: Seven biophysical parameters of skin including stratum corneum hydration, transepidermal water loss, pH, sebum, elasticity, skin color, and erythema index were measured at three time points (8 a.m., 12 p.m. and 4 p.m.) on the forearm of 12 healthy participants (mean age of 28.4 years) without any ongoing skin disease using the CK MPA 580 device in standard temperature and humidity conditions. Results: A significant difference was observed between means of skin color index at 8 a.m. (175.42 ± 13.92) and 4 p.m. (164.44 ± 13.72, P = 0.025), between the pH at 8 a.m. (5.72 ± 0.48) and 4 p.m. (5.33 ± 0.55, P = 0.001) and pH at 12 p.m. (5.60 ± 0.48) and 4 p.m. (5.33 ± 0.55, P = 0.001). Other comparisons between the means of these parameters at different time points resulted in nonsignificant P values. Conclusion: There are daytime changes in skin color index and pH. Skin color index might be higher and cutaneous pH more basic in the early morning compared to later of the day. PMID:27904203

  6. Electron beam irradiation of gemstone for color enhancement

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Idris, Sarada; Ghazali, Zulkafli; Hashim, Siti A'iasah

    2012-09-26

    Numerous treatment of gemstones has been going on for hundreds of years for enhancing color and clarity of gems devoid of these attributes. Whereas previous practices included fraudulent or otherwise processes to achieve the color enhancement, the ionizing radiation has proven to be a reliable and reproducible technique. Three types of irradiation processes include exposure to gamma radiation, electron beam irradiation and the nuclear power plants. Electron Beam Irradiation of Gemstone is a technique in which a gemstone is exposed to highly ionizing radiation electron beam to knock off electrons to generate color centers culminating in introduction of deeper colors.more » The color centers may be stable or unstable. Below 9MeV, normally no radioactivity is introduced in the exposed gems. A study was conducted at Electron Beam Irradiation Centre (Alurtron) for gemstone color enhancement by using different kind of precious gemstones obtained from Pakistan. The study shows that EB irradiation not only enhances the color but can also improves the clarity of some type of gemstones. The treated stones included kunzite, tourmaline, topaz, quartz, aquamarine and cultured pearls. Doses ranging from 25 kGy to 200 KGy were employed to assess the influence of doses on color and clarity and to select the optimum doses. The samples used included both the natural and the faceted gemstones. It is concluded that significant revenue generation is associated with the enhancement of the color in clarity of gemstones which are available at very cheap price in the world market.« less

  7. Generation of blue chrysanthemums by anthocyanin B-ring hydroxylation and glucosylation and its coloration mechanism.

    PubMed

    Noda, Naonobu; Yoshioka, Satoshi; Kishimoto, Sanae; Nakayama, Masayoshi; Douzono, Mitsuru; Tanaka, Yoshikazu; Aida, Ryutaro

    2017-07-01

    Various colored cultivars of ornamental flowers have been bred by hybridization and mutation breeding; however, the generation of blue flowers for major cut flower plants, such as roses, chrysanthemums, and carnations, has not been achieved by conventional breeding or genetic engineering. Most blue-hued flowers contain delphinidin-based anthocyanins; therefore, delphinidin-producing carnation, rose, and chrysanthemum flowers have been generated by overexpression of the gene encoding flavonoid 3',5'-hydroxylase (F3'5'H), the key enzyme for delphinidin biosynthesis. Even so, the flowers are purple/violet rather than blue. To generate true blue flowers, blue pigments, such as polyacylated anthocyanins and metal complexes, must be introduced by metabolic engineering; however, introducing and controlling multiple transgenes in plants are complicated processes. We succeeded in generating blue chrysanthemum flowers by introduction of butterfly pea UDP (uridine diphosphate)-glucose:anthocyanin 3',5'- O -glucosyltransferase gene, in addition to the expression of the Canterbury bells F3'5'H . Newly synthesized 3',5'-diglucosylated delphinidin-based anthocyanins exhibited a violet color under the weakly acidic pH conditions of flower petal juice and showed a blue color only through intermolecular association, termed "copigmentation," with flavone glucosides in planta. Thus, we achieved the development of blue color by a two-step modification of the anthocyanin structure. This simple method is a promising approach to generate blue flowers in various ornamental plants by metabolic engineering.

  8. Human V4 Activity Patterns Predict Behavioral Performance in Imagery of Object Color.

    PubMed

    Bannert, Michael M; Bartels, Andreas

    2018-04-11

    Color is special among basic visual features in that it can form a defining part of objects that are engrained in our memory. Whereas most neuroimaging research on human color vision has focused on responses related to external stimulation, the present study investigated how sensory-driven color vision is linked to subjective color perception induced by object imagery. We recorded fMRI activity in male and female volunteers during viewing of abstract color stimuli that were red, green, or yellow in half of the runs. In the other half we asked them to produce mental images of colored, meaningful objects (such as tomato, grapes, banana) corresponding to the same three color categories. Although physically presented color could be decoded from all retinotopically mapped visual areas, only hV4 allowed predicting colors of imagined objects when classifiers were trained on responses to physical colors. Importantly, only neural signal in hV4 was predictive of behavioral performance in the color judgment task on a trial-by-trial basis. The commonality between neural representations of sensory-driven and imagined object color and the behavioral link to neural representations in hV4 identifies area hV4 as a perceptual hub linking externally triggered color vision with color in self-generated object imagery. SIGNIFICANCE STATEMENT Humans experience color not only when visually exploring the outside world, but also in the absence of visual input, for example when remembering, dreaming, and during imagery. It is not known where neural codes for sensory-driven and internally generated hue converge. In the current study we evoked matching subjective color percepts, one driven by physically presented color stimuli, the other by internally generated color imagery. This allowed us to identify area hV4 as the only site where neural codes of corresponding subjective color perception converged regardless of its origin. Color codes in hV4 also predicted behavioral performance in an

  9. Rate constants for CF{sub 3} + H{sub 2} {r_arrow} CF{sub 3}H + H and CF{sub 3}H + H {r_arrow} CF{sub 3} + H{sub 2} reactions in the temperature range 1100--1600 K

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hranisavljevic, J.; Michael, J.V.

    1998-09-24

    The shock tube technique coupled with H-atom atomic resonance absorption spectrometry has been used to study the reactions (1) CF{sub 3} + H{sub 2} {r_arrow} CF{sub 3}H + H and (2) CF{sub 3}H + H {r_arrow} CF{sub 3} + H{sub 2} over the temperature ranges 1168--1673 K and 1111--1550 K, respectively. The results can be represented by the Arrhenius expressions k{sub 1} = 2.56 {times} 10{sup {minus}11} exp({minus}8549K/T) and k{sub 2} = 6.13 {times} 10{sup {minus}11} exp({minus}7364K/T), both in cm{sup 3} molecule{sup {minus}1} s{sup {minus}1}. Equilibrium constants were calculated from the two Arrhenius expressions in the overlapping temperature range, andmore » good agreement was obtained with the literature values. The rate constants for reaction 2 were converted into rate constants for reaction 1 using literature equilibrium constants. These data are indistinguishable from direct k{sub 1} measurements, and an Arrhenius fit for the joint set is k{sub 1} = 1.88 {times} 10{sup {minus}11} exp({minus}8185K/T) cm{sup 3} molecule{sup {minus}1} s{sup {minus}1}. The CF{sub 3} + H{sub 2} {r_arrow} CF{sub 3}H + H reaction was further modeled using conventional transition-state theory, which included ab initio electronic structure determinations of reactants, transition state, and products.« less

  10. Increasing Fruit and Vegetable Consumption among Preschoolers: Evaluation of "Color Me Healthy"

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Witt, Kendra E.; Dunn, Carolyn

    2012-01-01

    Objective: Determine whether "Color Me Healthy" (CMH), an interactive nutrition and physical activity program for preschool children, increases fruit and vegetable consumption. Design: Intervention study. Data were collected at baseline, 1 week post-intervention, and 3 months post-intervention. Setting: Child care centers. Participants: Preschool…

  11. Colors in mind: a novel paradigm to investigate pure color imagery.

    PubMed

    Wantz, Andrea L; Borst, Grégoire; Mast, Fred W; Lobmaier, Janek S

    2015-07-01

    Mental color imagery abilities are commonly measured using paradigms that involve naming, judging, or comparing the colors of visual mental images of well-known objects (e.g., "Is a sunflower darker yellow than a lemon"?). Although this approach is widely used in patient studies, differences in the ability to perform such color comparisons might simply reflect participants' general knowledge of object colors rather than their ability to generate accurate visual mental images of the colors of the objects. The aim of the present study was to design a new color imagery paradigm. Participants were asked to visualize a color for 3 s and then to determine a visually presented color by pressing 1 of 6 keys. We reasoned that participants would react faster when the imagined and perceived colors were congruent than when they were incongruent. In Experiment 1, participants were slower in incongruent than congruent trials but only when they were instructed to visualize the colors. The results in Experiment 2 demonstrate that the congruency effect reported in Experiment 1 cannot be attributed to verbalization of the color that had to be visualized. Finally, in Experiment 3, the congruency effect evoked by mental imagery correlated with performance in a perceptual version of the task. We discuss these findings with respect to the mechanisms that underlie mental imagery and patients suffering from color imagery deficits. (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved.

  12. Color ornaments and territory position in king penguins.

    PubMed

    Keddar, Ismaël; Jouventin, Pierre; Dobson, F Stephen

    2015-10-01

    King penguins exhibit mutual color ornamentation of feathers and beak color. They breed in dense colonies and produce a single chick every 2 years. Thus, males and females must choose partners carefully to be reproductively successful, and auricular patches of males and UV coloration of beak spots have been shown to influence mate choice. Position in the breeding colony is also important to reproductive success, with pairs on the edge of the colony less successful than those in the center. We studied the mutual ornaments, individual condition, and position of pairs in their breeding colony. Males were significantly larger than females in size, body mass, and auricular patch size. Within pairs, auricular patch size of males and females were significantly correlated, and male auricular patch size and body mass were significantly associated, suggesting a link between this ornament and male body condition. Moving from the edge to the center of the colony, pairs had larger yellow-orange auricular patches, indicating a link between this ornament and settlement in higher quality territories in the center of the colony. Pairs were also less brightly brown colored on the breast and less saturated in UV color of the beak spot. Since we observed pairs that were settling for egg laying, location in the colony may have reflected aspects of pair condition, rather than later jockeying for positioning using ornaments as signals of behavioral dominance. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  13. Transforming reflectance spectra into Munsell color space by using prime colors.

    PubMed

    Romney, A Kimball; Fulton, James T

    2006-10-17

    Independent researchers have proved mathematically that, given a set of color-matching functions, there exists a unique set of three monochromatic spectral lights that optimizes luminous efficiency and color gamut. These lights are called prime colors. We present a method for transforming reflectance spectra into Munsell color space by using hypothetical absorbance curves based on Gaussian approximations of the prime colors and a simplified version of opponent process theory. The derived color appearance system is represented as a 3D color system that is qualitatively similar to a conceptual representation of the Munsell color system. We illustrate the application of the model and compare it with existing models by using reflectance spectra obtained from 1,269 Munsell color samples.

  14. Using cuttlefish ink as an additive to produce -non-iridescent structural colors of high color visibility.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Yafeng; Dong, Biqin; Chen, Ang; Liu, Xiaohan; Shi, Lei; Zi, Jian

    2015-08-26

    Non-iridescent structural colors of high color visibility are produced by amorphous photonic structures, in which -natural cuttlefish ink is used as an additive to break down the long-range order of the structures. The color hue and its spectral purity can be tuned by adjusting the diameter of the polystyrene (PS) spheres and the proportion of ink particles. © 2015 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  15. A method and results of color calibration for the Chang'e-3 terrain camera and panoramic camera

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ren, Xin; Li, Chun-Lai; Liu, Jian-Jun; Wang, Fen-Fei; Yang, Jian-Feng; Liu, En-Hai; Xue, Bin; Zhao, Ru-Jin

    2014-12-01

    The terrain camera (TCAM) and panoramic camera (PCAM) are two of the major scientific payloads installed on the lander and rover of the Chang'e 3 mission respectively. They both use a Bayer color filter array covering CMOS sensor to capture color images of the Moon's surface. RGB values of the original images are related to these two kinds of cameras. There is an obvious color difference compared with human visual perception. This paper follows standards published by the International Commission on Illumination to establish a color correction model, designs the ground calibration experiment and obtains the color correction coefficient. The image quality has been significantly improved and there is no obvious color difference in the corrected images. Ground experimental results show that: (1) Compared with uncorrected images, the average color difference of TCAM is 4.30, which has been reduced by 62.1%. (2) The average color differences of the left and right cameras in PCAM are 4.14 and 4.16, which have been reduced by 68.3% and 67.6% respectively.

  16. The Color TV; Radio and Television Service 3: 9787.04.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dade County Public Schools, Miami, FL.

    The 135 hour course is the terminus of the series of radio and television service courses. The basic course includes a study of color signal demodulation and matrix circuits, the color-picture tube, alignment and trouble shooting of a color television receiver. Laboratory experiments and live production work on color television receivers…

  17. The Galactic Center observed with H.E.S.S.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jouvin, Lea

    2017-08-01

    The Galactic Center region has been a prime target region for the H.E.S.S. Imaging Atmospheric Cherenkov Telescope Array observations since da ta taking started in 2003. H.E.S.S. has revealed the presence of a very high energy gamma-ray diffuse emission in the central 200 pc, in addition to the detection of a point like source coincident with the supermassive black hole SgrA*. With more than 250 hours of H.E.S.S. data and the continuous improvement of the analysis techniques, a detailed morphology and spectral analysis of the region is now possible. We will report on the new characterisation of the spectrum of the central source down to 100 GeV energies taking advantage of the H.E.S.S. II data, obtained after the inclusion of the large 28-meter CT5 telescope in the array centre. We will present the recent discovery of a powerful cosmic PeVatron accelerator at the center of our Galaxy as well as a new characterization of the diffuse gamma-ray emission in the central 200 pc of our Galaxy through a detailed morphology study. By analysing the nature of the various components of this emission, the existence of a strong cosmic-ray gradient and thus the presence of a strong cosmic-ray accelerator at the very centre of our Galaxy was found. We will also report on the discovery of an additional point-like source HESS J1746-285 in this region possibly associated with the pulsar wind nebula candidate G0.13-0.11.

  18. Color deconvolution. Optimizing handling of 3D unitary optical density vectors with polar coordinates.

    PubMed

    Bigras, Gilbert

    2012-06-01

    Color deconvolution relies on determination of unitary optical density vectors (OD(3D)) derived from pure constituent stains initially defined as intensity vectors in RGB space. OD(3D) can be defined in polar coordinates (phi, theta, radius); always being equal to one, radius can be ignored. Easier handling of unitary optical density 2D vectors (OD(2D)) is shown. OD(2D) pure stains used in anatomical pathology were assessed as centroid values (phi, theta) with a measure of variance: inertia based on arc lengths between centroid value and sampled points. These variables were plotted on a stereographic projection plane. In order to assess pure stains OD(2D), different methods of sampling RGB pixels were tested and compared: (2) direct sampling of nuclei from preparations using (a) composite H&E and (b) hematoxylin only and (2) for any pure stain RGB image, different associated 8-bit masks (saturation, brightness and RGB average) were used for sampling and compared. Behaviors of phi, theta and inertia were obtained by moving threshold in 8-bit mask histograms. Phi and theta stability were tested against variable light intensity during image acquisition and by using 2 different image acquisition systems. The more saturated RGB pixels are, the more stable phi, theta and inertia values are obtained. Different commercial hematoxylins have distinct OD(2D) characteristics. UltraView DAB stain shows high inertia and is angularly closer to usual counterstains than ultraView Red stain, which also has a lower inertia. Superior accuracy is expected from the latter stain. Phi and theta OD(2D) values are sensitive to light intensity variation, to the used imaging system and to the used objectives. An ImageJ plugin was designed to plot and interactively modify OD(2D) values with instant update of color deconvolution allowing heuristic segmentation. Utilization of polar OD(2D) eases statistical characterization of OD(3D) vectors: conditions of optimal sampling were demonstrated and

  19. Cloudy Waves (False Color)

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2017-08-14

    Clouds on Saturn take on the appearance of strokes from a cosmic brush thanks to the wavy way that fluids interact in Saturn's atmosphere. Neighboring bands of clouds move at different speeds and directions depending on their latitudes. This generates turbulence where bands meet and leads to the wavy structure along the interfaces. Saturn's upper atmosphere generates the faint haze seen along the limb of the planet in this image. This false color view is centered on 46 degrees north latitude on Saturn. The images were taken with the Cassini spacecraft narrow-angle camera on May 18, 2017 using a combination of spectral filters which preferentially admit wavelengths of near-infrared light. The image filter centered at 727 nanometers was used for red in this image; the filter centered at 750 nanometers was used for blue. (The green color channel was simulated using an average of the two filters.) The view was obtained at a distance of approximately 750,000 miles (1.2 million kilometers) from Saturn. Image scale is about 4 miles (7 kilometers) per pixel. https://photojournal.jpl.nasa.gov/catalog/PIA21341

  20. Brightness perception of unrelated self-luminous colors.

    PubMed

    Withouck, Martijn; Smet, Kevin A G; Ryckaert, Wouter R; Pointer, Michael R; Deconinck, Geert; Koenderink, Jan; Hanselaer, Peter

    2013-06-01

    The perception of brightness of unrelated self-luminous colored stimuli of the same luminance has been investigated. The Helmholtz-Kohlrausch (H-K) effect, i.e., an increase in brightness perception due to an increase in saturation, is clearly observed. This brightness perception is compared with the calculated brightness according to six existing vision models, color appearance models, and models based on the concept of equivalent luminance. Although these models included the H-K effect and half of them were developed to work with unrelated colors, none of the models seemed to be able to fully predict the perceived brightness. A tentative solution to increase the prediction accuracy of the color appearance model CAM97u, developed by Hunt, is presented.

  1. Radiation accumulation of F{sub 2} color centers in LiF crystal

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lisitsyna, L. A.

    2016-01-15

    The paper presents the results of the research of the F{sub 2} centers accumulation dose dependences in the LiF crystals, the kinetics of absorption relaxation initiated by exposure to a single electron pulse in the band maxima of different electron centers obtained by time-resolved spectrometry with nanosecond resolution. An analytical description of the F{sub 2} center accumulation in an absorbed dose range ≤10{sup 3} Gy is provided.

  2. 3. FLAME DEFLECTOR AT CENTER, CONNECTING TUNNEL AT CENTER RIGHT, ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    3. FLAME DEFLECTOR AT CENTER, CONNECTING TUNNEL AT CENTER RIGHT, VIEW TOWARDS SOUTHWEST. - Glenn L. Martin Company, Titan Missile Test Facilities, Captive Test Stand D-1, Waterton Canyon Road & Colorado Highway 121, Lakewood, Jefferson County, CO

  3. Color constancy of color-deficient observers under illuminations defined by individual color discrimination ellipsoids.

    PubMed

    Ma, Ruiqing; Kawamoto, Ken-Ichiro; Shinomori, Keizo

    2016-03-01

    We explored the color constancy mechanisms of color-deficient observers under red, green, blue, and yellow illuminations. The red and green illuminations were defined individually by the longer axis of the color discrimination ellipsoid measured by the Cambridge Colour Test. Four dichromats (3 protanopes and 1 deuteranope), two anomalous trichromats (2 deuteranomalous observers), and five color-normal observers were asked to complete the color constancy task by making a simultaneous paper match under asymmetrical illuminations in haploscopic view on a monitor. The von Kries adaptation model was applied to estimate the cone responses. The model fits showed that for all color-deficient observers under all illuminations, the adjustment of the S-cone response or blue-yellow chromatically opponent responses modeled with the simple assumption of cone deletion in a certain type (S-M, S-L or S-(L+M)) was consistent with the principle of the von Kries model. The degree of adaptation was similar to that of color-normal observers. The results indicate that the color constancy of color-deficient observers is mediated by the simplified blue-yellow color system with a von Kries-type adaptation effect, even in the case of brightness match, as well as by a possible cone-level adaptation to the S-cone when the illumination produces a strong S-cone stimulation, such as blue illumination.

  4. Trimethylation of histone H3 lysine 4 impairs methylation of histone H3 lysine 9

    PubMed Central

    LeRoy, Gary; Bua, Dennis J; Garcia, Benjamin A; Gozani, Or; Richard, Stéphane

    2010-01-01

    Chromatin is broadly compartmentalized in two defined states: euchromatin and heterochromatin. Generally, euchromatin is trimethylated on histone H3 lysine 4 (H3K4me3) while heterochromatin contains the H3K9me3 mark. The H3K9me3 modification is added by lysine methyltransferases (KMTs) such as SETDB1. Herein, we show that SETDB1 interacts with its substrate H3, but only in the absence of the euchromatic mark H3K4me3. In addition, we show that SETDB1 fails to methylate substrates containing the H3K4me3 mark. Likewise, the functionally related H3K9 KMTs G9A, GLP and SUV39H1 also fail to bind and to methylate H3K4me3 substrates. Accordingly, we provide in vivo evidence that H3K9me2-enriched histones are devoid of H3K4me2/3 and that histones depleted of H3K4me2/3 have elevated H3K9me2/3. The correlation between the loss of interaction of these KMTs with H3K4me3 and concomitant methylation impairment leads to the postulate that at least these four KMTs require stable interaction with their respective substrates for optimal activity. Thus, novel substrates could be discovered via the identification of KMT interacting proteins. Indeed, we find that SETDB1 binds to and methylates a novel substrate, the inhibitor of growth protein ING2, while SUV39H1 binds to and methylates the heterochromatin protein HP1α. Thus, our observations suggest a mechanism of post-translational regulation of lysine methylation and propose a potential mechanism for the segregation of the biologically opposing marks, H3K4me3 and H3K9me3. Furthermore, the correlation between H3-KMTs interaction and substrate methylation highlights that the identification of novel KMT substrates may be facilitated by the identification of interaction partners. PMID:21124070

  5. Structural basis for recognition of H3K56-acetylated histone H3-H4 by the chaperone Rtt106

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Su, Dan; Hu, Qi; Li, Qing

    2013-04-08

    Dynamic variations in the structure of chromatin influence virtually all DNA-related processes in eukaryotes and are controlled in part by post-translational modifications of histones. One such modification, the acetylation of lysine 56 (H3K56ac) in the amino-terminal α-helix (αN) of histone H3, has been implicated in the regulation of nucleosome assembly during DNA replication and repair, and nucleosome disassembly during gene transcription. In Saccharomyces cerevisiae, the histone chaperone Rtt106 contributes to the deposition of newly synthesized H3K56ac-carrying H3-H4 complex on replicating DNA, but it is unclear how Rtt106 binds H3-H4 and specifically recognizes H3K56ac as there is no apparent acetylated lysinemore » reader domain in Rtt106. Here, we show that two domains of Rtt106 are involved in a combinatorial recognition of H3-H4. An N-terminal domain homodimerizes and interacts with H3-H4 independently of acetylation while a double pleckstrin-homology (PH) domain binds the K56-containing region of H3. Affinity is markedly enhanced upon acetylation of K56, an effect that is probably due to increased conformational entropy of the αN helix of H3. Our data support a mode of interaction where the N-terminal homodimeric domain of Rtt106 intercalates between the two H3-H4 components of the (H3-H4) 2 tetramer while two double PH domains in the Rtt106 dimer interact with each of the two H3K56ac sites in (H3-H4) 2. We show that the Rtt106-(H3-H4) 2 interaction is important for gene silencing and the DNA damage response.« less

  6. CYTOTOXICITY OF INTERMAXILLARY ORTHODONTIC ELASTICS OF DIFFERENT COLORS: AN IN VITRO STUDY

    PubMed Central

    dos Santos, Rogério Lacerda; Pithon, Matheus Melo; Mendes, Gabriella da Silva; Romanos, Maria Teresa Villela; Ruellas, Antônio Carlos de Oliveira

    2009-01-01

    Objectives: Natural latex does not fall into the category of materials known to be entirely inoffensive. The purpose of this in vitro study was to test the hypothesis that there is no difference in the cytotoxicity between elastics of different colors and those from different manufacturers. Material and Methods: Different latex intraoral elastics of different colors (5/16 = 7.9 mm, mean load) were compared. The sample was divided into 7 groups of 24 elastics each: Group T (TP Orthodontics, natural latex elastics, control); Groups U1, U2, U3, U4, U5 and U6 (Uniden, natural latex elastics and colored elastics, namely, green, pink, yellow, red and purple, respectively). Cytotoxicity assays were performed by using cell culture medium containing epithelioid-type cells (Hep-2 line) derived from human laryngeal carcinoma. The cytotoxicity was evaluated by using the "dye-uptake" test, which was employed at two different moments (0 and 24 h). Data were compared by analysis of variance (ANOVA) and Tukey's test (p<0.05). Results: There was statistically significant difference (p<0.05) between Group T and all other groups (U1, U2, U3, U4, U5 and U6) at 0 and 24 h. No statistically significant difference (p<0.05) was found between Groups U1 and U5, U1 and U6, U2 and U3, U2 and U4, U2 and U5, U2 and U6, U3 and U4, U3 and U5, U3 and U6, U4 and U5, U4 and U6, and U5 and U6 at 0 and 24 h. Conclusions: The TP Orthodontics elastics promoted less cell lysis compared to the Uniden elastics regardless of their color. PMID:19668992

  7. Analysis of yellowish skin color from an optical image and the development of 3D Skin Chroma Diagram(™).

    PubMed

    Han, J Y; Kim, E J; Lee, H K; Kim, M J; Nam, G W

    2015-08-01

    This study was conducted to define yellowish skin color, which is a major concern of Asian women, and to develop a 3D skin-pigment color model. A total of 22 Korean females were enrolled in this study. These women were asked to use a functional cosmetic product with whitening agents for 8 weeks. We photographed the subsurface reflection of each subject's face using polarized light. The color of the subsurface reflection is a result of diffusive light transports that are attenuated by various skin pigments such as melanin, hemoglobin, and skin base colors. In this subsurface photo image, we eliminated the color effects of melanin and hemoglobin distribution by skin color analysis resulting in skin base color. Based on a variety of observed skin base colors from which the melanin and hemoglobin pigments have been removed, we defined a standard skin color for the entire subject group, and then, we gained a particular yellowish skin color by excluding the standard skin color from the skin base color again. After applying whitening cosmetic products, the amount of melanin and hemoglobin was reduced by 7.3% and 18.6%, respectively. Also, through using our new analysis method, yellowish skin color has been improved by 2.8%. We showed the improvement on 3D Skin Chroma Diagram(™) three-dimensionally. It became possible to diagnose yellowish color on human skin and to analyze the improvement in skin tone both quantitatively and visually. © 2014 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  8. Influence of stimulus size on revealing non-cardinal color mechanisms.

    PubMed

    Gunther, Karen L; Downey, Colin O

    2016-10-01

    Multiple studies have shown that performance of subjects on a number of visual tasks is worse for non-cardinal than cardinal colors, especially in the red-green/luminance (RG/LUM) and tritan/luminance (TRIT/LUM) color planes. Inspired by neurophysiological evidence that suppressive surround input to receptive fields is particularly sensitive to luminance, we hypothesized that non-cardinal mechanisms in the RG/LUM and TRIT/LUM planes would be more sensitive to stimulus size than are isoluminant non-cardinal mechanisms. In Experiment 1 we tested 9-10 color-normal subjects in each of the three color planes (RG/TRIT, RG/LUM, and TRIT/LUM) on visual search at four bull's-eye dot sizes (0.5°/1°, 1°/2°, 2°/4°, and 3°/6° center/annulus dot diameter). This study yielded a significant main effect of dot size in each of the three color planes. In Experiment 2 we tested the same hypothesis using noise masking, at three stimulus sizes (3°, 6° and 9° diameter Gabors), again in all three color planes (5 subjects per color plane). This experiment yielded, in the RG/TRIT plane, a significant main effect of stimulus size; in the RG/LUM plane, significant evidence for non-cardinal mechanisms only for the 9° stimulus; but in the TRIT/LUM plane no evidence for non-cardinal mechanisms at any stimulus size. These results suggest that non-cardinal mechanisms, particularly in the RG/LUM color plane, are more sensitive to stimulus size than are non-cardinals in the RG/TRIT plane, supporting our hypothesis. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  9. Color management of porcelain veneers: influence of dentin and resin cement colors.

    PubMed

    Dozic, Alma; Tsagkari, Maria; Khashayar, Ghazal; Aboushelib, Moustafa

    2010-01-01

    Porcelain veneers have become an interesting treatment option to correct the shape and color of anterior teeth. Because of their limited thickness and high translucency, achieving a good color match is influenced by several variables. The aim of this work was to investigate the influence of natural dentin and resin cement colors on final color match of porcelain veneers. A preselected shade tab (A1) was chosen as the target color for a maxillary central incisor, and its color parameters (L*a*b*) were measured using a digital spectrophotometer (SpectroShade, MHT). Nine natural dentin colors (Natural Die Material, Ivoclar Vivadent) representing a wide range of tooth colors were used to prepare resin replicas of the maxillary central incisor with a standard preparation for porcelain veneers. The prepared porcelain veneers (IPS Empress Esthetic, A1, 0.6 mm thick, Ivoclar Vivadent) were cemented on the resin dies (nine groups of natural dentin colors) using seven shades of resin cement (Variolink Veneers, Ivoclar Vivadent). The L*a*b* values of the cemented veneers were measured, and DE values were calculated against the preselected target color (A1). DE greater than 3.3 was considered as a significant color mismatch detectable by the human eye. The seven shades of resin cement had no significant influence on the final color of the veneers, as the measured DE values were almost identical for every test group. On the other hand, the color of natural dentin was a significant factor that influenced final color match. None of the 63 tested combinations (nine natural dentin colors and seven resin cement colors) produced an acceptable color match. Thin porcelain veneers cannot mask underlying tooth color even when different shades of resin cement are used. Incorporation of opaque porcelain (high chroma) may improve final color match.

  10. Controlling the energy transfer via multi luminescent centers to achieve white light/tunable emissions in a single-phased X2-type Y2SiO5:Eu(3+),Bi(3+) phosphor for ultraviolet converted LEDs.

    PubMed

    Kang, Fengwen; Zhang, Yi; Peng, Mingying

    2015-02-16

    So far, more than 1000 UV converted phosphors have been reported for potential application in white light-emitting diodes (WLEDs), but most of them (e.g., Y2O2S:Eu, YAG:Ce or CaAlSiN3:Eu) suffer from intrinsic problems such as thermal instability, color aging or re-absorption by commixed phosphors in the coating of the devices. In this case, it becomes significant to search a single-phased phosphor, which can efficiently convert UV light to white lights. Herein, we report a promising candidate of a white light emitting X2-type Y2SiO5:Eu(3+),Bi(3+) phosphor, which can be excitable by UV light and address the problems mentioned above. Single Bi(3+)-doped X2-type Y2SiO5 exhibits three discernible emission peaks at ∼355, ∼408, and ∼504 nm, respectively, upon UV excitation due to three types of bismuth emission centers, and their relative intensity depends tightly on the incident excitation wavelength. In this regard, proper selection of excitation wavelength can lead to tunable emissions of Y2SiO5:Bi(3+) between blue and green, which is partially due to the energy transfer among the Bi centers. As a red emission center Eu(3+) is codoped into Y2SiO5:Bi(3+), energy transfer has been confirmed happening from Bi(3+) to Eu(3+) via an electric dipole-dipole (d-d) interaction. Our experiments reveal that it is easily realizable to create the white or tunable emissions by adjusting the Eu(3+) content and the excitation schemes. Moreover, a single-phased white light emission phosphor, X2-type Y1.998SiO5:0.01Eu(3+),0.01 Bi(3+), has been achieved with excellent resistance against thermal quenching and a QE of 78%. At 200 °C, it preserves >90% emission intensity of that at 25 °C. Consequent three time yoyo experiments of heating-cooling prove no occurrence of thermal degradation. A WLED lamp has been successfully fabricated with a CIE chromaticity coordinate (0.3702, 0.2933), color temperature 4756 K, and color rendering index of 65 by applying the phosphor onto a UV LED

  11. CoO-doped MgO-Al2O3-SiO2-colored transparent glass-ceramics with high crystallinity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tang, Wufu; Zhang, Qian; Luo, Zhiwei; Yu, Jingbo; Gao, Xianglong; Li, Yunxing; Lu, Anxian

    2018-02-01

    To obtain CoO-doped MgO-Al2O3-SiO2 (MAS)-colored transparent glass-ceramics with high crystallinity, the glass with the composition 21MgO-21Al2O3-54SiO2-4B2O3-0.2CoO (in mol %) was prepared by conventional melt quenching technique and subsequently thermal treated at several temperatures. The crystallization behavior of the glass, the precipitated crystalline phases and crystallinity were analyzed by X-ray diffraction (XRD). The microstructure of the glass-ceramics was characterized by field emission scanning electron microscopy (FSEM). The transmittance of glass-ceramic was measured by UV spectrophotometer. The results show that a large amount of α-cordierite (indianite) with nano-size was precipitated from the glass matrix after treatment at 1020 °C for 3 h. The crystallinity of the transparent glass-ceramic reached up to 97%. Meanwhile, the transmittance of the glass-ceramic was 74% at 400 nm with a complex absorption band from 450 nm to 700 nm. In addition, this colored transparent glass-ceramic possessed lower density (2.469 g/cm3), lower thermal expansion coefficient (1.822 × 10-6 /℃), higher Vickers hardness (9.1 GPa) and higher bending strength (198 MPa) than parent glass.

  12. Quasars in the Galactic Anti-Center Area from LAMOST DR3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huo, Zhi-Ying; Liu, Xiao-Wei; Shi, Jian-Rong; Xiang, Mao-Sheng; Huang, Yang; Yuan, Hai-Bo; Zhang, Jian-Nan; Zhang, Wei; Wang, Jian-Ling; Wu, Yu-Zhong; Cao, Zi-Huang; Zhang, Yong; Hou, Yong-Hui; Wang, Yue-Fei

    2017-03-01

    We present a sample of quasars discovered in an area near the Galactic Anti-Center covering 150^\\circ ≤ l≤ 210^\\circ and | b| ≤ 30^\\circ , based on LAMOST Data Release 3 (DR3). This sample contains 151 spectroscopically confirmed quasars. Among them 80 are newly discovered with LAMOST. All these quasars are very bright, with i magnitudes peaking around 17.5 mag. All the new quasars were discovered serendipitously from objects that were originally targeted with LAMOST as stars having bluer colors, except for a few candidates targeted as variable, young stellar objects. This bright quasar sample at low Galactic latitudes will help fill the gap in the spatial distribution of known quasars near the Galactic disk that are used to construct an astrometric reference frame for the purpose of accurate proper motion measurements that can be applied to, for example, Gaia. They are also excellent tracers to probe the kinematics and chemistry of the interstellar medium in the Milky Way disk and halo via absorption line spectroscopy.

  13. Color filters based on a nanoporous Al-AAO resonator featuring structure tolerant color saturation.

    PubMed

    Yue, Wenjing; Li, Yang; Wang, Cong; Yao, Zhao; Lee, Sang-Shin; Kim, Nam-Young

    2015-10-19

    Reflection type subtractive tri-color filters, enabling metal-thickness tolerant high color saturation, were proposed and demonstrated capitalizing on a nanoporous metal-dielectric-metal (MDM) resonant structure, which comprises a cavity made of self-assembled nanoporous anodic aluminum oxide (AAO), sandwiched between an Al film of the same nanoporous configuration and a highly reflective aluminum (Al) substrate. For the proposed filter, the output color was easily determined by controlling the resonance wavelength via the thickness of the porous AAO cavity. In particular, the spectral response was deemed to exhibit a near-zero resonant dip, thereby achieving enhanced color saturation, which was stably maintained irrespective of the thickness of the porous Al film, due to its reduced effective refractive index. In order to manufacture the proposed color filters on a large scale, a porous Al film of hexagonal lattice configuration was integrated with an identically porous self-assembled AAO layer, which has been grown on an Al substrate. For the realized tri-color filters for cyan, magenta, and yellow (CMY), having a 15-nm Al film, near-zero reflection dips were observed to be centered at the wavelengths of 436, 500, and 600 nm, respectively. The resulting enhanced color saturation was stably maintained even though the variations were as large as 10 nm in the metal thickness.

  14. Color change of tourmaline by heat treatment and electron beam irradiation: UV-Visible, EPR, and Mid-IR spectroscopic analyses

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Maneewong, Apichate; Seong, Baek Seok; Shin, Eun Joo; Kim, Jeong Seog; Kajornrith, Varavuth

    2016-01-01

    The color of pink tourmaline gemstone changed to colorless when heating at temperature of 600 °C in air. This colorless tourmaline recovered its pink color when irradiated with an electron beam (e-beam) of 800 kGy. The origin of the color change was investigated in three types of tourmaline gemstones, two pink are from Afghanistan and one green are from Nigeria, by using Ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy (UV-Vis), Fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR), Electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR), and Energy Dispersive X-ray Fluorescence (EDXRF). The UV-Vis absorption spectrum of the pink tourmaline with higher Mn concentration (T2, 0.24 wt%) showed characteristic absorption peaks originating from the Mn3+ color center: two absorption bands centered at wavelength of 396 and 520 nm, respectively. Both absorption bands disappeared when heated in air at 600 °C and then reappeared when irradiated with an e-beam at 800 kGy. EPR T2 spectra showed that the color change was related to the valence change of Mn3+ to Mn2+ and vice versa. The pink tourmaline of lower MnO content (T1, 0.08 wt%) also became colorless when heated, but the color was not recovered when the gemstone underwent e-beam irradiation. Instead, a yellow color was obtained. UV-Vis and FTIR spectra indicated that this yellow color originated from a decomposition of the hydroxyl group (-OH) into O- and Ho by the e-beam irradiation. Green tourmaline did not show any color change with either heat treatment or e-beam irradiation.

  15. Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title VII (Capehart) Housing, Four-Bedroom, Single-Family Type 10, Birch Circle, Elm Drive, Elm Circle, and Date Drive, Pearl City, Honolulu County, HI

  16. Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title VII (Capehart) Housing, Three-Bedroom Single-Family Type 7, Birch Circle, Elm Drive, Elm Circle, and Date Drive, Pearl City, Honolulu County, HI

  17. Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title VII (Capehart) Housing, Three-Bedroom Single-Family Type 9, Birch Circle, Elm Drive, Elm Circle, and Date Drive, Pearl City, Honolulu County, HI

  18. An Empirical UBV RI JHK Color-Temperature Calibration for Stars

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Worthey, Guy; Lee, Hyun-chul

    2011-03-01

    A collection of Johnson/Cousins photometry for stars with known [Fe/H] is used to generate color-color relations that include the abundance dependence. Literature temperature and bolometric correction (BC) dependences are attached to the color relations. The JHK colors are transformed to the Bessell & Brett homogenized system. The main result of this work is the tabulation of seven colors and the V-band BC as a function of T eff, log g, and [Fe/H] for -1.06 < V - K < 10.2 and an accompanying interpolation program. Improvements to the present calibration would involve filling photometry gaps, obtaining more accurate and on-system photometry, knowing better log g and [Fe/H] values, improving the statistics for data-impoverished groups of stars such as metal-poor K dwarfs, applying small tweaks in the processing pipeline, and obtaining better empirical temperature and BC relations, especially for supergiants and M stars. A way to estimate dust extinction from M dwarf colors is pointed out.

  19. Influence of color word availability on the Stroop color-naming effect.

    PubMed

    Kim, Hyosun; Cho, Yang Seok; Yamaguchi, Motonori; Proctor, Robert W

    2008-11-01

    Three experiments tested whether the Stroop color-naming effect is a consequence of word recognition's being automatic or of the color word's capturing visual attention. In Experiment 1, a color bar was presented at fixation as the color carrier, with color and neutral words presented in locations above or below the color bar; Experiment 2 was similar, except that the color carrier could occur in one of the peripheral locations and the color word at fixation. The Stroop effect increased as display duration increased, and the Stroop dilution effect (a reduced Stroop effect when a neutral word is also present) was an approximately constant proportion of the Stroop effect at all display durations, regardless of whether the color bar or color word was at fixation. In Experiment 3, the interval between the onsets of the to-be-named color and the color word was manipulated. The Stroop effect decreased with increasing delay of the color word onset, but the absolute amount of Stroop dilution produced by the neutral word increased. This study's results imply that an attention shift from the color carrier to the color word is an important factor modulating the size of the Stroop effect.

  20. A Multi-Addressable Dyad with Switchable CMY Colors for Full-Color Rewritable Papers.

    PubMed

    Qin, Tianyou; Han, Jiaqi; Geng, Yue; Ju, Le; Sheng, Lan; Zhang, Sean Xiao-An

    2018-06-23

    Reversible multicolor displays on solid media using single molecule pigments have been a long-awaited goal. Herein, a new and simple molecular dyad, which can undergo switchable CMY color changes both in solution and solid substrate upon exposure to light, water/acid, and nucleophiles, is designed and synthesized. The stimuli used in this work can be applied independent of each other, which is beneficial for color changes without mutual interference. As a comparison, the mixtures of the two molecular switching motifs forming the basis of the dyad were also studied. The dyad greatly outperforms the corresponding mixed system with respect to reversible color-switching on the paper substrate. Its potential for full-color rewritable paper with excellent reversibility has been demonstrated. Legible multicolor prints, that is, high color contrast and resolution, good dispersion, excellent reversibility, were achieved using common water-jet and light-based printers. This work provides a very promising approach for further development of full-color switchable molecules, materials and displays. © 2018 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  1. A History of the Chemical Innovations in Silver-Halide Materials for Color PhotographyIII. Dye Tranfer Process — Instant Color Photography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oishi, Yasushi

    A historical review of the technological developments of instant color photographic process, is presented with emphasis on the innovation processes at the following main turning points: 1) the creation of instant photography by E. H. Land in 1948 (one step processing by transfer of image-forming materials), 2) the advent of instant color photography based on dye developer, by Polaroid Corp., in 1963 (departing from dye-forming development, forming a direct positive preformed-dye image with a negative emulsion, but constraining the sensitive-material designs), 3) the introduction of a color instant product containing redox dye releaser with improved auto-positive emulsion, by Eastman Kodak Co., in 1976 (producing much improved color image quality, freed from the design constraints), and 4) the realization of absolute one-step photography by the integral film- unit system, by Polaroid in 1972. And the patent litigation (1976-86) raised by Polaroid against Kodak allegedly infringing on the integral film-unit patents caused the vast impacts on the industry.

  2. Endoscopic Color Doppler Ultrasonographic Evaluation of GastricVarices Secondary to Left-Sided Portal Hypertension

    PubMed Central

    Sato, Takahiro; Yamazaki, Katsu; Kimura, Mutsuumi; Toyota, Jouji; Karino, Yoshiyasu

    2014-01-01

    Gastric varices that arise secondary to the splenic vein occlusion can result in gastrointestinal hemorrhaging. Endoscopic color Doppler ultrasonography (ECDUS) was performed in 16 patients with gastric varices secondary to splenic vein occlusion. This study retrospectively evaluated the role of ECDUS in the diagnosis of gastric varices secondary to splenic vein occlusion. Thirteen patients had co-existing pancreatic diseases: 8 with chronic pancreatitis, 4 with cancer of the pancreatic body or tail and 1 with severe acute pancreatitis. Of the remaining 3 patients, 1 had myeloproliferative disease, 1 had advanced gastric cancer, and the third had splenic vein occlusion due to an obscure cause. The endoscopic findings of gastric varices were: variceal form (F) classified as enlarged tortuous (F2) in 12 cases and large, coil-shaped (F3) in 4 cases, and positive for erosion or red color sign of the variceal surface in 4 cases and negative in 12 cases. ECDUS color flow images of gastric variceal flow clearly depicted a round fundal region at the center, with varices expanding to the curvatura ventriculi major of the gastric body in all 16 cases. The velocities of F3 type gastric varices were significantly higher than those of the F2 type. The wall thickness of varices positive for erosion or red color sign was significantly less than the negative cases. I conclude that ECDUS color flow images of gastric variceal flow depicted specific findings of gastric varices secondary to splenic vein occlusion at the round fundal region at the center, with varices expanding to the curvatura ventriculi major of the gastric body. PMID:26852679

  3. Effect of wine pH and bottle closure on tannins.

    PubMed

    McRae, Jacqui M; Kassara, Stella; Kennedy, James A; Waters, Elizabeth J; Smith, Paul A

    2013-11-27

    The impact of wine pH and closure type on color, tannin concentration, and composition was investigated. A single vintage of Cabernet Sauvignon wine was divided into three batches, the pH was adjusted to 3.2, 3.5 or 3.8, and the wines were bottled under screw caps with either SaranTin (ST) or Saranex (Sx) liners. After 24 months, the tannin concentration, tannin percent yield (relating to the proportion of acid-labile interflavan bonds), and the mean degree of polymerization (mDp) had decreased significantly, all of which can contribute to the softening of wine astringency with aging. The higher pH wines contained less percent (-)-epicatechin 3-O-gallate subunits, whereas the Sx pH 3.2 wines were significantly lower in percent yield and mDp than the other wines. Overall, the tannin structure and wine color of the lower pH wines (pH 3.2) bottled under Sx screw caps changed more rapidly with aging than those of the higher pH wines (pH 3.8) bottled under ST screw caps.

  4. Clinical validation of a medical grade color monitor for chest radiology

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jacobs, J.; Zanca, F.; Verschakelen, J.; Marchal, G.; Bosmans, H.

    2009-02-01

    Until recently, the specifications of medical grade monochrome LCD monitors outperformed those of color LCD monitors. New generations of color LCD monitors, however, show specifications that are in many respects similar to those of monochrome monitors typically used in diagnostic workstations. The aim of present study was to evaluate the impact of different medical grade monitors in terms of detection of simulated lung nodules in chest x-ray images. Specifically, we wanted to compare a new medical grade color monitor (Barco Coronis 6MP color) to a medical grade grayscale monitor (Barco Coronis 3MP monochrome) and a consumer color monitor (Philips 200VW 1.7MP color) by means of an observer performance experiment. Using the free-response acquisition data paradigm, seven radiologists were asked to detect and locate lung nodules (170 in total), simulated in half of the 200 chest X-ray images used in the experiment. The jackknife free-response receiver operating characteristic (JAFROC) analysis of the data showed a statistically significant difference between at least two monitors, F-value=3.77 and p-value =0.0481. The different Figure of Merit values were 0.727, 0.723 and 0.697 for the new color LCD monitor, the medical grade monitor and the consumer color monitor respectively. There was no difference between the needed reading times but there was a difference between the mean calculated Euclidian distances between the position marked by the observers and the center of the simulated nodule, indicating a better accuracy with both medical grade monitors. Present data suggests that the new generation of medical grade color monitors could be used as diagnostic workstations.

  5. Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title VII (Capehart) Housing, U-Shaped Three-Bedroom Duplex Type 4, Acacia Road, Birch Circle, Cedar Drive and Elm Drive, Pearl City, Honolulu County, HI

  6. Tellurium(0) as a ligand: synthesis and characterization of 2-pyridyltellurolates of platinum(II) and structures of [Pt{2-Te-3-(R)C5H3N}2Te(PR'3)] (R = H or Me).

    PubMed

    Chauhan, Rohit Singh; Kedarnath, G; Wadawale, Amey; Muñoz-Castro, Alvaro; Arratia-Perez, Ramiro; Jain, Vimal K; Kaim, Wolfgang

    2010-05-03

    Treatment of toluene solutions of the ditellurides [Te(2){C(5)H(3)N(R)-3}(2)] (R = H or Me) with [Pt(PPh(3))(4)] yielded two types of complexes, [Pt{2-Te-3-(R)C(5)H(3)N}(2)(PPh(3))(2)] (1a-d) as the major products and [Pt{2-Te-3-(R)C(5)H(3)N}(2)Te(PPh(3))] (2a-d) as minor products. The above complexes can also be obtained by the reaction of [PtCl(2)(PR'(3))(2)] (PR'(3) = PPh(3) or PPh(2)(2-C(5)H(4)N)) with 2 equiv of Na(2-Te-C(5)H(3)R). The complexes were characterized by elemental analyses and UV-vis, NMR ((1)H and (31)P), and (in part) XPS spectroscopy. The molecular structures of [Pt(2-Te-C(5)H(4)N)(2)Te(PPh(3))] (2a) and [Pt{2-Te-C(5)H(3)(Me)N}(2)Te(PPh(3))] (2b) were established by single crystal X-ray diffraction. Both complexes exhibit a distorted square-planar configuration at the platinum(II) centers. The two mutually trans positioned 2-pyridinetellurolate ligands [2-Te-C(5)H(3)(R)N] coordinate to the central platinum atom in a monodentate fashion through the tellurium atoms. The tellurium(0) atom adopts a "bent T" configuration as it is bridging the 2-Te- C(5)H(3)(R)N molecules via N-Te-N bonds (166 degrees angle) and coordinates to Pt(II) in the trans position to PPh(3). The novel bis(pyridine)tellurium(0) arrangement resembles the bis(pyridine)iodonium structure. The calculated NICS indices and ELF functions clearly show that the compounds 2a and 2b are aromatic in the region defined by the Te-C-N-Te-Pt five-membered rings.

  7. Colorful solar selective absorber integrated with different colored units.

    PubMed

    Chen, Feiliang; Wang, Shao-Wei; Liu, Xingxing; Ji, Ruonan; Li, Zhifeng; Chen, Xiaoshuang; Chen, Yuwei; Lu, Wei

    2016-01-25

    Solar selective absorbers are the core part for solar thermal technologies such as solar water heaters, concentrated solar power, solar thermoelectric generators and solar thermophotovoltaics. Colorful solar selective absorber can provide new freedom and flexibility beyond energy performance, which will lead to wider utilization of solar technologies. In this work, we present a monolithic integration of colored solar absorber array with different colors on a single substrate based on a multilayered structure of Cu/TiN(x)O(y)/TiO(2)/Si(3)N(4)/SiO(2). A colored solar absorber array with 16 color units is demonstrated experimentally by using combinatorial deposition technique via changing the thickness of SiO(2) layer. The solar absorptivity and thermal emissivity of all the color units is higher than 92% and lower than 5.5%, respectively. The colored solar selective absorber array can have colorful appearance and designable patterns while keeping high energy performance at the same time. It is a new candidate for a number of solar applications, especially for architecture integration and military camouflage.

  8. Strongly Cavity-Enhanced Spontaneous Emission from Silicon-Vacancy Centers in Diamond

    DOE PAGES

    Zhang, Jingyuan Linda; Sun, Shuo; Burek, Michael J.; ...

    2018-01-29

    Quantum emitters are an integral component for a broad range of quantum technologies, including quantum communication, quantum repeaters, and linear optical quantum computation. Solid-state color centers are promising candidates for scalable quantum optics due to their long coherence time and small inhomogeneous broadening. However, once excited, color centers often decay through phonon-assisted processes, limiting the efficiency of single-photon generation and photon-mediated entanglement generation. Herein, we demonstrate strong enhancement of spontaneous emission rate of a single silicon-vacancy center in diamond embedded within a monolithic optical cavity, reaching a regime in which the excited-state lifetime is dominated by spontaneous emission into themore » cavity mode. We observe 10-fold lifetime reduction and 42-fold enhancement in emission intensity when the cavity is tuned into resonance with the optical transition of a single silicon-vacancy center, corresponding to 90% of the excited-state energy decay occurring through spontaneous emission into the cavity mode. Here, we also demonstrate the largest coupling strength ( g/2π = 4.9 ± 0.3 GHz) and cooperativity ( C = 1.4) to date for color-center-based cavity quantum electrodynamics systems, bringing the system closer to the strong coupling regime.« less

  9. Strongly Cavity-Enhanced Spontaneous Emission from Silicon-Vacancy Centers in Diamond

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhang, Jingyuan Linda; Sun, Shuo; Burek, Michael J.

    Quantum emitters are an integral component for a broad range of quantum technologies, including quantum communication, quantum repeaters, and linear optical quantum computation. Solid-state color centers are promising candidates for scalable quantum optics due to their long coherence time and small inhomogeneous broadening. However, once excited, color centers often decay through phonon-assisted processes, limiting the efficiency of single-photon generation and photon-mediated entanglement generation. Herein, we demonstrate strong enhancement of spontaneous emission rate of a single silicon-vacancy center in diamond embedded within a monolithic optical cavity, reaching a regime in which the excited-state lifetime is dominated by spontaneous emission into themore » cavity mode. We observe 10-fold lifetime reduction and 42-fold enhancement in emission intensity when the cavity is tuned into resonance with the optical transition of a single silicon-vacancy center, corresponding to 90% of the excited-state energy decay occurring through spontaneous emission into the cavity mode. Here, we also demonstrate the largest coupling strength ( g/2π = 4.9 ± 0.3 GHz) and cooperativity ( C = 1.4) to date for color-center-based cavity quantum electrodynamics systems, bringing the system closer to the strong coupling regime.« less

  10. Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title VII (Capehart) Housing, Three-Bedroom Single-Family Types 8 and 11, Birch Circle, Elm Drive, Elm Circle, and Date Drive, Pearl City, Honolulu County, HI

  11. Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    Camp H.M. Smith and Navy Public Works Center Manana Title VII (Capehart) Housing, U-Shaped Two-Bedroom Single-Family Type 6, Birch Circle, Elm Drive, Elm Circle, and Date Drive, Pearl City, Honolulu County, HI

  12. Global Color Views of Mars

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1997-01-01

    About 1000 Viking Orbiter red- and violet-filter images have been processed to provide global color coverage of Mars at a scale of 1 km/pixel. Individual image frames acquired during a single spacecraft revolution were first processed through radiometric calibration, cosmetic cleanup, geometric control, reprojection, and mosaicing. We have produced a total of 57 'single-rev' mosaics. All of the mosaics are geometrically tied to the Mars Digital Image Mosaic, a black-and-white base map with a scale of 231 m/pixel. We selected a subset of single-rev mosaics that provide the best global coverage (least atmospheric obscuration and seasonal frost); photometric normalization was applied to remove atmospheric effects and normalize the variations in illumination and viewing angles. Finally, these normalized mosaics were combined into global mosaics. Global coverage is about 98% complete in the red-filter mosaic and 95% complete in the violet-filter mosaic. Gaps were filled by interpolation. A green-filter image was synthesized from an average of the red and violet filter data to complete a 3-color set. The Viking Orbiters acquired actual green-filter images for only about half of the Martian surface. The final mosaic has been reprojected into several map projections. The orthographic view shown here is centered at 20 degrees latitude and 60 degrees longitude. The orthographic view is most like the view seen by a distant observer looking through a telescope. The color balance selected for these images was designed to be close to natural color for the bright reddish regions such as Tharsis and Arabia, but the data have been 'stretched' such that the relatively dark regions appear darker and less reddish that their natural appearance. This stretching allows us to better see the color and brightness variations on Mars, which are related to the composition or physical structure of the surface materials, which include volcanic lava flows, wind- and water-deposited sedimentary

  13. Structural Color for Additive Manufacturing: 3D-Printed Photonic Crystals from Block Copolymers.

    PubMed

    Boyle, Bret M; French, Tracy A; Pearson, Ryan M; McCarthy, Blaine G; Miyake, Garret M

    2017-03-28

    The incorporation of structural color into 3D printed parts is reported, presenting an alternative to the need for pigments or dyes for colored parts produced through additive manufacturing. Thermoplastic build materials composed of dendritic block copolymers were designed, synthesized, and used to additively manufacture plastic parts exhibiting structural color. The reflection properties of the photonic crystals arise from the periodic nanostructure formed through block copolymer self-assembly during polymer processing. The wavelength of reflected light could be tuned across the visible spectrum by synthetically controlling the block copolymer molecular weight and manufacture parts that reflected violet, green, or orange light with the capacity to serve as selective optical filters and light guides.

  14. Vicinal 1H-1H NMR coupling constants from density functional theory as reliable tools for stereochemical analysis of highly flexible multichiral center molecules.

    PubMed

    López-Vallejo, Fabian; Fragoso-Serrano, Mabel; Suárez-Ortiz, Gloria Alejandra; Hernández-Rojas, Adriana C; Cerda-García-Rojas, Carlos M; Pereda-Miranda, Rogelio

    2011-08-05

    A protocol for stereochemical analysis, based on the systematic comparison between theoretical and experimental vicinal (1)H-(1)H NMR coupling constants, was developed and applied to a series of flexible compounds (1-8) derived from the 6-heptenyl-5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-one framework. The method included a broad conformational search, followed by geometry optimization at the DFT B3LYP/DGDZVP level, calculation of the vibrational frequencies, thermochemical parameters, magnetic shielding tensors, and the total NMR spin-spin coupling constants. Three scaling factors, depending on the carbon atom hybridizations, were found for the (1)H-C-C-(1)H vicinal coupling constants: f((sp3)-(sp3)) = 0.910, f((sp3)-(sp2)) = 0.929, and f((sp2)-(sp2))= 0.977. A remarkable correlation between the theoretical (J(pre)) and experimental (1)H-(1)H NMR (J(exp)) coupling constants for spicigerolide (1), a cytotoxic natural product, and some of its synthetic stereoisomers (2-4) demonstrated the predictive value of this approach for the stereochemical assignment of highly flexible compounds containing multiple chiral centers. The stereochemistry of two natural 6-heptenyl-5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-ones (14 and 15) containing diverse functional groups in the heptenyl side chain was also analyzed by application of this combined theoretical and experimental approach, confirming its reliability. Additionally, a geometrical analysis for the conformations of 1-8 revealed that weak hydrogen bonds substantially guide the conformational behavior of the tetraacyloxy-6-heptenyl-2H-pyran-2-ones.

  15. Effect of heat on soil color and pH of two forest soils.

    Treesearch

    Robert F. Tarrant

    1953-01-01

    Intensity of a slash burn is often judged by the change in soil color. Reddened or yellowed areas of soil and charred patches of organic litter are found on most burned areas, but such color changes are difficult to interpret. A study was therefore made to explore two questions: (1) At what temperature does the color of mineral soil change to the...

  16. Differential binding of /sup 3/H-imipramine and /sup 3/H-mianserin in rat cerebral cortex

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Dumbrille-Ross, A.; Tang, S.W.; Coscina, D.V.

    1981-11-16

    Drug competition profiles, effect of raphe lesion, and sodium dependency of the binding of two antidepressant drugs /sup 3/H-imipramine and /sup 3/H-mianserin to rat cerebral cortex homogenate were compared to examine whether the drugs bound to a common ''antidepressant receptor.'' Of the neurotransmitters tested, only serotonin displaced binding of both /sup 3/H-imipramine and /sup 3/H-mianserin. /sup 3/H-Mianserin binding was potently displaced by serotonin S/sub 2/ antagonists and exhibited a profile similar to that of /sup 3/H-spiperone binding. In the presence of the serotonin S/sub 2/ antagonist spiperone, antihistamines (H/sub 1/) potently displaced /sup 3/H-mianserin binding. /sup 3/H-Imipramine binding was displacedmore » potently by serotonin uptake inhibitors. The order of potency of serotonergic drugs in displacing /sup 3/H-imipramine binding was not similar to their order in displacing /sup 3/H-spiperone or -3H-serotonin binding. Prior midbrain raphe lesions greatly decreased the binding of /sup 3/H-imipramine but did not alter binding of /sup 3/H-mianserin. Binding of /sup 3/H-imipramine but not /sup 3/H-mianserin was sodium dependent. These results show that /sup 3/H-imipramine and /sup 3/H-mianserin bind to different receptors. /sup 3/H-Imipramine binds to a presynaptic serotonin receptor which is probably related to a serotonin uptake recognition site, the binding of which is sodium dependent. /sup 3/H-Mianserin binds to postsynaptic receptors, possibly both serotonin S/sub 2/ and histamine H/sub 1/ receptors, the binding of which is sodium independent.« less

  17. Time-dependent broken-symmetry density functional theory simulation of the optical response of entangled paramagnetic defects: Color centers in lithium fluoride

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Janesko, Benjamin G.

    2018-02-01

    Parameter-free atomistic simulations of entangled solid-state paramagnetic defects may aid in the rational design of devices for quantum information science. This work applies time-dependent density functional theory (TDDFT) embedded-cluster simulations to a prototype entangled-defect system, namely two adjacent singlet-coupled F color centers in lithium fluoride. TDDFT calculations accurately reproduce the experimental visible absorption of both isolated and coupled F centers. The most accurate results are obtained by combining spin symmetry breaking to simulate strong correlation, a large fraction of exact (Hartree-Fock-like) exchange to minimize the defect electrons' self-interaction error, and a standard semilocal approximation for dynamical correlations between the defect electrons and the surrounding ionic lattice. These results motivate application of two-reference correlated ab initio approximations to the M-center, and application of TDDFT in parameter-free simulations of more complex entangled paramagnetic defect architectures.

  18. A new color vision test to differentiate congenital and acquired color vision defects.

    PubMed

    Shin, Young Joo; Park, Kyu Hyung; Hwang, Jeong-Min; Wee, Won Ryang; Lee, Jin Hak

    2007-07-01

    To investigate the efficacy of a novel computer-controlled color test for the differentiation of congenital and acquired color vision deficiency. Observational cross-sectional study. Thirty-one patients with congenital color vision deficiency and 134 patients with acquired color vision deficiency with a Snellen visual acuity better than 20/30 underwent an ophthalmologic examination including the Ishihara color test, Hardy-Rand-Rittler test, Nagel anomaloscopy, and the Seohan computerized hue test between June, 2003, and January, 2004. To investigate the type of color vision defect, a graph of the Seohan computerized hue test was divided into 4 quadrants and error scores in each quadrant were summated. The ratio between the sums of error scores of quadrants I and III (Q1+Q3) and those of quadrants II and IV (Q2+Q4) was calculated. Error scores and ratio in quadrant analysis of the Seohan computerized hue test. The Seohan computerized hue test showed that the sum of Q2+Q4 was significantly higher than the sum of Q1+Q3 in congenital color vision deficiency (P<0.01, paired t test) and that the sum of Q2+Q4 was significantly lower than the sum of Q1+Q3 in acquired color vision deficiency (P<0.01, paired t test). In terms of discriminating congenital and acquired color vision deficiency, the ratio in quadrant analysis had 93.3% sensitivity and 98.5% specificity with a reference value of 1.5 by the Seohan computerized hue test (95% confidence interval). The quadrant analysis and ratio of (Q2+Q4)/(Q1+Q3) using the Seohan computerized hue test effectively differentiated congenital and acquired color vision deficiency.

  19. The Flavonoid Pathway Regulates the Petal Colors of Cotton Flower

    PubMed Central

    Tan, Jiafu; Wang, Maojun; Tu, Lili; Nie, Yichun; Lin, Yongjun; Zhang, Xianlong

    2013-01-01

    Although biochemists and geneticists have studied the cotton flower for more than one century, little is known about the molecular mechanisms underlying the dramatic color change that occurs during its short developmental life following blooming. Through the analysis of world cotton germplasms, we found that all of the flowers underwent color changes post-anthesis, but there is a diverse array of petal colors among cotton species, with cream, yellow and red colors dominating the color scheme. Genetic and biochemical analyses indicated that both the original cream and red colors and the color changes post-anthesis were related to flavonoid content. The anthocyanin content and the expression of biosynthesis genes were both increased from blooming to one day post-anthesis (DPA) when the flower was withering and undergoing abscission. Our results indicated that the color changes and flavonoid biosynthesis of cotton flowers were precisely controlled and genetically regulated. In addition, flavonol synthase (FLS) genes involved in flavonol biosynthesis showed specific expression at 11 am when the flowers were fully opened. The anthocyanidin reductase (ANR) genes, which are responsible for proanthocyanidins biosynthesis, showed the highest expression at 6 pm on 0 DPA, when the flowers were withered. Light showed primary, moderate and little effects on flavonol, anthocyanin and proanthocyanidin biosynthesis, respectively. Flavonol biosynthesis was in response to light exposure, while anthocyanin biosynthesis was involved in flower color changes. Further expression analysis of flavonoid genes in flowers of wild type and a flavanone 3-hydroxylase (F3H) silenced line showed that the development of cotton flower color was controlled by a complex interaction between genes and light. These results present novel information regarding flavonoids metabolism and flower development. PMID:23951318

  20. Highly selective and sensitive colorimetric determination of Cr3 + ion by 4-amino-5-methyl-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3-thiol functionalized Au nanoparticles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shahrivari, Shima; Faridbod, Farnoush; Ganjali, Mohammad Reza

    2018-02-01

    In this work, a rapid, selective naked eyes colorimetric chemical probe for the detection of Cr3 + was developed based on functionalization of gold nanoparticles. For this purpose, surface of Au NPs was functionalized using 4-amino-5-methyl-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3-thiol (AMTT). Through colorimetric studies, it was found that in the presence of Cr3 + ions, AMTT-Au NPs instantly aggregated and resulted in a color change of the solution from red to blue. The color change of AMTT-Au NPs due to the aggregation induced by Cr3 + can be seen with even naked eyes and also by UV-Vis spectroscopy with a detection limit of 1.8 μM and 0.1 μM, respectively. AMTT-Au NPs showed excellent selectivity toward Cr3 + compared to other cations tested, including K+, Na+, Cs+, Fe3 +, Ni2 +, Cu2 +, Co2 +, Zn2 +, Ba2 +, Ca2 +, Mg2 +, Cd2 +, Pb2 +, Hg2 + ions and especially all trivalent lanthanide ions. The absorbance ratio (A650/A525) was linear toward Cr3 + concentrations in the range of 0.6-6.1 μM (R2 = 0.996). The best response was achieved over a pH range of 3-5. Furthermore, the proposed colorimetric method based on AMTT-Au NPs was successfully used for Cr3 + ion detection in plasma sample and some water samples.

  1. Chemical Analysis of the Dyes Used in Navy Green and Yellow Colored Smokes .

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1986-01-31

    RD-RI69 478 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF THE DYES USED IN NAVY OREEN AND 11 YELLOW COLORED SNOKES(U) NAVAL WEAPONS SUP POR T CENTER CRANE IN APPLIED SCIENCES...NWSC/CR/RDTR-271 00 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF THE DYES USED IN NAVY GREEN AND YELLOW COLORED SMOKES Anton Chin Naval Weapons Support Center Applied Sciences...62765 SF65-559 559-691 20392 TITLE (Iint/ude Sec uritE C/assitication) CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF THE DYES USED IN NAVY GREEN AND YELLOW COLORED SMOKES 1.1

  2. A color-communication scheme for digital imagery

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Acosta, Alex

    1987-01-01

    Color pictures generated from digital images are frequently used by geologists, foresters, range managers, and others. These color products are preferred over black and white pictures because the human eye is more sensitive to color differences than to various shades of gray. Color discrimination is a function of perception, and therefore colors in these color composites are generally described subjectively, which can lead to ambiguous color communication. Numerous color-coordinate systems are available that quantitively relate digital triplets representing amounts of red, free, and blue to the parameters of hue, saturation, and intensity perceived by the eye. Most of these systems implement a complex transformation of the primary colors to a color space that is hard to visualize, thus making it difficult to relate digital triplets to perception parameters. This paper presents a color-communcation scheme that relates colors on a color triangle to corresponding values of "hue" (H), "saturation" (S), and chromaticity coordinates (x,y,z). The scheme simplifies the relation between red, green, and blue (RGB) digital triplets and the color generated by these triplets. Some examples of the use of the color-communication scheme in digital image processing are presented.

  3. A Jovian Hotspot in True and False Colors (Time set 3)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1997-01-01

    True and false color views of an equatorial 'hotspot' on Jupiter. These images cover an area 34,000 kilometers by 11,000 kilometers. The top mosaic combines the violet (410 nanometers or nm) and near-infrared continuum (756 nm) filter images to create an image similar to how Jupiter would appear to human eyes. Differences in coloration are due to the composition and abundances of trace chemicals in Jupiter's atmosphere. The bottom mosaic uses Galileo's three near-infrared wavelengths (756 nm, 727 nm, and 889 nm displayed in red, green, and blue) to show variations in cloud height and thickness. Bluish clouds are high and thin, reddish clouds are low, and white clouds are high and thick. The dark blue hotspot in the center is a hole in the deep cloud with an overlying thin haze. The light blue region to the left is covered by a very high haze layer. The multicolored region to the right has overlapping cloud layers of different heights. Galileo is the first spacecraft to distinguish cloud layers on Jupiter.

    North is at the top. The mosaics cover latitudes 1 to 10 degrees and are centered at longitude 336 degrees West. The planetary limb runs along the right edge of the image. Cloud patterns appear foreshortened as they approach the limb. The smallest resolved features are tens of kilometers in size. These images were taken on December 17, 1996, at a range of 1.5 million kilometers by the Solid State Imaging system aboard NASA's Galileo spacecraft.

    The Jet Propulsion Laboratory, Pasadena, CA manages the mission for NASA's Office of Space Science, Washington, DC.

    This image and other images and data received from Galileo are posted on the World Wide Web, on the Galileo mission home page at URL http://galileo.jpl.nasa.gov. Background information and educational context for the images can be found at URL http://www.jpl.nasa.gov/galileo/sepo

  4. Symmetry and diffusivity of the interstitial hydrogen shallow-donor center in In 2O 3

    DOE PAGES

    Weiser, Philip; Qin, Ying; Yin, Weikai; ...

    2016-11-16

    Uniaxial stress experiments performed for the 3306 cm -1 vibrational line assigned to the interstitial-hydrogen, shallow-donor center in In 2O 3 reveal its symmetry and transition- moment direction. The defect alignment that can be produced by a [001] stress applied at 165 K is due to a process that is also a hydrogen- diffusion jump, providing a microscopic determination of the diffusion constant for H in In 2O 3 and its mechanism. Lastly, our experimental results strongly complement theoretical predictions for the structure and diffusion of the interstitial hydrogen donor center in In 2O 3.

  5. 13 CFR 113.3-1 - Consideration of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ..., religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin. 113.3-1 Section 113.3-1 Business Credit and... of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin. (a) This regulation does not prohibit the consideration of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national...

  6. 13 CFR 113.3-1 - Consideration of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ..., religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin. 113.3-1 Section 113.3-1 Business Credit and... of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin. (a) This regulation does not prohibit the consideration of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national...

  7. 13 CFR 113.3-1 - Consideration of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ..., religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin. 113.3-1 Section 113.3-1 Business Credit and... of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin. (a) This regulation does not prohibit the consideration of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national...

  8. 13 CFR 113.3-1 - Consideration of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ..., religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin. 113.3-1 Section 113.3-1 Business Credit and... of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin. (a) This regulation does not prohibit the consideration of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national...

  9. 13 CFR 113.3-1 - Consideration of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ..., religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin. 113.3-1 Section 113.3-1 Business Credit and... of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national origin. (a) This regulation does not prohibit the consideration of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, handicap, or national...

  10. How to calculate H3 better.

    PubMed

    Pavanello, Michele; Tung, Wei-Cheng; Adamowicz, Ludwik

    2009-11-14

    Efficient optimization of the basis set is key to achieving a very high accuracy in variational calculations of molecular systems employing basis functions that are explicitly dependent on the interelectron distances. In this work we present a method for a systematic enlargement of basis sets of explicitly correlated functions based on the iterative-complement-interaction approach developed by Nakatsuji [Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 030403 (2004)]. We illustrate the performance of the method in the variational calculations of H(3) where we use explicitly correlated Gaussian functions with shifted centers. The total variational energy (-1.674 547 421 Hartree) and the binding energy (-15.74 cm(-1)) obtained in the calculation with 1000 Gaussians are the most accurate results to date.

  11. Controllable red, green, blue (RGB) and bright white upconversion luminescence of Lu2O3:Yb3+/Er3+/Tm3+ nanocrystals through single laser excitation at 980 nm.

    PubMed

    Yang, Jun; Zhang, Cuimiao; Peng, Chong; Li, Chunxia; Wang, Lili; Chai, Ruitao; Lin, Jun

    2009-01-01

    Light fantastic! Lu(2)O(3):Yb(3+)/Er(3+)/Tm(3+) nanocrystals with controllable red, green, blue (RGB) and bright white upconversion luminescence by a single laser excitation of 980 nm have been successfully synthesized (see picture). Due to abundant UC PL colors, it can potentially be used as fluorophores in the field of color displays, back light, UC lasers, photonics, and biomedicine.Lu(2)O(3):Yb(3+)/Er(3+)/Tm(3+) nanocrystals have been successfully synthesized by a solvothermal process followed by a subsequent heat treatment at 800 degrees C. Powder X-ray diffraction, transmission electron microscopy, upconversion photoluminescence spectra, and kinetic decay were used to characterize the samples. Under single-wavelength diode laser excitation of 980 nm, the bright blue emissions of Lu(2)O(3):Yb(3+), Tm(3+) nanocrystals near 477 and 490 nm were observed due to the (1)G(4)-->(3)H(6) transition of Tm(3+). The bright green UC emissions of Lu(2)O(3):Er(3+) nanocrystals appeared near 540 and 565 nm were observed and assigned to the (2)H(11/2)-->(4)I(15/2) and (4)S(3/2)-->(4)I(15/2) transitions, respectively, of Er(3+). The ratio of the intensity of green luminescence to that of red luminescence decreases with an increase of concentration of Yb(3+) in Lu(2)O(3):Er(3+) nanocrystals. In sufficient quantities of Yb(3+) with resprct to Er(3+), the bright red UC emission of Lu(2)O(3):Yb(3+)/Er(3+) centered at 662 nm was predominant, due to the (4)F(9/2)-->(4)I(15/2) transition of Er(3+). Based on the generation of red, green, and blue emissions in the different doped Lu(2)O(3):RE(3+) nanocrystals, it is possible to produce the luminescence with a wide spectrum of colors, including white, by the appropriate doping of Yb(3+), Tm(3+), and Er(3+) in the present Lu(2)O(3) nanocrystals. Namely, Lu(2)O(3):3 %Yb(3+)/0.2 %Tm(3+)/0.4 %Er(3+) nanocrystals show suitable intensities of blue, green, and red (RGB) emission, resulting in the production of perfect and bright white light

  12. pH shift protein recovery with organic acids on texture and color of cooked gels.

    PubMed

    Paker, Ilgin; Beamer, Sarah; Jaczynski, Jacek; Matak, Kristen E

    2015-01-01

    Isoelectric solubilization and precipitation (ISP) processing uses pH shifts to separate protein from fish frames, which may increase commercial interest for silver carp. Texture and color properties of gels made from silver carp protein recovered at different pH strategies and organic acid types were compared. ISP was applied to headed gutted silver carp using 10 mol L(-1) sodium hydroxide (NaOH) and either glacial acetic acid (AA) or a (1:1) formic and lactic acid combination (F&L). Protein gels were made with recovered protein and standard functional additives. Texture profile analysis and the Kramer shear test showed that protein gels made from protein solubilized at basic pH values were firmer, harder, more cohesive, gummier and chewier (P < 0.05) than proteins solubilized under acidic conditions. Acidic solubilization led to whiter (P < 0.05) gels, and using F&L during ISP yielded whiter gels under all treatments (P < 0.05). Gels made from ISP-recovered silver carp protein using organic acids show potential for use as a functional ingredient in restructured foods. © 2014 Society of Chemical Industry.

  13. 1. Historic American Buildings Survey Original Water Color in Wells ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    1. Historic American Buildings Survey Original Water Color in Wells Fargo Bank Historical Museum Capt. Jean Jacques Vioget, Artist Spring of 1837 FIRST WATER COLOR OF SAN FRANCISCO (JACOB LEESE HOUSE IN CENTER) - San Francisco, Historic View, 1837, San Francisco, San Francisco County, CA

  14. Evaluating the uniformity of color spaces and performance of color difference formulae

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lian, Yusheng; Liao, Ningfang; Wang, Jiajia; Tan, Boneng; Liu, Zilong

    2010-11-01

    Using small color difference data sets (Macadam ellipses dataset and RIT-DuPont suprathreshold color difference ellipses dataset), and large color difference data sets (Munsell Renovation Data and OSA Uniform Color Scales dataset), the uniformity of several color spaces and performance of color difference formulae based on these color spaces are evaluated. The color spaces used are CIELAB, DIN99d, IPT, and CIECAM02-UCS. It is found that the uniformity of lightness is better than saturation and hue. Overall, for all these color spaces, the uniformity in the blue area is inferior to the other area. The uniformity of CIECAM02-UCS is superior to the other color spaces for the whole color-difference range from small to large. The uniformity of CIELAB and IPT for the large color difference data sets is better than it for the small color difference data sets, but the DIN99d is opposite. Two common performance factors (PF/3 and STRESS) and the statistical F-test are calculated to test the performance of color difference formula. The results show that the performance of color difference formulae based on these four color spaces is consistent with the uniformity of these color spaces.

  15. Genetic engineering of novel bluer-colored chrysanthemums produced by accumulation of delphinidin-based anthocyanins.

    PubMed

    Noda, Naonobu; Aida, Ryutaro; Kishimoto, Sanae; Ishiguro, Kanako; Fukuchi-Mizutani, Masako; Tanaka, Yoshikazu; Ohmiya, Akemi

    2013-10-01

    Chrysanthemums (Chrysanthemum morifolium Ramat.) have no purple-, violet- or blue-flowered cultivars because they lack delphinidin-based anthocyanins. This deficiency is due to the absence of the flavonoid 3',5'-hydroxylase gene (F3'5'H), which encodes the key enzyme for delphinidin biosynthesis. In F3'5'H-transformed chrysanthemums, unpredictable and unstable expression levels have hampered successful production of delphinidin and reduced desired changes in flower color. With the aim of achieving delphinidin production in chrysanthemum petals, we found that anthocyanin biosynthetic gene promoters combined with a translational enhancer increased expression of some F3'5'H genes and accompanying delphinidin-based anthocyanin accumulation in transgenic chrysanthemums. Dramatic accumulation of delphinidin (up to 95%) was achieved by simple overexpression of Campanula F3'5'H controlled by a petal-specific flavanone 3-hydroxylase promoter from chrysanthemum combined with the 5'-untranslated region of the alcohol dehydrogenase gene as a translational enhancer. The flower colors of transgenic lines producing delphinidin-based anthocyanins changed from a red-purple to a purple-violet hue in the Royal Horticultural Society Colour Charts. This result represents a promising step toward molecular breeding of blue chrysanthemums.

  16. Comparative Thermal Degradation Patterns of Natural Yellow Colorants Used in Foods.

    PubMed

    Giménez, Pedro J; Fernández-López, José A; Angosto, José M; Obón, José M

    2015-12-01

    There is a great interest in natural yellow colorants due to warnings issued about certain yellow food colorings of synthetic origin. However, no comparative studies have been reported of their thermal stability. For this reason, the thermal stabilities of six natural yellow colorants used in foods--lutein, riboflavin, curcumin, ß-carotene, gardenia yellow and Opuntia betaxanthins--were studied in simple solutions over a temperature range 30-90 °C. Spectral properties and visual color were investigated during 6 h of heat treatment. Visual color was monitored from the CIEL*a*b* parameters. The remaining absorbance at maximum wavelength and the total color difference were used to quantify color degradation. The rate of color degradation increased as the temperature rose. The results showed that the thermal degradation of the colorants followed a first-order reaction kinetics. The reaction rate constants and half-life periods were determined as being central to understanding the color degradation kinetics. The temperature-dependent degradation was adequately modeled on the Arrhenius equation. Activation energies ranged from 3.2 kJmol(-1) (lutein) to 43.7 kJmol(-1) (Opuntia betaxanthins). ß-carotene and lutein exhibited high thermal stability, while betaxanthins and riboflavin degraded rapidly as temperature increased. Gardenia yellow and curcumin were in an intermediate position.

  17. VizieR Online Data Catalog: UBVRIJHK color-temperature calibration (Worthey+, 2011)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Worthey, G.; Lee, H.-C.

    2011-04-01

    A collection of Johnson/Cousins photometry for stars with known [Fe/H] is used to generate color-color relations that include the abundance dependence. Literature temperature and bolometric correction (BC) dependences are attached to the color relations. The JHK colors are transformed to the Bessell & Brett (1988PASP..100.1134B) homogenized system. The main result of this work is the tabulation of seven colors and the V-band BC as a function of Teff, logg, and [Fe/H] for -1.06H] values, improving the statistics for data-impoverished groups of stars such as metal-poor K dwarfs, applying small tweaks in the processing pipeline, and obtaining better empirical temperature and BC relations, especially for supergiants and M stars. A way to estimate dust extinction from M dwarf colors is pointed out. (1 data file).

  18. Pluto and Charon in Color: Barycentric View Animation

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2015-06-11

    The first color movies from NASA's New Horizons mission show Pluto and its largest moon, Charon, and the complex orbital dance of the two bodies, known as a double planet. A near-true color movie was assembled from images made in three colors -- blue, red and near-infrared -- by the Multispectral Visible Imaging Camera on the instrument known as Ralph. The images were taken on nine different occasions from May 29-June 3, 2015. The movie is barycentric, meaning that both Pluto and Charon are shown in motion around the binary's barycenter -- the shared center of gravity between the two bodies as they do a planetary jig. Because Pluto is much more massive than Charon, the barycenter (marked by a small "x" in the movie) is much closer to Pluto than to Charon. Looking closely at the images in this movie, one can detect a regular shift in Pluto's brightness-due to the brighter and darker terrains on its differing faces. http://photojournal.jpl.nasa.gov/catalog/PIA19688

  19. Thermostable phycocyanin from the red microalga Cyanidioschyzon merolae, a new natural blue food colorant.

    PubMed

    Rahman, D Y; Sarian, F D; van Wijk, A; Martinez-Garcia, M; van der Maarel, M J E C

    2017-01-01

    The demand for natural food colorants is growing as consumers question the use of artificial colorants more and more. The phycobiliprotein C-phycocyanin of Arthospira platensis is used as a natural blue colorant in certain food products. The thermoacidophilic red microalga Cyanidioschyzon merolae might provide an alternative source of phycocyanin. Cyanidioschyzon merolae belongs to the order Cyanidiophyceae of the phylum Rhodophyta. Its natural habitat are sulfuric hot springs and geysers found near volcanic areas in, e.g., Yellowstone National Park in the USA and in Java, Indonesia. It grows optimally at a pH between 0.5 and 3.0 and at temperatures up to 56 °C. The low pH at which C . merolae grows minimizes the risk of microbial contamination and could limit production loss. As C . merolae lacks a cell wall, phycocyanin with a high purity number of 9.9 could be extracted by an osmotic shock using a simple ultrapure water extraction followed by centrifugation. The denaturation midpoint at pH 5 was 83 °C, being considerably higher than the A . platensis phycocyanin (65 °C). The C . merolae phycocyanin was relatively stable at pH 4 and 5 up to 80 °C. The high thermostability at slightly acidic pH makes the C . merolae phycocyanin an interesting alternative to A . platensis phycocyanin as a natural blue food colorant.

  20. Studying mixing in Non-Newtonian blue maize flour suspensions using color analysis.

    PubMed

    Trujillo-de Santiago, Grissel; Rojas-de Gante, Cecilia; García-Lara, Silverio; Ballescá-Estrada, Adriana; Alvarez, Mario Moisés

    2014-01-01

    Non-Newtonian fluids occur in many relevant flow and mixing scenarios at the lab and industrial scale. The addition of acid or basic solutions to a non-Newtonian fluid is not an infrequent operation, particularly in Biotechnology applications where the pH of Non-Newtonian culture broths is usually regulated using this strategy. We conducted mixing experiments in agitated vessels using Non-Newtonian blue maize flour suspensions. Acid or basic pulses were injected to reveal mixing patterns and flow structures and to follow their time evolution. No foreign pH indicator was used as blue maize flours naturally contain anthocyanins that act as a native, wide spectrum, pH indicator. We describe a novel method to quantitate mixedness and mixing evolution through Dynamic Color Analysis (DCA) in this system. Color readings corresponding to different times and locations within the mixing vessel were taken with a digital camera (or a colorimeter) and translated to the CIELab scale of colors. We use distances in the Lab space, a 3D color space, between a particular mixing state and the final mixing point to characterize segregation/mixing in the system. Blue maize suspensions represent an adequate and flexible model to study mixing (and fluid mechanics in general) in Non-Newtonian suspensions using acid/base tracer injections. Simple strategies based on the evaluation of color distances in the CIELab space (or other scales such as HSB) can be adapted to characterize mixedness and mixing evolution in experiments using blue maize suspensions.

  1. The role of color and attention-to-color in mirror-symmetry perception.

    PubMed

    Gheorghiu, Elena; Kingdom, Frederick A A; Remkes, Aaron; Li, Hyung-Chul O; Rainville, Stéphane

    2016-07-11

    The role of color in the visual perception of mirror-symmetry is controversial. Some reports support the existence of color-selective mirror-symmetry channels, others that mirror-symmetry perception is merely sensitive to color-correlations across the symmetry axis. Here we test between the two ideas. Stimuli consisted of colored Gaussian-blobs arranged either mirror-symmetrically or quasi-randomly. We used four arrangements: (1) 'segregated' - symmetric blobs were of one color, random blobs of the other color(s); (2) 'random-segregated' - as above but with the symmetric color randomly selected on each trial; (3) 'non-segregated' - symmetric blobs were of all colors in equal proportions, as were the random blobs; (4) 'anti-symmetric' - symmetric blobs were of opposite-color across the symmetry axis. We found: (a) near-chance levels for the anti-symmetric condition, suggesting that symmetry perception is sensitive to color-correlations across the symmetry axis; (b) similar performance for random-segregated and non-segregated conditions, giving no support to the idea that mirror-symmetry is color selective; (c) highest performance for the color-segregated condition, but only when the observer knew beforehand the symmetry color, suggesting that symmetry detection benefits from color-based attention. We conclude that mirror-symmetry detection mechanisms, while sensitive to color-correlations across the symmetry axis and subject to the benefits of attention-to-color, are not color selective.

  2. Metastable α-AgVO3 microrods as peroxidase mimetics for colorimetric determination of H2O2.

    PubMed

    Wang, Yi; Zhang, Dun; Wang, Jin

    2017-12-01

    Single phase metastable α-AgVO 3 microrods with high crystallinity, tetragonal rod-like microstructure, uniform particle size distribution, and good dispersion were synthesized by direct coprecipitation at room temperature. They are shown to be viable peroxidase mimics that catalyze the oxidation of 3,3',5,5'-tetramethylbenzidine in the presence of H 2 O 2 . Kinetic analysis indicated typical Michaelis-Menten catalytic behavior. The findings were used to design a colorimetric assay for H 2 O 2 , best measured at 652 nm. The method has a linear response in the 60 to 200 μM H 2 O 2 concentration range, with a 2 μM detection limit. Benefitting from the chemical stability of the microrods, the method is well reproducible. It also is easily performed and highly specific. Graphic abstract Single phase metastable α-AgVO 3 microrods with high crystallinity, tetragonal rod-like microstructure, uniform particle size distribution, and good dispersion can efficiently catalyze the oxidation reaction of peroxidase substrate 3,3',5,5'-tetramethylbenzidine (TMB) in the presence of H 2 O 2 to produce a blue color change.

  3. Radiation coloration resistant glass

    DOEpatents

    Tomozawa, M.; Watson, E.B.; Acocella, J.

    1986-11-04

    A radiation coloration resistant glass is disclosed which is used in a radiation environment sufficient to cause coloration in most forms of glass. The coloration resistant glass includes higher proportions by weight of water and has been found to be extremely resistant to color change when exposed to such radiation levels. The coloration resistant glass is free of cerium oxide and has more than about 0.5% by weight water content. Even when exposed to gamma radiation of more than 10[sup 7] rad, the coloration resistant glass does not lose transparency. 3 figs.

  4. Blood color is influenced by inflammation and independently predicts survival in hemodialysis patients: quantitative evaluation of blood color.

    PubMed

    Shibata, Masanori; Nagai, Kojiro; Doi, Toshio; Tawada, Hideo; Taniguchi, Shinkichi

    2012-11-01

    Blood color of dialysis patients can be seen routinely. Darkened blood color is often observed in critically ill patients generally because of decreased oxygen saturation, but little is known about the other factors responsible for the color intensity. In addition, quantitative blood color examination has not been performed yet. Therefore, no one has evaluated the predictive power of blood color. The aim of this study was to evaluate if blood color darkness reflects some medical problems and is associated with survival disadvantage. Study design is a prospective cohort study. One hundred sixty-seven patients were enrolled in this study. Quantification of blood color was done using a reflected light colorimeter. Demographic and clinical data were collected to find out the factors that can be related to blood color. Follow-ups were performed for 2 years to analyze the risk factors for their survival. Regression analysis showed that C-reactive protein and white blood cell count were negatively correlated with blood color. In addition, blood color was positively correlated with mean corpuscular hemoglobin concentration and serum sodium concentration as well as blood oxygen saturation. During a follow-up, 34 (20.4%) patients died. Cox regression analysis revealed that darkened blood color was an independent significant risk factor of mortality in hemodialysis patients as well as low albumin and low Kt/V. These results suggest that inflammation independently affects blood color and quantification of blood color is useful to estimate prognosis in patients undergoing hemodialysis. It is possible that early detection of blood color worsening can improve patients' survival. © 2012, Copyright the Authors. Artificial Organs © 2012, International Center for Artificial Organs and Transplantation and Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  5. Characterization and Luminescence Properties of Color-Tunable Dy3+-Doped BaY2ZnO5 Nanophosphors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sonika; Khatkar, S. P.; Khatkar, Avni; Kumar, Rajesh; Taxak, V. B.

    2015-01-01

    Dy3+-doped BaY2ZnO5 nanophosphors were successfully synthesized by use of a solution combustion process. The effects of sintering temperature and dysprosium concentration on the structural and luminescence characteristics of the phosphors were investigated. X-ray diffraction (XRD) analysis confirmed the formation of pure orthorhombic BaY2ZnO5 with the space group Pbnm at 1100°C. Morphological investigation revealed spherical nanoparticles with smooth surfaces. The luminescence features of the nanophosphor were studied by use of photoluminescence excitation (PLE) and photoluminescence emission (PL), with luminescence decay curves and color ( x, y) coordinates. On excitation at 355 nm, BaY2ZnO5 nanophosphor doped with trivalent dysprosium ion emits white light as a mixture of blue (4F9/2 → 6H15/2) and yellow (4F9/2 → 6H13/2) emission. Concentration quenching is explained on the basis of cross-relaxation between intermediate Dy3+ states. Thus, BaY2ZnO5:Dy3+ nanophosphor may be suitable for producing efficient white light for ultraviolet-light-emitting diodes (UV-LEDs), fluorescent lamps, and a variety of optical display panels.

  6. Bluish-green color emitting Ba2Si3O8:Eu2+ ceramic phosphors for white light-emitting diodes.

    PubMed

    Xiao, F; Xue, Y N; Zhang, Q Y

    2009-10-15

    This paper reports on the structural and optical properties of Eu(2+) activated Ba(2)Si(3)O(8) ceramic phosphors synthesized by a sol-gel method. The ceramic phosphors have been characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), field-emission scanning electron microscopy (FESEM) and fluorescence measurements. The structural characterization results suggest that the as-prepared phosphors are of single phase monoclinic Ba(2)Si(3)O(8) with rod-like morphology. A broad excitation band ranging from 300 to 410 nm matches well with the ultraviolet (UV) radiation of light-emitting diodes (LEDs). Upon 380 nm UV light excitation, these phosphors emit bluish-green emission centered at 500 nm with color coordination (x=0.25, y=0.40). All the obtained results indicate that the Ba(2)Si(3)O(8):Eu(2+) ceramic phosphors are promising bluish-green candidates for the phosphor-converted white LEDs.

  7. Image color reduction method for color-defective observers using a color palette composed of 20 particular colors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sakamoto, Takashi

    2015-01-01

    This study describes a color enhancement method that uses a color palette especially designed for protan and deutan defects, commonly known as red-green color blindness. The proposed color reduction method is based on a simple color mapping. Complicated computation and image processing are not required by using the proposed method, and the method can replace protan and deutan confusion (p/d-confusion) colors with protan and deutan safe (p/d-safe) colors. Color palettes for protan and deutan defects proposed by previous studies are composed of few p/d-safe colors. Thus, the colors contained in these palettes are insufficient for replacing colors in photographs. Recently, Ito et al. proposed a p/dsafe color palette composed of 20 particular colors. The author demonstrated that their p/d-safe color palette could be applied to image color reduction in photographs as a means to replace p/d-confusion colors. This study describes the results of the proposed color reduction in photographs that include typical p/d-confusion colors, which can be replaced. After the reduction process is completed, color-defective observers can distinguish these confusion colors.

  8. Enhanced Color Mercury Map

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2017-12-08

    This colorful view of Mercury was produced by using images from the color base map imaging campaign during MESSENGER's primary mission. These colors are not what Mercury would look like to the human eye, but rather the colors enhance the chemical, mineralogical, and physical differences between the rocks that make up Mercury's surface. This specific color combination places the second principle component in the red channel, the first principle component in the green channel, and the ratio of the 430 nm/1000 nm filters in the blue channel. The MESSENGER spacecraft is the first ever to orbit the planet Mercury, and the spacecraft's seven scientific instruments and radio science investigation are unraveling the history and evolution of the Solar System's innermost planet. During the first two years of orbital operations, MESSENGER acquired over 150,000 images and extensive other data sets. MESSENGER is capable of continuing orbital operations until early 2015. Credit: NASA/Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory/Carnegie Institution of Washington NASA image use policy. NASA Goddard Space Flight Center enables NASA’s mission through four scientific endeavors: Earth Science, Heliophysics, Solar System Exploration, and Astrophysics. Goddard plays a leading role in NASA’s accomplishments by contributing compelling scientific knowledge to advance the Agency’s mission. Follow us on Twitter Like us on Facebook Find us on Instagram

  9. What predicts the strength of simultaneous color contrast?

    PubMed Central

    Ratnasingam, Sivalogeswaran; Anderson, Barton L.

    2017-01-01

    The perceived color of a uniform image patch depends not only on the spectral content of the light that reaches the eye but also on its context. One of the most extensively studied forms of context dependence is a simultaneous contrast display: a center-surround display containing a homogeneous target embedded in a homogenous surround. A number of models have been proposed to account for the chromatic transformations of targets induced by such surrounds, but they were typically derived in the restricted context of experiments using achromatic targets with surrounds that varied along the cardinal axes of color space. There is currently no theoretical consensus that predicts the target color that produces the largest perceived color difference for two arbitrarily chosen surround colors, or what surround would give the largest color induction for an arbitrarily chosen target. Here, we present a method for assessing simultaneous contrast that avoids some of the methodological issues that arise with nulling and matching experiments and diminishes the contribution of temporal adaption. Observers were presented with pairs of center-surround patterns and ordered them from largest to smallest in perceived dissimilarity. We find that the perceived difference for two arbitrarily chosen surrounds is largest when the target falls on the line connecting the two surrounds in color space. We also find that the magnitude of induction is larger for larger differences between chromatic targets and surrounds of the same hue. Our results are consistent with the direction law (Ekroll & Faul, 2012b), and with a generalization of Kirschmann's fourth law, even for viewing conditions that do not favor temporal adaptation. PMID:28245494

  10. Removing polysaccharides-and saccharides-related coloring impurities in alkyl polyglycosides by bleaching with the H2O2/TAED/NaHCO3 system.

    PubMed

    Yanmei, Liu; Jinliang, Tao; Jiao, Sun; Wenyi, Chen

    2014-11-04

    The effect of H2O2/TAED/NaHCO3 system, namely NaHCO3 as alkaline agent with the (tetra acetyl ethylene diamine (TAED)) TAED-activated peroxide system, bleaching of alkyl polyglycosides solution was studied by spectrophotometry. The results showed that the optimal bleaching conditions about H2O2/TAED/NaHCO3 system bleaching of alkyl polyglycosides solution were as follows: molar ratio of TAED to H2O2 was 0.06, addition of H2O2 was 8.6%, addition of NaHCO3 was 3.2%, bleaching temperature of 50-65 °C, addition of MgO was 0.13%, and bleaching time was 8h. If too much amount of NaHCO3 was added to the system and maintained alkaline pH, the bleaching effect would be greatly reduced. Fixing molar ratio of TAED to H2O2 and increasing the amount of H2O2 were beneficial to improve the whiteness of alkyl polyglycosides, but adding too much amount of H2O2 would reduce the transparency. In the TAED-activated peroxide system, NaHCO3 as alkaline agent and buffer agent, could overcome the disadvantage of producing black precipitates when NaOH as alkaline agent. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  11. Quantitative measurement of binocular color fusion limit for non-spectral colors.

    PubMed

    Jung, Yong Ju; Sohn, Hosik; Lee, Seong-il; Ro, Yong Man; Park, Hyun Wook

    2011-04-11

    Human perception becomes difficult in the event of binocular color fusion when the color difference presented for the left and right eyes exceeds a certain threshold value, known as the binocular color fusion limit. This paper discusses the binocular color fusion limit for non-spectral colors within the color gamut of a conventional LCD 3DTV. We performed experiments to measure the color fusion limit for eight chromaticity points sampled from the CIE 1976 chromaticity diagram. A total of 2480 trials were recorded for a single observer. By analyzing the results, the color fusion limit was quantified by ellipses in the chromaticity diagram. The semi-minor axis of the ellipses ranges from 0.0415 to 0.0923 in terms of the Euclidean distance in the u'v´ chromaticity diagram and the semi-major axis ranges from 0.0640 to 0.1560. These eight ellipses are drawn on the chromaticity diagram. © 2011 Optical Society of America

  12. H3.Y discriminates between HIRA and DAXX chaperone complexes and reveals unexpected insights into human DAXX-H3.3-H4 binding and deposition requirements

    PubMed Central

    Zink, Lisa-Maria; Delbarre, Erwan; Eberl, H. Christian; Keilhauer, Eva C.; Bönisch, Clemens; Pünzeler, Sebastian; Bartkuhn, Marek; Collas, Philippe; Mann, Matthias

    2017-01-01

    Abstract Histone chaperones prevent promiscuous histone interactions before chromatin assembly. They guarantee faithful deposition of canonical histones and functionally specialized histone variants into chromatin in a spatial- and temporally-restricted manner. Here, we identify the binding partners of the primate-specific and H3.3-related histone variant H3.Y using several quantitative mass spectrometry approaches, and biochemical and cell biological assays. We find the HIRA, but not the DAXX/ATRX, complex to recognize H3.Y, explaining its presence in transcriptionally active euchromatic regions. Accordingly, H3.Y nucleosomes are enriched in the transcription-promoting FACT complex and depleted of repressive post-translational histone modifications. H3.Y mutational gain-of-function screens reveal an unexpected combinatorial amino acid sequence requirement for histone H3.3 interaction with DAXX but not HIRA, and for H3.3 recruitment to PML nuclear bodies. We demonstrate the importance and necessity of specific H3.3 core and C-terminal amino acids in discriminating between distinct chaperone complexes. Further, chromatin immunoprecipitation sequencing experiments reveal that in contrast to euchromatic HIRA-dependent deposition sites, human DAXX/ATRX-dependent regions of histone H3 variant incorporation are enriched in heterochromatic H3K9me3 and simple repeat sequences. These data demonstrate that H3.Y's unique amino acids allow a functional distinction between HIRA and DAXX binding and its consequent deposition into open chromatin. PMID:28334823

  13. Yellow to greenish-blue colour-tunable photoluminescence and 4f-centered slow magnetic relaxation in a cyanido-bridged Dy(III)(4-hydroxypyridine)-Co(III) layered material.

    PubMed

    Chorazy, Szymon; Wang, Junhao; Ohkoshi, Shin-Ichi

    2016-09-14

    A cyanido-bridged layered {[Dy(III)(4-OHpy)2(H2O)3][Co(III)(CN)6]}·0.5H2O (1) (4-OHpy = 4-hydroxypyridine) framework with dual photo-luminescence and magnetic properties was prepared. 1 exhibits visible emission whose color, yellow to greenish-blue, is switchable by selected wavelengths of UV excitation light. Magnetic data revealed that 1 shows not only the slow magnetic relaxation of a typical Dy(III) single-ion origin but also the relaxation process caused by the magnetic dipole-magnetic dipole interactions between the neighbouring Dy(III) centers.

  14. Mineral loss and color change of enamel after bleaching and staining solutions combination.

    PubMed

    de Araújo, Larissa Sgarbosa Napoleão; dos Santos, Paulo Henrique; Anchieta, Rodolfo Bruniera; Catelan, Anderson; Fraga Briso, André Luiz; Fraga Zaze, Ana Carolina Soares; Sundfeld, Renato Herman

    2013-10-01

    Pigments of food and beverages could affect dental bleaching efficacy. The aim of this investigation was to evaluate color change and mineral loss of tooth enamel as well as the influence of staining solutions normally used by adolescent patients undergoing home bleaching. Initial hardness and baseline color were measured on enamel blocks. Specimens were divided into five groups (n=5): G1 (control) specimens were kept in artificial saliva throughout the experiment (3 weeks); G2 enamel was exposed to 10% carbamide peroxide for 6 h daily, and after this period, the teeth were cleaned and stored in artificial saliva until the next bleaching session; and G3, G4, and G5 received the same treatments as G2, but after bleaching, they were stored for 1 h in cola soft drink, melted chocolate, or red wine, respectively. Mineral loss was obtained by the percentage of hardness reduction, and color change was determined by the difference between the data obtained before and after treatments. Data were subjected to analysis of variance and Fisher's test (α=0.05). G3 and G5 showed higher mineral loss (92.96 ± 5.50 and 94.46 ± 1.00, respectively) compared to the other groups (p ≤ 0.05). G5 showed high-color change (9.34 ± 2.90), whereas G1 presented lower color change (2.22 ± 0.44) (p ≤ 0.05). Acidic drinks cause mineral loss of the enamel, which could modify the surface and reduce staining resistance after bleaching.

  15. Biology of Skin Color.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Corcos, Alain

    1983-01-01

    Information from scientific journals on the biology of skin color is discussed. Major areas addressed include: (1) biology of melanin, melanocytes, and melanosomes; (2) melanosome and human diversity; (3) genetics of skin color; and (4) skin color, geography, and natural selection. (JN)

  16. Achieving consistent color and grayscale presentation on medial color displays

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fan, Jiahua; Roehrig, Hans; Dallas, William; Krupinski, Elizabeth A.

    2008-03-01

    Color displays are increasingly used for medical imaging, replacing the traditional monochrome displays in radiology for multi-modality applications, 3D representation applications, etc. Color displays are also used increasingly because of wide spread application of Tele-Medicine, Tele-Dermatology and Digital Pathology. At this time, there is no concerted effort for calibration procedures for this diverse range of color displays in Telemedicine and in other areas of the medical field. Using a colorimeter to measure the display luminance and chrominance properties as well as some processing software we developed a first attempt to a color calibration protocol for the medical imaging field.

  17. Characterization of supramolecular (H2O)18 water morphology and water-methanol (H2O)15(CH3OH)3 clusters in a novel phosphorus functionalized trimeric amino acid host.

    PubMed

    Raghuraman, Kannan; Katti, Kavita K; Barbour, Leonard J; Pillarsetty, Nagavarakishore; Barnes, Charles L; Katti, Kattesh V

    2003-06-11

    Phosphorus functionalized trimeric alanine compounds (l)- and (d)-P(CH(2)NHCH(CH(3))COOH)(3) 2 are prepared in 90% yields by the Mannich reaction of Tris(hydroxymethyl)phosphine 1 with (l)- or (d)- Alanine in aqueous media. The hydration properties of (l)-2 and (d)-2 in water and water-methanol mixtures are described. The crystal structure analysis of (l)-2.4H(2)O, reveals that the alanine molecules pack to form two-dimensional bilayers running parallel to (001). The layered structural motif depicts two closely packed monolayers of 2 each oriented with its phosphorus atoms projected at the center of the bilayer and adjacent monolayers are held together by hydrogen bonds between amine and carboxylate groups. The water bilayers are juxtaposed with the H-bonded alanine trimers leading to 18-membered (H(2)O)(18) water rings. Exposure of aqueous solution of (l)-2 and (d)-2 to methanol vapors resulted in closely packed (l)-2 and (d)-2 solvated with mixed water-methanol (H(2)O)(15)(CH(3)OH)(3) clusters. The O-O distances in the mixed methanol-water clusters of (l)-2.3H(2)O.CH(3)OH and (d)-2.3H(2)O.CH(3)OH (O-O(average) = 2.857 A) are nearly identical to the O-O distance observed in the supramolecular (H(2)O)(18) water structure (O-O(average) = 2.859 A) implying the retention of the hydrogen bonded structure in water despite the accommodation of hydrophobic methanol groups within the supramolecular (H(2)O)(15)(CH(3)OH)(3) framework. The O-O distances in (l)-2.3H(2)O.CH(3)OH and (d)-2.3H(2)O.CH(3)OH and in (H(2)O)(18) are very close to the O-O distance reported for liquid water (2.85 A).

  18. UV-light-induced one-color and two-color photorefractive effects in congruent and near-stoichiometric LiNbO 3:Mg crystals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Qiao, Haijun; Xu, Jingjun; Tomita, Yasuo; Zhu, Dengsong; Fu, Bo; Zhang, Guoquan; Zhang, Guangyin

    2007-03-01

    We describe the ultraviolet-light one-color photorefraction (UV-OPR) at 351 nm in LiNbO3 crystals with different Mg-doping concentrations and [Li]/[Nb] ratios. It is shown that as the Mg-doping concentration and/or the [Li]/[Nb] ratio increase, the refractive index change and the two-beam coupling gain increase but the response time decreases. It is also shown that the recording sensitivity as large as ∼27 cm/J is obtainable at a recording intensity of ∼1 W/cm2 in near-stoichiometric LiNbO3 doped with 2 mol% Mg. This sensitivity is approximately one order of magnitude higher than those for other LiNbO3 crystals. We also describe the ultraviolet-light-gating two-color photorefraction (UV-TPR) using 365 nm gating and 633 nm recording beams in LiNbO3 crystals with different Mg-doping concentrations and [Li]/[Nb] ratios. It is shown that UV-TPR is only observed in near-stoichiometric crystals and the grating-formation dynamics strongly depend on the Mg concentration.

  19. Effect of two fluoride varnishes on the color stability of three resin-based restorative materials: an in vitro study.

    PubMed

    Tafaroji, Raha; Biria, Mina; Ameri, Farhad; Torabzadeh, Hassan; Qahari, Pasha; Akbarzadeh Baghban, Alireza

    2016-11-01

    The aim of the present study was to evaluate the effect of two fluoride varnishes on color stability of three resin-based restorative materials. Fifty-four discs (14.5 × 1.7 mm) were fabricated from A2 and A3 shades of a compomer (F2000), a flowable composite (Z350), and a hybrid composite (Z250), and incubated at 37°C for 48 h. Dura Shield (colored) and Fluor Protector (colorless) fluoride varnishes were applied onto the discs. The coating was cleaned using a low-speed handpiece and nylon bristle brush after 24 h of storage in distilled water. A second coating was then applied. A control group with no coating was immersed in distilled water and used. The CIE L*a*b* color scale was measured before the treatments and following each cleaning utilizing a spectrophotometer. The colored fluoride varnish exhibited the highest overall color change (∆E) after the first and the second cleaning procedures in all the materials. Among these, the greatest color change was observed in the A3 shade of F2000, followed by the A3 shade of Z-250. The ∆E was less than 3.3 in all groups, and was therefore clinically acceptable. Color changes following the application of fluoride varnishes were found to be clinically acceptable in all groups. © 2015 Wiley Publishing Asia Pty Ltd.

  20. The role of color and attention-to-color in mirror-symmetry perception

    PubMed Central

    Gheorghiu, Elena; Kingdom, Frederick A. A.; Remkes, Aaron; Li, Hyung-Chul O.; Rainville, Stéphane

    2016-01-01

    The role of color in the visual perception of mirror-symmetry is controversial. Some reports support the existence of color-selective mirror-symmetry channels, others that mirror-symmetry perception is merely sensitive to color-correlations across the symmetry axis. Here we test between the two ideas. Stimuli consisted of colored Gaussian-blobs arranged either mirror-symmetrically or quasi-randomly. We used four arrangements: (1) ‘segregated’ – symmetric blobs were of one color, random blobs of the other color(s); (2) ‘random-segregated’ – as above but with the symmetric color randomly selected on each trial; (3) ‘non-segregated’ – symmetric blobs were of all colors in equal proportions, as were the random blobs; (4) ‘anti-symmetric’ – symmetric blobs were of opposite-color across the symmetry axis. We found: (a) near-chance levels for the anti-symmetric condition, suggesting that symmetry perception is sensitive to color-correlations across the symmetry axis; (b) similar performance for random-segregated and non-segregated conditions, giving no support to the idea that mirror-symmetry is color selective; (c) highest performance for the color-segregated condition, but only when the observer knew beforehand the symmetry color, suggesting that symmetry detection benefits from color-based attention. We conclude that mirror-symmetry detection mechanisms, while sensitive to color-correlations across the symmetry axis and subject to the benefits of attention-to-color, are not color selective. PMID:27404804

  1. 7 CFR 58.719 - Coloring.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Coloring. 58.719 Section 58.719 Agriculture... Material § 58.719 Coloring. Coloring shall be Annatto or any other cheese or butter color which is approved by the Food and Drug Administration. ...

  2. 7 CFR 58.719 - Coloring.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Coloring. 58.719 Section 58.719 Agriculture... Material § 58.719 Coloring. Coloring shall be Annatto or any other cheese or butter color which is approved by the Food and Drug Administration. ...

  3. Angular description for 3D scattering centers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bhalla, Rajan; Raynal, Ann Marie; Ling, Hao; Moore, John; Velten, Vincent J.

    2006-05-01

    The electromagnetic scattered field from an electrically large target can often be well modeled as if it is emanating from a discrete set of scattering centers (see Fig. 1). In the scattering center extraction tool we developed previously based on the shooting and bouncing ray technique, no correspondence is maintained amongst the 3D scattering center extracted at adjacent angles. In this paper we present a multi-dimensional clustering algorithm to track the angular and spatial behaviors of 3D scattering centers and group them into features. The extracted features for the Slicy and backhoe targets are presented. We also describe two metrics for measuring the angular persistence and spatial mobility of the 3D scattering centers that make up these features in order to gather insights into target physics and feature stability. We find that features that are most persistent are also the most mobile and discuss implications for optimal SAR imaging.

  4. Properties of the pressure-induced superconducting state in trihydrides ScH3 and LaH3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Durajski, A. P.; Szczȩśniak, R.

    2014-11-01

    The present paper discusses the thermodynamic properties of the superconducting state which gets induced in the following compounds due to the influence of the high pressure: ScH3 ( p = 18 GPa) and LaH3 (p = 11 GPa). Using the Eliashberg formalism, for the Coulomb pseudopotential equal to 0.1, the following quantities have been determined: the maximum critical temperature ({{[{{T}C}]}Sc{{H3}}}=19.3 K and {{[{{T}C}]}La{{H3}}}=22.5 K), the energy gap at the Fermi surface (G), the free energy (F), the thermodynamic critical field (HC), and the specific heat (both for the superconducting (CS) and the normal (CN) state). Then, the dimensionless parameters, namely, {{R}G}\\equiv G≤ft( 0 \\right)/{{k}B}{{T}C}, {{R}H}\\equiv {{T}C}{{C}N}≤ft( {{T}C} \\right)/HC2≤ft( 0 \\right), and {{R}C}\\equiv ≤ft( {{C}S}≤ft( {{T}C} \\right)-{{C}N}≤ft( {{T}C} \\right) \\right)/{{C}N}≤ft( {{T}C} \\right), have been obtained. Those ratios deviate from the predictions of the BCS theory in the case of the studied compounds: {{[{{R}G}]}Sc{{H3}}}=3.85, {{[{{R}G}]}La{{H3}}}=3.92, {{[{{R}H}]}Sc{{H3}}}=0.160, {{[{{R}H}]}La{{H3}}}=0.154, {{[{{R}C}]}Sc{{H3}}}=1.84, and {{[{{R}C}]}La{{H3}}}=2.09. In the last step, it has been proven that the ratio of the electron effective mass (me\\star ) to the electron band mass (me) takes relatively high values, which are weakly dependent on the temperature. For example, it has been shown that {{[me\\star /{{m}e}]}Sc{{H3}}}=1.833 and {{[me\\star /{{m}e}]}La{{H3}}}=1.845 for T={{T}C}.

  5. Structures and chemical bonding of B{sub 3}O{sub 3}{sup −/0} and B{sub 3}O{sub 3}H{sup −/0}: A combined photoelectron spectroscopy and first-principles theory study

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhao, Li-Juan; Xu, Hong-Guang; Feng, Gang

    We present a combined photoelectron spectroscopy and first-principles theory study on the structural and electronic properties and chemical bonding of B{sub 3}O{sub 3}{sup −/0} and B{sub 3}O{sub 3}H{sup −/0} clusters. The concerted experimental and theoretical data show that the global-minimum structures of B{sub 3}O{sub 3} and B{sub 3}O{sub 3}H neutrals are very different from those of their anionic counterparts. The B{sub 3}O{sub 3}{sup −} anion is characterized to possess a V-shaped OB–B–BO chain with overall C{sub 2v} symmetry (1A), in which the central B atom interacts with two equivalent boronyl (B≡O) terminals via B–B single bonds as well as withmore » one O atom via a B=O double bond. The B{sub 3}O{sub 3}H{sup −} anion has a C{sub s} (2A) structure, containing an asymmetric OB–B–OBO zig-zag chain and a terminal H atom interacting with the central B atom. In contrast, the C{sub 2v} (1a) global minimum of B{sub 3}O{sub 3} neutral contains a rhombic B{sub 2}O{sub 2} ring with one B atom bonded to a BO terminal and that of neutral B{sub 3}O{sub 3}H (2a) is also of C{sub 2v} symmetry, which is readily constructed from C{sub 2v} (1a) by attaching a H atom to the opposite side of the BO group. The H atom in B{sub 3}O{sub 3}H{sup −/0} (2A and 2a) prefers to interact terminally with a B atom, rather than with O. Chemical bonding analyses reveal a three-center four-electron (3c-4e) π hyperbond in the B{sub 3}O{sub 3}H{sup −} (2A) cluster and a four-center four-electron (4c-4e) π bond (that is, the so-called o-bond) in B{sub 3}O{sub 3} (1a) and B{sub 3}O{sub 3}H (2a) neutral clusters.« less

  6. Visible photoluminescence of color centers in LiF crystals for absorbed dose evaluation in clinical dosimetry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Villarreal-Barajas, J. E.; Piccinini, M.; Vincenti, M. A.; Bonfigli, F.; Khan, R. F.; Montereali, R. M.

    2015-04-01

    Among insulating materials, lithium fluoride (LiF) has been successfully used as ionizing radiation dosemeter for more than 60 years. Thermoluminescence (TL) has been the most commonly used reading technique to evaluate the absorbed dose. Lately, optically stimulated luminescence (OSL) of visible emitting color centers (CCs) has also been explored in pure and doped LiF. This work focuses on the experimental behaviour of nominally pure LiF crystals dosemeters for 6 MV x rays at low doses based on photoluminescence (PL) of radiation induced CCs. Polished LiF crystals were irradiated using 6 MV x rays produced by a clinical linear accelerator. The doses (absorbed dose to water) covered the 1-100 Gy range. Optical absorption spectra show stable formation of primary F defects up to a maximum concentration of 2×1016 cm-3, while no significant M absorption band at around 450 nm was detected. On the other hand, under Argon laser excitation at 458 nm, PL spectra of the irradiated LiF crystals clearly exhibited the characteristic F2 and F+3 visible broad emission bands. Their sum intensity is linearly proportional to the absorbed dose in the investigated range. PL integrated intensity was also measured using a conventional fluorescence optical microscope under blue lamp illumination. The relationship between the absorbed dose and the integrated F2 and F+3 PL intensities, represented by the net average pixel number in the optical fluorescence images, is also fairly linear. Even at the low point defect densities obtained at the investigated doses, these preliminary experimental results are encouraging for further investigation of CCs PL in LiF crystals for clinical dosimetry.

  7. Optimizing visual comfort for stereoscopic 3D display based on color-plus-depth signals.

    PubMed

    Shao, Feng; Jiang, Qiuping; Fu, Randi; Yu, Mei; Jiang, Gangyi

    2016-05-30

    Visual comfort is a long-facing problem in stereoscopic 3D (S3D) display. In this paper, targeting to produce S3D content based on color-plus-depth signals, a general framework for depth mapping to optimize visual comfort for S3D display is proposed. The main motivation of this work is to remap the depth range of color-plus-depth signals to a new depth range that is suitable to comfortable S3D display. Towards this end, we first remap the depth range globally based on the adjusted zero disparity plane, and then present a two-stage global and local depth optimization solution to solve the visual comfort problem. The remapped depth map is used to generate the S3D output. We demonstrate the power of our approach on perceptually uncomfortable and comfortable stereoscopic images.

  8. Recent Developments in C-H Activation for Materials Science in the Center for Selective C-H Activation.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Junxiang; Kang, Lauren J; Parker, Timothy C; Blakey, Simon B; Luscombe, Christine K; Marder, Seth R

    2018-04-16

    Abstract : Organic electronics is a rapidly growing field driven in large part by the synthesis of ∏-conjugated molecules and polymers. Traditional aryl cross-coupling reactions such as the Stille and Suzuki have been used extensively in the synthesis of ∏-conjugated molecules and polymers, but the synthesis of intermediates necessary for traditional cross-couplings can include multiple steps with toxic and hazardous reagents. Direct arylation through C-H bond activation has the potential to reduce the number of steps and hazards while being more atom-economical. Within the Center for Selective C-H Functionalization (CCHF), we have been developing C-H activation methodology for the synthesis of ∏-conjugated materials of interest, including direct arylation of difficult-to-functionalize electron acceptor intermediates and living polymerization of ∏-conjugated polymers through C-H activation.

  9. Tetragonal distortions of some tetragonal Cr 3+ centers in fluoroperovskite ABF 3 crystals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhou, Qing; Wu, Hong-Ye; Wu, Xiao-Xuan; Zheng, Wen-Chen

    2006-07-01

    The tetragonal distortions [characterized by the displacement Δ R of the F - ion intervening in Cr 3+ and V B (B 2+ vacancy) or M + ion in B 2+ site] for Cr 3+-V B and Cr 3+-Li + centers in Cr 3+-doped fluoroperovskites KBF 3 (B = Mg, Zn) and ACdF 3 (A = K, Rb, Cs) and also for Cr 3+-Na + center in KZnF 3 have been studied by calculating the EPR parameters D, g|| and g⊥ from the crystal-field theory. From the studies, an interesting trend is suggested, i.e., when the size of the co-doped monovalent impurity M + in the nearest neighbor B 2+ site is comparable to that of the replaced B 2+ ion, the displacement Δ R of the intervening F - ion in Cr 3+-M + center is smaller than that in Cr 3+-V B center and if the M + iron is much smaller or much larger than that of the replaced B 2+ ion, the displacement Δ R in Cr 3+-M + center is greater than that in Cr 3+-V B center. The causes of the trend are discussed.

  10. Tetragonal distortions of some tetragonal Cr3+ centers in fluoroperovskite ABF3 crystals.

    PubMed

    Zhou, Qing; Wu, Hong-Ye; Wu, Xiao-Xuan; Zheng, Wen-Chen

    2006-07-01

    The tetragonal distortions [characterized by the displacement DeltaR of the F(-) ion intervening in Cr(3+) and V(B) (B(2+) vacancy) or M(+) ion in B(2+) site] for Cr(3+)-V(B) and Cr(3+)-Li(+) centers in Cr(3+)-doped fluoroperovskites KBF(3) (B=Mg, Zn) and ACdF(3) (A=K, Rb, Cs) and also for Cr(3+)-Na(+) center in KZnF(3) have been studied by calculating the EPR parameters D, g(parallel) and g(perpendicular) from the crystal-field theory. From the studies, an interesting trend is suggested, i.e., when the size of the co-doped monovalent impurity M(+) in the nearest neighbor B(2+) site is comparable to that of the replaced B(2+) ion, the displacement DeltaR of the intervening F(-) ion in Cr(3+)-M(+) center is smaller than that in Cr(3+)-V(B) center and if the M(+) iron is much smaller or much larger than that of the replaced B(2+) ion, the displacement DeltaR in Cr(3+)-M(+) center is greater than that in Cr(3+)-V(B) center. The causes of the trend are discussed.

  11. Periodic changes in the oxidation states of the center ion in the cobalt-histidine complex induced by the BrO3- - SO32- pH-oscillator

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kurin-Csörgei, Krisztina; Poros, Eszter; Csepiova, Julianna; Orbán, Miklós

    2018-05-01

    The coupling of acid-base type pH-dependent equilibria to pH-oscillators expanded significantly the number and type of species which can participate in oscillatory chemical processes. Here, we report a new version of oscillatory phenomena that can appear in coupled oscillators. Oscillations in the oxidation states of the center ion bound in a chelate complex were generated in a combined system, when the participants of the oscillator as dynamical unit and the components of the complex formation interacted with each other through redox reaction. It was demonstrated, when the BrO3- - SO32- pH-oscillator and the Co2+ - histidine complex were mixed in a continuous stirred tank reactor, periodic changes in the pH were accompanied with periodic transitions in the oxidation number of the cobalt ion between +2 and +3. The oscillatory build up and removal of the Co(III)-complex were followed by recording the light absorption at the wavelength characteristic for this species with simultaneous monitoring the pH-oscillations. The dual role of the SO32- ion in the explanation of this observation was pointed out. Its partial and consecutive total oxidations by BrO3- give rise to and maintain sustained pH-oscillations in the combined system and its presence induces the rapid conversion of the Co2+ to a highly inert Co(III)-histidine chelate when the system jumps to and remains in the high pH-state. The oscillatory cycle is completed when the Co(III)-complex is washed out from the reactor and the reagents are replenished by the flow during the time the system spends in the acidic range of pH. The idea, to couple a core oscillator to an equilibrium through a redox reaction that takes place between the constituents of the oscillator and the target species of the linked subsystem, may be generally used to bring about forced oscillations in many other combined chemical systems.

  12. Are the Color Gamuts of CRT and LCD Triangular? An Experimental Study

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2000-07-01

    UNCLASSIFIED Defense Technical Information Center Compilation Part Notice ADPO113 31 TITLE: Are the Color Gamuts of CRT and LCD Triangular? An...ADP011297 thru ADP011332 UNCLASSIFIED Are the Color Gamuts of CRT and LCD Triangular? An Experimental Study Guan-wei Leea and Chao-hua Wenb aDepartment of...Tube) display. This study describes the difference of color gamuts in different luminance level and the accuracy of color between CRT and LCD. In the

  13. 3,4-Methylenedioxyamphetamine (MDA) analogues exhibit differential effects on synaptosomal release of 3H-dopamine and 3H-5-hydroxytryptamine

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    McKenna, D.J.; Guan, X.M.; Shulgin, A.T.

    1991-03-01

    The effect of various analogues of the neurotoxic amphetamine derivative, MDA (3,4-methylenedioxyamphetamine) on carrier-mediated, calcium-independent release of 3H-5-HT and 3H-DA from rat brain synaptosomes was investigated. Both enantiomers of the neurotoxic analogues MDA and MDMA (3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine) induce synaptosomal release of 3H-5-HT and 3H-DA in vitro. The release of 3H-5-HT induced by MDMA is partially blocked by 10(-6) M fluoxetine. The (+) enantiomers of both MDA and MDMA are more potent than the (-) enantiomers as releasers of both 3H-5-HT and 3H-DA. Eleven analogues, differing from MDA with respect to the nature and number of ring and/or side chain substituents, alsomore » show some activity in the release experiments, and are more potent as releasers of 3H-5-HT than of 3H-DA. The amphetamine derivatives {plus minus}fenfluramine, {plus minus}norfenfluramine, {plus minus}MDE, {plus minus}PCA, and d-methamphetamine are all potent releasers of 3H-5-HT and show varying degrees of activity as 3H-DA releasers. The hallucinogen DOM does not cause significant release of either 3H-monoamine. Possible long-term serotonergic neurotoxicity was assessed by quantifying the density of 5-HT uptake sites in rats treated with multiple doses of selected analogues using 3H-paroxetine to label 5-HT uptake sites. In the neurotoxicity study of the compounds investigated, only (+)MDA caused a significant loss of 5-HT uptake sites in comparison to saline-treated controls. These results are discussed in terms of the apparent structure-activity properties affecting 3H-monoamine release and their possible relevance to neurotoxicity in this series of MDA congeners.« less

  14. Color superfluidity of neutral ultracold fermions in the presence of color-flip and color-orbit fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kurkcuoglu, Doga Murat; Sá de Melo, C. A. R.

    2018-02-01

    We describe how color superfluidity is modified in the presence of color-flip and color-orbit fields in the context of ultracold atoms and discuss connections between this problem and that of color superconductivity in quantum chromodynamics. We study the case of s -wave contact interactions between different colors and we identify several superfluid phases, with five being nodal and one being fully gapped. When our system is described in a mixed-color basis, the superfluid order parameter tensor is characterized by six independent components with explicit momentum dependence induced by color-orbit coupling. The nodal superfluid phases are topological in nature and the low-temperature phase diagram of the color-flip field versus the interaction parameter exhibits a pentacritical point, where all five nodal color superfluid phases converge. These results are in sharp contrast to the case of zero color-flip and color-orbit fields, where the system has perfect U(3) symmetry and possesses a superfluid phase that is characterized by fully gapped quasiparticle excitations with a single complex order parameter with no momentum dependence and by inert unpaired fermions representing a nonsuperfluid component. In the latter case, just a crossover between a Bardeen-Cooper-Schrieffer and a Bose-Einstein-condensation superfluid occurs. Furthermore, we analyze the order parameter tensor in a total pseudospin basis, investigate its momentum dependence in the singlet, triplet, and quintet sectors, and compare the results with the simpler case of spin-1/2 fermions in the presence of spin-flip and spin-orbit fields, where only singlet and triplet channels arise. Finally, we analyze in detail spectroscopic properties of color superfluids in the presence of color-flip and color-orbit fields, such as the quasiparticle excitation spectrum, momentum distribution, and density of states to help characterize all the encountered topological quantum phases, which can be realized in fermionic

  15. Optimizing Imaging Conditions for Demanding Multi-Color Super Resolution Localization Microscopy

    PubMed Central

    Nahidiazar, Leila; Agronskaia, Alexandra V.; Broertjes, Jorrit; van den Broek, Bram; Jalink, Kees

    2016-01-01

    Single Molecule Localization super-resolution Microscopy (SMLM) has become a powerful tool to study cellular architecture at the nanometer scale. In SMLM, single fluorophore labels are made to repeatedly switch on and off (“blink”), and their exact locations are determined by mathematically finding the centers of individual blinks. The image quality obtainable by SMLM critically depends on efficacy of blinking (brightness, fraction of molecules in the on-state) and on preparation longevity and labeling density. Recent work has identified several combinations of bright dyes and imaging buffers that work well together. Unfortunately, different dyes blink optimally in different imaging buffers, and acquisition of good quality 2- and 3-color images has therefore remained challenging. In this study we describe a new imaging buffer, OxEA, that supports 3-color imaging of the popular Alexa dyes. We also describe incremental improvements in preparation technique that significantly decrease lateral- and axial drift, as well as increase preparation longevity. We show that these improvements allow us to collect very large series of images from the same cell, enabling image stitching, extended 3D imaging as well as multi-color recording. PMID:27391487

  16. Tholins as Coloring Agents on Pluto

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cruikshank, D. P.; Materese, C. K.; Imanaka, H.; Dalle Ore, C.; Sandford, S. A.; Nuevo, M.

    2015-12-01

    The shape of the reflectance spectrum of Pluto recorded with telescopes, 0.3-1.0 μm, shows the planet's yellow-red color (1). Additionally, multi-filter images of Pluto with the MVIC camera on the New Horizons spacecraft report concentrations of the coloring agent(s) in some regions of the surface, and apparent near absence in other regions. Tholins are refractory organic solids of complex structure and high molecular weight, with a wide range of color ranging from yellow and orange to dark red, and through tan to black. They are readily synthesized in the laboratory by energetic processing of mixtures of the ices (N2, CH4, CO) known on Pluto's surface (2), or the same molecules in the gas phase (3). Energy in the form of UV light, electrons, protons, or coronal discharge are all effective to one degree or another in producing various types of tholins; details of the composition and yield vary with experimental conditions. Chemical analysis of ice tholins shows carboxylic acids, urea, and HCN and other nitriles. Aromatic/olefinic, amide, and other functional groups are identified in XANES analysis (4). The ice tholins produce by e- irradiation have a higher concentration of N than UV ice tholins, with N/C ~0.9 (versus ~0.5 for UV tholins) and O/C~0.2. EUV photolysis of Pluto atmosphere analog yields pale yellow solids relatively transparent in the visual, and with aliphatic CH bonds prominent in IR spectra. This material may be responsible for Pluto's hazes (5). Various tholins are the principal coloring agents on Pluto's surface, probably Charon's colored region, and on numerous other outer Solar System bodies (6). Refs: 1. Cruikshank, D. P. et al. 2014 DPS abstract #419.04; 2. Cruikshank et al. 2015 Icarus 246, 82; 3. Krasnopolsky & Cruikshank 1999 JGR 104 E9, 21,979; 4. Materese, C. K. et al. 2014 Ap.J. 788:111, June 20; 5. Imanaka, H. et al. 2014 DPS abstract #419.10; 6. Cruikshank, D. P. et al. 2005 Adv. Space Res. 36, 178.

  17. Color constancy influenced by unnatural spatial structure.

    PubMed

    Mizokami, Yoko; Yaguchi, Hirohisa

    2014-04-01

    The recognition of spatial structures is important for color constancy because we cannot identify an object's color under different illuminations without knowing which space it is in and how that space is illuminated. To show the importance of the natural structure of environments on color constancy, we investigated the way in which color appearance was affected by unnatural viewing conditions in which a spatial structure was distorted. Observers judged the color of a test patch placed in the center of a small room illuminated by white or reddish lights, as well as two rooms illuminated by white and reddish light, respectively. In the natural viewing condition, an observer saw the room(s) through a viewing window, whereas in an unnatural viewing condition, the scene structure was scrambled by a kaleidoscope-type viewing box. Results of single room condition with one illuminant color showed little difference in color constancy between the two viewing conditions. However, it decreased in the two-rooms condition with a more complex arrangement of space and illumination. The patch's appearance under the unnatural viewing condition was more influenced by simultaneous contrast than its appearance under the natural viewing condition. It also appears that color appearance under white illumination is more stable compared to that under reddish illumination. These findings suggest that natural spatial structure plays an important role for color constancy in a complex environment.

  18. Palladium-catalyzed cyclocarbonylation of o-iodoanilines with heterocumulenes: regioselective preparation of 4(3H)-quinazolinone derivatives

    PubMed

    Larksarp; Alper

    2000-05-09

    A catalyst system comprising palladium acetate-bidentate phosphine is effective for the cyclocarbonylation of o-iodoanilines with heterocumulenes at 70-100 degrees C for 12-24 h to give the corresponding 4(3H)-quinazolinone derivatives in good yields. Utilizing o-iodoaniline with isocyanates, carbodiimides, and ketenimines for the reaction, 2,4-(1H,3H)-quinazolinediones, 2-amino-4(3H)-quinazolinones and 2-alkyl-4(3H)-quinazolinones were obtained, respectively. The nature of the substrates including the electrophilicity of the carbon center of the carbodiimide, and the stability of the ketenimine, influence the product yields of this reaction. Urea-type intermediates are believed to be generated first in situ from the reaction of o-iodoanilines with heterocumulenes, followed by palladium-catalyzed carbonylation and cyclization to yield the products.

  19. 7 CFR 58.435 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Color. 58.435 Section 58.435 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....435 Color. Coloring when used, shall be Annatto or any cheese or butter color which meet the...

  20. 7 CFR 58.435 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Color. 58.435 Section 58.435 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....435 Color. Coloring when used, shall be Annatto or any cheese or butter color which meet the...

  1. 7 CFR 58.435 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Color. 58.435 Section 58.435 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....435 Color. Coloring when used, shall be Annatto or any cheese or butter color which meet the...

  2. 7 CFR 58.435 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Color. 58.435 Section 58.435 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....435 Color. Coloring when used, shall be Annatto or any cheese or butter color which meet the...

  3. 7 CFR 58.435 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Color. 58.435 Section 58.435 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....435 Color. Coloring when used, shall be Annatto or any cheese or butter color which meet the...

  4. Sol-hydrothermal synthesis and optical properties of Eu3+, Tb(3+)-codoped one-dimensional strontium germanate full color nano-phosphors.

    PubMed

    Lin, Liangwu; Sun, Xinyuan; Jiang, Yao; He, Yuehui

    2013-12-21

    Novel near-UV and blue excited Eu(3+), Tb(3+)-codoped one dimensional strontium germanate full-color nano-phosphors have been successfully synthesized by a simple sol-hydrothermal method. The morphologies, internal structures, chemical constitution and optical properties of the resulting samples were characterized using FE-SEM, TEM, HRTEM, EDS, XRD, FTIR, XPS, PL and PLE spectroscopy and luminescence decay curves. The results suggested that the obtained Eu(3+), Tb(3+)-codoped strontium germanate nanowires are single crystal nanowires with a diameter ranging from 10 to 80 nm, average diameter of around 30 nm and the length ranging from tens to hundreds micrometers. The results of PL and PLE spectra indicated that the Eu(3+), Tb(3+)-codoped single crystal strontium germanate nanowires showed an intensive blue, blue-green, green, orange and red or green, orange and red light emission under excitation at 350-380 nm and 485 nm, respectively, which may attributed to the coexistent Eu(3+), Eu(2+) and Tb(3+) ions, and the defects located in the strontium germanate nanowires. A possible mechanism of energy transfer among the host, Eu(3+) and Tb(3+) ions was proposed. White-emission can be realized in a single-phase strontium germanate nanowire host by codoping with Tb(3+) and Eu(3+) ions. The Eu(3+), Tb(3+)-codoped one-dimensional strontium germanate full-color nano-phosphors have superior stability under electron bombardment. Because of their strong PL intensity, good CIE chromaticity and stability, the novel 1D strontium germanate full-color nano-phosphors have potential applications in W-LEDs.

  5. Fringe periods of color moirés in contact-type 3-D displays.

    PubMed

    Lee, Hyoung; Kim, Sung-Kyu; Sohn, Kwanghoon; Son, Jung-Young; Chernyshov, Oleksii O

    2016-06-27

    A mathematical formula of calculating the fringe periods of the color moirés appearing at the contact-type 3-D displays is derived. It is typical that the color moirés are chirped and the period of the line pattern in viewing zone forming optics is more than two times of that of the pixel pattern in the display panel. These make impossible to calculate the fringe periods of the color moirés with the conventional beat frequency formula. The derived formula work very well for any combination of two line patterns having either a same line period or different line periods. This is experimentally proved. Furthermore, it is also shown that the fringe period can be expressed in terms of the viewing distance and focal length of the viewing zone forming optics.

  6. [(H2O)(terpy)Mn(μ-O)2Mn(terpy)(OH2)](NO3)3 (terpy = 2,2′:6,2″-terpyridine) and its relevance to the oxygen-evolving complex of photosystem II examined through pH dependent cyclic voltametry

    PubMed Central

    Cady, Clyde W.; Shinopoulos, Katherine E.; Crabtree, Robert H.; Brudvig, Gary W.

    2010-01-01

    Photosynthetic water oxidation occurs naturally at a tetranuclear manganese center in the photosystem II protein complex. Synthetically mimicking this tetramanganese center, known as the oxygen-evolving complex (OEC), has been an ongoing challenge of bioinorganic chemistry. Most past efforts have centered on water-oxidation catalysis using chemical oxidants. However, solar energy applications have drawn attention to electrochemical methods. In this paper, we examine the electrochemical behavior of the biomimetic water-oxidation catalyst [(H2O)(terpy)Mn(μ-O)2Mn(terpy)(H2O)](NO3)3 [terpy = 2,2′:6′,2″-terpyridine] (1) in water under a variety of pH and buffered conditions and in the presence of acetate that binds to 1 in place of one of the terminal water ligands. These experiments will show that 1 not only exhibits proton-coupled electron-transfer reactivity analogous to the OEC, but also may be capable of electrochemical oxidation of water to oxygen. PMID:20372724

  7. Designing Better Water Troughs: Does Trough Color Influence Dairy Cows' Preference?

    PubMed

    Lemos Teixeira, Dayane; Hötzel, Maria José; Pinheiro Machado Filho, Luiz Carlos; Cazale, José Daniel; Enríquez-Hidalgo, Daniel

    2017-01-01

    Eighteen lactating dairy cows were used to elucidate their preference for green, grey, or red troughs. The herd was managed under a rotational grazing system with ad-libitum access to water until 11:30 h. For 9 days, all cows were tested individually following the afternoon milking. Cows drank similar quantities, spent a similar amount of time drinking, and took a similar number of sips from the 3 trough colors (p > .05). In 75% of the tests, cows drank more than 95% of the test period from the same trough. Within this time, the percentage of choices did not differ among colors (33.3% green, 39.0% grey, and 27.7% red). When they chose the red trough, cows spent less time drinking (p ≤ .05) and tended to take fewer sips (p = .07), which could suggest a partial aversion to this color. Suboptimal water trough design may have long-term negative effects on both the production and welfare of dairy cattle; however, the results suggest that color does not play a major role in the drinking behavior of dairy cows.

  8. Human attention filters for single colors.

    PubMed

    Sun, Peng; Chubb, Charles; Wright, Charles E; Sperling, George

    2016-10-25

    The visual images in the eyes contain much more information than the brain can process. An important selection mechanism is feature-based attention (FBA). FBA is best described by attention filters that specify precisely the extent to which items containing attended features are selectively processed and the extent to which items that do not contain the attended features are attenuated. The centroid-judgment paradigm enables quick, precise measurements of such human perceptual attention filters, analogous to transmission measurements of photographic color filters. Subjects use a mouse to locate the centroid-the center of gravity-of a briefly displayed cloud of dots and receive precise feedback. A subset of dots is distinguished by some characteristic, such as a different color, and subjects judge the centroid of only the distinguished subset (e.g., dots of a particular color). The analysis efficiently determines the precise weight in the judged centroid of dots of every color in the display (i.e., the attention filter for the particular attended color in that context). We report 32 attention filters for single colors. Attention filters that discriminate one saturated hue from among seven other equiluminant distractor hues are extraordinarily selective, achieving attended/unattended weight ratios >20:1. Attention filters for selecting a color that differs in saturation or lightness from distractors are much less selective than attention filters for hue (given equal discriminability of the colors), and their filter selectivities are proportional to the discriminability distance of neighboring colors, whereas in the same range hue attention-filter selectivity is virtually independent of discriminabilty.

  9. Human attention filters for single colors

    PubMed Central

    Sun, Peng; Chubb, Charles; Wright, Charles E.; Sperling, George

    2016-01-01

    The visual images in the eyes contain much more information than the brain can process. An important selection mechanism is feature-based attention (FBA). FBA is best described by attention filters that specify precisely the extent to which items containing attended features are selectively processed and the extent to which items that do not contain the attended features are attenuated. The centroid-judgment paradigm enables quick, precise measurements of such human perceptual attention filters, analogous to transmission measurements of photographic color filters. Subjects use a mouse to locate the centroid—the center of gravity—of a briefly displayed cloud of dots and receive precise feedback. A subset of dots is distinguished by some characteristic, such as a different color, and subjects judge the centroid of only the distinguished subset (e.g., dots of a particular color). The analysis efficiently determines the precise weight in the judged centroid of dots of every color in the display (i.e., the attention filter for the particular attended color in that context). We report 32 attention filters for single colors. Attention filters that discriminate one saturated hue from among seven other equiluminant distractor hues are extraordinarily selective, achieving attended/unattended weight ratios >20:1. Attention filters for selecting a color that differs in saturation or lightness from distractors are much less selective than attention filters for hue (given equal discriminability of the colors), and their filter selectivities are proportional to the discriminability distance of neighboring colors, whereas in the same range hue attention-filter selectivity is virtually independent of discriminabilty. PMID:27791040

  10. A model for prediction of color change after tooth bleaching based on CIELAB color space

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Herrera, Luis J.; Santana, Janiley; Yebra, Ana; Rivas, María. José; Pulgar, Rosa; Pérez, María. M.

    2017-08-01

    An experimental study aiming to develop a model based on CIELAB color space for prediction of color change after a tooth bleaching procedure is presented. Multivariate linear regression models were obtained to predict the L*, a*, b* and W* post-bleaching values using the pre-bleaching L*, a*and b*values. Moreover, univariate linear regression models were obtained to predict the variation in chroma (C*), hue angle (h°) and W*. The results demonstrated that is possible to estimate color change when using a carbamide peroxide tooth-bleaching system. The models obtained can be applied in clinic to predict the colour change after bleaching.

  11. Martian Rocks Lining Possible Ancient Channel (Enhanced Color)

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2017-06-23

    NASA's Mars Exploration Rover Opportunity took the component images of this enhanced-color scene during the mission's "walkabout" survey of an area just above the top of "Perseverance Valley," in preparation for driving down the valley. The location is just outside the crest line of the western rim of Endeavour Crater, looking toward the northwest. The rim crest at the top of Perseverance Valley is off the scene to the right. A swath across the top half of the image is lined with dark rocks, especially on the far side. The swath runs east-west, and one possible history under investigation is that it was a channel into a lake perched against the edge of the crater billions of years ago. Another hypothesis is that the linear pattern of the rock piles is related to radial fractures from the impact that excavated Endeavour Crater. One goal of the walkabout is to determine whether a close look at the rocks will provide clues to the history of the site. For scale, the width of the swath near the center of the image is roughly 30 feet (9 meters). Opportunity's panoramic camera (Pancam) recorded this scene on June 3, 2017, during the 4,749th Martian day, or sol, of the rover's work on Mars. The enhanced color helps make differences in surface materials visible. The view merges exposures taken through three of the Pancam's color filters, centered on wavelengths of 753 nanometers (near-infrared), 535 nanometers (green) and 432 nanometers (violet). https://photojournal.jpl.nasa.gov/catalog/PIA21711

  12. CAF-1-induced oligomerization of histones H3/H4 and mutually exclusive interactions with Asf1 guide H3/H4 transitions among histone chaperones and DNA

    PubMed Central

    Liu, Wallace H.; Roemer, Sarah C.; Port, Alex M.; Churchill, Mair E. A.

    2012-01-01

    Anti-silencing function 1 (Asf1) and Chromatin Assembly Factor 1 (CAF-1) chaperone histones H3/H4 during the assembly of nucleosomes on newly replicated DNA. To understand the mechanism of histone H3/H4 transfer among Asf1, CAF-1 and DNA from a thermodynamic perspective, we developed and employed biophysical approaches using full-length proteins in the budding yeast system. We find that the C-terminal tail of Asf1 enhances the interaction of Asf1 with CAF-1. Surprisingly, although H3/H4 also enhances the interaction of Asf1 with the CAF-1 subunit Cac2, H3/H4 forms a tight complex with CAF-1 exclusive of Asf1, with an affinity weaker than Asf1–H3/H4 or H3/H4–DNA interactions. Unlike Asf1, monomeric CAF-1 binds to multiple H3/H4 dimers, which ultimately promotes the formation of (H3/H4)2 tetramers on DNA. Thus, transition of H3/H4 from the Asf1-associated dimer to the DNA-associated tetramer is promoted by CAF-1-induced H3/H4 oligomerization. PMID:23034810

  13. Advanced Plasmonic Materials for Dynamic Color Display.

    PubMed

    Shao, Lei; Zhuo, Xiaolu; Wang, Jianfang

    2018-04-01

    Plasmonic structures exhibit promising applications in high-resolution and durable color generation. Research on advanced hybrid plasmonic materials that allow dynamically reconfigurable color control has developed rapidly in recent years. Some of these results may give rise to practically applicable reflective displays in living colors with high performance and low power consumption. They will attract broad interest from display markets, compared with static plasmonic color printing, for example, in applications such as digital signage, full-color electronic paper, and electronic device screens. In this progress report, the most promising recent examples of utilizing advanced plasmonic materials for the realization of dynamic color display are highlighted and put into perspective. The performances, advantages, and disadvantages of different technologies are discussed, with emphasis placed on both the potential and possible limitations of various hybrid materials for dynamic plasmonic color display. © 2017 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  14. Direct detection of light dark matter and solar neutrinos via color center production in crystals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Budnik, Ranny; Cheshnovsky, Ori; Slone, Oren; Volansky, Tomer

    2018-07-01

    We propose a new low-threshold direct-detection concept for dark matter and for coherent nuclear scattering of solar neutrinos, based on the dissociation of atoms and subsequent creation of color center type defects within a lattice. The novelty in our approach lies in its ability to detect single defects in a macroscopic bulk of material. This class of experiments features ultra-low energy thresholds which allows for the probing of dark matter as light as O (10) MeV through nuclear scattering. Another feature of defect creation in crystals is directional information, which presents as a spectacular signal and a handle on background reduction in the form of daily modulation of the interaction rate. We discuss the envisioned setup and detection technique, as well as background reduction. We further calculate the expected rates for dark matter and solar neutrinos in two example crystals for which available data exists, demonstrating the prospective sensitivity of such experiments.

  15. Histone H3.3 maintains genome integrity during mammalian development

    PubMed Central

    Jang, Chuan-Wei; Shibata, Yoichiro; Starmer, Joshua; Yee, Della; Magnuson, Terry

    2015-01-01

    Histone H3.3 is a highly conserved histone H3 replacement variant in metazoans and has been implicated in many important biological processes, including cell differentiation and reprogramming. Germline and somatic mutations in H3.3 genomic incorporation pathway components or in H3.3 encoding genes have been associated with human congenital diseases and cancers, respectively. However, the role of H3.3 in mammalian development remains unclear. To address this question, we generated H3.3-null mouse models through classical genetic approaches. We found that H3.3 plays an essential role in mouse development. Complete depletion of H3.3 leads to developmental retardation and early embryonic lethality. At the cellular level, H3.3 loss triggers cell cycle suppression and cell death. Surprisingly, H3.3 depletion does not dramatically disrupt gene regulation in the developing embryo. Instead, H3.3 depletion causes dysfunction of heterochromatin structures at telomeres, centromeres, and pericentromeric regions of chromosomes, leading to mitotic defects. The resulting karyotypical abnormalities and DNA damage lead to p53 pathway activation. In summary, our results reveal that an important function of H3.3 is to support chromosomal heterochromatic structures, thus maintaining genome integrity during mammalian development. PMID:26159997

  16. 7 CFR 58.329 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Color. 58.329 Section 58.329 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....329 Color. Coloring, when used shall be Annatto or any color which is approved by the U.S. Food and...

  17. 7 CFR 58.329 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Color. 58.329 Section 58.329 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....329 Color. Coloring, when used shall be Annatto or any color which is approved by the U.S. Food and...

  18. 7 CFR 58.329 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Color. 58.329 Section 58.329 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....329 Color. Coloring, when used shall be Annatto or any color which is approved by the U.S. Food and...

  19. 7 CFR 58.329 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Color. 58.329 Section 58.329 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....329 Color. Coloring, when used shall be Annatto or any color which is approved by the U.S. Food and...

  20. Why some colors appear more memorable than others: A model combining categories and particulars in color working memory.

    PubMed

    Bae, Gi-Yeul; Olkkonen, Maria; Allred, Sarah R; Flombaum, Jonathan I

    2015-08-01

    Categorization with basic color terms is an intuitive and universal aspect of color perception. Yet research on visual working memory capacity has largely assumed that only continuous estimates within color space are relevant to memory. As a result, the influence of color categories on working memory remains unknown. We propose a dual content model of color representation in which color matches to objects that are either present (perception) or absent (memory) integrate category representations along with estimates of specific values on a continuous scale ("particulars"). We develop and test the model through 4 experiments. In a first experiment pair, participants reproduce a color target, both with and without a delay, using a recently influential estimation paradigm. In a second experiment pair, we use standard methods in color perception to identify boundary and focal colors in the stimulus set. The main results are that responses drawn from working memory are significantly biased away from category boundaries and toward category centers. Importantly, the same pattern of results is present without a memory delay. The proposed dual content model parsimoniously explains these results, and it should replace prevailing single content models in studies of visual working memory. More broadly, the model and the results demonstrate how the main consequence of visual working memory maintenance is the amplification of category related biases and stimulus-specific variability that originate in perception. (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved).

  1. Jupiter in True and False Color

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2001-01-23

    These color composite frames of the mid-section of Jupiter were of narrow angle images acquired on December 31, 2000, a day after Cassini's closest approach to the planet. The smallest features in these frames are roughly ~ 60 kilometers. The left is natural color, composited to yield the color that Jupiter would have if seen by the naked eye. The right frame is composed of 3 images: two were taken through narrow band filters centered on regions of the spectrum where the gaseous methane in Jupiter's atmosphere absorbs light, and the third was taken in a red continuum region of the spectrum, where Jupiter has no absorptions. The combination yields an image whose colors denote the height of the clouds. Red regions are deep water clouds, bright blue regions are high haze (like the blue covering the Great Red Spot). Small, intensely bright white spots are energetic lightning storms which have penetrated high into the atmosphere where there is no opportunity for absorption of light: these high cloud systems reflect all light equally. The darkest blue regions -- for example, the long linear regions which border the northern part of the equatorial zone, are the very deep "hot spots', seen in earlier images, from which Jovian thermal emission is free to escape to space. This is the first time that global images of Jupiter in all the methane and attendant continuum filters have been acquired by a spacecraft. From images like these, the stratigraphy of Jupiter's dynamic atmosphere will be determined. http://photojournal.jpl.nasa.gov/catalog/PIA02877

  2. Studying Mixing in Non-Newtonian Blue Maize Flour Suspensions Using Color Analysis

    PubMed Central

    Trujillo-de Santiago, Grissel; Rojas-de Gante, Cecilia; García-Lara, Silverio; Ballescá-Estrada, Adriana; Alvarez, Mario Moisés

    2014-01-01

    Background Non-Newtonian fluids occur in many relevant flow and mixing scenarios at the lab and industrial scale. The addition of acid or basic solutions to a non-Newtonian fluid is not an infrequent operation, particularly in Biotechnology applications where the pH of Non-Newtonian culture broths is usually regulated using this strategy. Methodology and Findings We conducted mixing experiments in agitated vessels using Non-Newtonian blue maize flour suspensions. Acid or basic pulses were injected to reveal mixing patterns and flow structures and to follow their time evolution. No foreign pH indicator was used as blue maize flours naturally contain anthocyanins that act as a native, wide spectrum, pH indicator. We describe a novel method to quantitate mixedness and mixing evolution through Dynamic Color Analysis (DCA) in this system. Color readings corresponding to different times and locations within the mixing vessel were taken with a digital camera (or a colorimeter) and translated to the CIELab scale of colors. We use distances in the Lab space, a 3D color space, between a particular mixing state and the final mixing point to characterize segregation/mixing in the system. Conclusion and Relevance Blue maize suspensions represent an adequate and flexible model to study mixing (and fluid mechanics in general) in Non-Newtonian suspensions using acid/base tracer injections. Simple strategies based on the evaluation of color distances in the CIELab space (or other scales such as HSB) can be adapted to characterize mixedness and mixing evolution in experiments using blue maize suspensions. PMID:25401332

  3. STAR FORMATION ACTIVITY IN THE GALACTIC H II REGION Sh2-297

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mallick, K. K.; Ojha, D. K.; Dewangan, L. K.

    We present a multiwavelength study of the Galactic H II region Sh2-297, located in the Canis Major OB1 complex. Optical spectroscopic observations are used to constrain the spectral type of ionizing star HD 53623 as B0V. The classical nature of this H II region is affirmed by the low values of electron density and emission measure, which are calculated to be 756 cm{sup -3} and 9.15 Multiplication-Sign 10{sup 5} cm{sup -6} pc using the radio continuum observations at 610 and 1280 MHz, and Very Large Array archival data at 1420 MHz. To understand local star formation, we identified the youngmore » stellar object (YSO) candidates in a region of area {approx}7.'5 Multiplication-Sign 7.'5 centered on Sh2-297 using grism slitless spectroscopy (to identify the H{alpha} emission line stars), and near infrared (NIR) observations. NIR YSO candidates are further classified into various evolutionary stages using color-color and color-magnitude (CM) diagrams, giving 50 red sources (H - K > 0.6) and 26 Class II-like sources. The mass and age range of the YSOs are estimated to be {approx}0.1-2 M {sub Sun} and 0.5-2 Myr using optical (V/V-I) and NIR (J/J-H) CM diagrams. The mean age of the YSOs is found to be {approx}1 Myr, which is of the order of dynamical age of 1.07 Myr of the H II region. Using the estimated range of visual extinction (1.1-25 mag) from literature and NIR data for the region, spectral energy distribution models have been implemented for selected YSOs which show masses and ages to be consistent with estimated values. The spatial distribution of YSOs shows an evolutionary sequence, suggesting triggered star formation in the region. The star formation seems to have propagated from the ionizing star toward the cold dark cloud LDN1657A located west of Sh2-297.« less

  4. Color congruity effect: where do colors and numbers interact in synesthesia?

    PubMed

    Cohen Kadosh, Roi; Henik, Avishai

    2006-02-01

    The traditional size congruity paradigm is a Stroop-like situation where participants are asked to compare the values of two digits and ignore the irrelevant physical sizes of the digits (e.g., 3 5). Here a color congruity paradigm was employed and the irrelevant physical sizes were replaced by irrelevant colors. MM, a digit-color synesthete, yielded the classical congruity effect. Namely, she was slower to identify numerically larger numbers when they deviated from her synesthetic experience than when they matched it. In addition, the effect of color on her comparative judgments was modulated by numerical distance. In contrast, performance of non-synesthetes was not affected by the colors. On the basis of neurophysiological studies of magnitude comparison and interference between numerical and physical information, it is proposed that the interaction between colors and digits in MM occurs at the conceptual level. Moreover, by using the current paradigm it is possible to determine the stage at which color-digit binding in synesthesia occurs.

  5. Agreement between digital image analysis and clinical spectrophotometer in CIEL*C*h° coordinate differences and total color difference (ΔE) measurements of dental ceramic shade tabs.

    PubMed

    Farah, Ra'fat I

    2016-01-01

    The objectives of this in vitro study were: 1) to test the agreement among color coordinate differences and total color difference (ΔL*, ΔC*, Δh°, and ΔE) measurements obtained by digital image analysis (DIA) and spectrophotometer, and 2) to test the reliability of each method for obtaining color differences. A digital camera was used to record standardized images of each of the 15 shade tabs from the IPS e.max shade guide placed edge-to-edge in a phantom head with a reference shade tab. The images were analyzed using image-editing software (Adobe Photoshop) to obtain the color differences between the middle area of each test shade tab and the corresponding area of the reference tab. The color differences for the same shade tab areas were also measured using a spectrophotometer. To assess the reliability, measurements for the 15 shade tabs were repeated twice using the two methods. The Intraclass Correlation Coefficient (ICC) and the Dahlberg index were used to calculate agreement and reliability. The total agreement of the two methods for measuring ΔL*, ΔC*, Δh°, and ΔE, according to the ICC, exceeded 0.82. The Dahlberg indices for ΔL* and ΔE were 2.18 and 2.98, respectively. For the reliability calculation, the ICCs for the DIA and the spectrophotometer ΔE were 0.91 and 0.94, respectively. High agreement was obtained between the DIA and spectrophotometer results for the ΔL*, ΔC*, Δh°, and ΔE measurements. Further, the reliability of the measurements for the spectrophotometer was slightly higher than the reliability of all measurements in the DIA.

  6. Evaluation of photo-mutagenicity and photo-cytotoxicity of food coloring agents.

    PubMed

    Arimoto-Kobayashi, Sakae; Machida, Masaki; Okamoto, Keinosuke; Yamaguchi, Akie

    2005-05-01

    Pigments extracted from natural products are widely used for food coloration in Japan. An investigation concerning the photo-mutagenicity and photo-carcinogenicity of frequently used colorants in Japan was performed. Colorants examined were from Laccifer lacca (lac-color), Coccus cacti (cochineal-color), Carthamus tinctorius (carthamus yellow), Gardenia augusta (gardenia yellow and gardenia blue), Monascus anka and Monascus purpureus (monascus red), the skin of Vitis vinifera and Vitis labrusca (grape-skin color), Tamarindus indica (tamarind brown) and Beta vulgaris (beet red). No significant increase in bacterial mutation was found when Salmonella typhimurium TA98, TA100 and TA102 were simultaneously treated with colorants and subjected to UVA irradiation for 30 min. When colorant solutions were subjected to UVA irradiation for 4 h, irradiated solutions containing lac-color became slightly mutagenic toward S.typhimurium TA98 without metabolic activation. A decrease in cell survival resulted when WTK-1 cells were subjected to UVA irradiation for 60 min in the presence of purpurin at 1 mg/ml. Delayed cytotoxicity was also observed following 24 h incubation in fresh medium of samples that were subjected to UVA irradiation for 60 min in the presence of colorant (carthamus yellow, grape-skin color, gardenia blue, cochineal-color, monascus red or purpurin).

  7. Photofragment slice imaging studies of pyrrole and the Xe{center_dot}{center_dot}{center_dot}pyrrole cluster

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Rubio-Lago, L.; Zaouris, D.; Sakellariou, Y.

    The photolysis of pyrrole has been studied in a molecular beam at wavelengths of 250, 240, and 193.3 nm, using two different carrier gases, He and Xe. A broad bimodal distribution of H-atom fragment velocities has been observed at all wavelengths. Near threshold at both 240 and 250 nm, sharp features have been observed in the fast part of the H-atom distribution. Under appropriate molecular beam conditions, the entire H-atom loss signal from the photolysis of pyrrole at both 240 and 250 nm (including the sharp features) disappear when using Xe as opposed to He as the carrier gas. Wemore » attribute this phenomenon to cluster formation between Xe and pyrrole, and this assumption is supported by the observation of resonance enhanced multiphoton ionization spectra for the (Xe{center_dot}{center_dot}{center_dot}pyrrole) cluster followed by photofragmentation of the nascent cation cluster. Ab initio calculations are presented for the ground states of the neutral and cationic (Xe{center_dot}{center_dot}{center_dot}pyrrole) clusters as a means of understanding their structural and energetic properties.« less

  8. Pluto and Charon in Color: Pluto-Centric View Animation

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2015-06-11

    The first color movies from NASA's New Horizons mission show Pluto and its largest moon, Charon, and the complex orbital dance of the two bodies, known as a double planet. A near-true color movie were assembled from images made in three colors -- blue, red and near-infrared -- by the Multispectral Visible Imaging Camera on the instrument known as Ralph. The images were taken on nine different occasions from May 29-June 3, 2015. The movie is "Pluto-centric," meaning that Charon is shown as it moves in relation to Pluto, which is digitally centered in the movie. (The North Pole of Pluto is at the top.) Pluto makes one turn around its axis every 6 days, 9 hours and 17.6 minutes-the same amount of time that Charon rotates in its orbit. Looking closely at the images in this movie, one can detect a regular shift in Pluto's brightness-due to the brighter and darker terrains on its differing faces. http://photojournal.jpl.nasa.gov/catalog/PIA19689

  9. Hubble Space Telescope Observations of M32: The Color-Magnitude Diagram

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Grillmair, C. J.; Lauer, T. R.; Worthey, G.; Faber, S. M.; Freedman, W. L.; Madore, B. F.; Ajhar, E. A.; Baum, W. A.; Holtzman, J. A.; Lynds, C. R.; hide

    1996-01-01

    We present a V--I color-magnitude diagram for a region 1'--2' the center of M32 based on Hubble Space Telescope WFPC2 images. The broad color-luminosity distribution of red giants shows that the stellar population comprises stars with a wide range in metallicity.

  10. False Color View of Mercury

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2017-12-08

    This colorful view of Mercury was produced by using images from the color base map imaging campaign during MESSENGER's primary mission. These colors are not what Mercury would look like to the human eye, but rather the colors enhance the chemical, mineralogical, and physical differences between the rocks that make up Mercury's surface. To watch a movie of this colorful view of Mercury as a spinning globe go here: www.flickr.com/photos/gsfc/8497927473 Young crater rays, extending radially from fresh impact craters, appear light blue or white. Medium- and dark-blue areas are a geologic unit of Mercury's crust known as the "low-reflectance material", thought to be rich in a dark, opaque mineral. Tan areas are plains formed by eruption of highly fluid lavas. The giant Caloris basin is the large circular tan feature located just to the upper right of center of the image. The MESSENGER spacecraft is the first ever to orbit the planet Mercury, and the spacecraft's seven scientific instruments and radio science investigation are unraveling the history and evolution of the Solar System's innermost planet. Visit the Why Mercury? section of this website to learn more about the key science questions that the MESSENGER mission is addressing. During the one-year primary mission, MESSENGER acquired 88,746 images and extensive other data sets. MESSENGER is now in a yearlong extended mission, during which plans call for the acquisition of more than 80,000 additional images to support MESSENGER's science goals. Credit: NASA/Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory/Carnegie Institution of Washington NASA image use policy. NASA Goddard Space Flight Center enables NASA’s mission through four scientific endeavors: Earth Science, Heliophysics, Solar System Exploration, and Astrophysics. Goddard plays a leading role in NASA’s accomplishments by contributing compelling scientific knowledge to advance the Agency’s mission. Follow us on Twitter Like us on Facebook Find us on

  11. High-speed imaging using 3CCD camera and multi-color LED flashes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hijazi, Ala; Friedl, Alexander; Cierpka, Christian; Kähler, Christian; Madhavan, Vis

    2017-11-01

    This paper demonstrates the possibility of capturing full-resolution, high-speed image sequences using a regular 3CCD color camera in conjunction with high-power light emitting diodes of three different colors. This is achieved using a novel approach, referred to as spectral-shuttering, where a high-speed image sequence is captured using short duration light pulses of different colors that are sent consecutively in very close succession. The work presented in this paper demonstrates the feasibility of configuring a high-speed camera system using low cost and readily available off-the-shelf components. This camera can be used for recording six-frame sequences at frame rates up to 20 kHz or three-frame sequences at even higher frame rates. Both color crosstalk and spatial matching between the different channels of the camera are found to be within acceptable limits. A small amount of magnification difference between the different channels is found and a simple calibration procedure for correcting the images is introduced. The images captured using the approach described here are of good quality to be used for obtaining full-field quantitative information using techniques such as digital image correlation and particle image velocimetry. A sequence of six high-speed images of a bubble splash recorded at 400 Hz is presented as a demonstration.

  12. Color standardization and optimization in whole slide imaging.

    PubMed

    Yagi, Yukako

    2011-03-30

    Standardization and validation of the color displayed by digital slides is an important aspect of digital pathology implementation. While the most common reason for color variation is the variance in the protocols and practices in the histology lab, the color displayed can also be affected by variation in capture parameters (for example, illumination and filters), image processing and display factors in the digital systems themselves. We have been developing techniques for color validation and optimization along two paths. The first was based on two standard slides that are scanned and displayed by the imaging system in question. In this approach, one slide is embedded with nine filters with colors selected especially for H&E stained slides (looking like tiny Macbeth color chart); the specific color of the nine filters were determined in our previous study and modified for whole slide imaging (WSI). The other slide is an H&E stained mouse embryo. Both of these slides were scanned and the displayed images were compared to a standard. The second approach was based on our previous multispectral imaging research. As a first step, the two slide method (above) was used to identify inaccurate display of color and its cause, and to understand the importance of accurate color in digital pathology. We have also improved the multispectral-based algorithm for more consistent results in stain standardization. In near future, the results of the two slide and multispectral techniques can be combined and will be widely available. We have been conducting a series of researches and developing projects to improve image quality to establish Image Quality Standardization. This paper discusses one of most important aspects of image quality - color.

  13. Children's color perception in relation to habitat and skin color.

    PubMed

    Gaines, R; Powell, G J

    1981-09-01

    Developmental color perception of negroid and caucasoid children in 3 societies is examined in relation to the theories that proximity to the equator and fundus pigmentation (as measured by skin color) reduce shortwave (blue-green) in comparison with long-wave perception. The 278 4- and 8-year-old native-born, urban, English-speaking children were from latitudes 6 degrees 27' N (Enugu, Nigeria), 17 degrees 18' N (Basseterre, Saint Kitts, East Caribbean), and 34 degrees 3' N (Los Angeles, Calif.). Equal numbers of boys and girls from middle socioeconomic homes were medically examined for normal nutritional status and near vision. Children were individually tested on the Gaines Color Perception Test. The results show that short-wavelength perception is less accurate than long-wave-length perception in all locations, but most of the variance is attributable to conditions of low value or chroma stimuli rather than to proximity to the equator. There were no significant differences between Nigerian, Saint Kittitian and California caucasoid children. In accord with the pigmentation theory, young California negroid children had less accurate short-wavelength color perception than California caucasoid children. However, Nigerian and Saint Kittitian negroid children's perceptual accuracy was at least as accurate as that of caucasoid children. Amount of pigmentation does not appear to be a universal variable in children's color perception. Socioeconomic status, nutritional variables, developmental growth of the eye, or controlled stimulus conditions of the present research could account for the lack of positive relationships between color perception and habitat or skin color.

  14. Using ultraviolet absorbance and color to assess pharmaceutical oxidation during ozonation of wastewater.

    PubMed

    Wert, Eric C; Rosario-Ortiz, Fernando L; Snyder, Shane A

    2009-07-01

    The reduction of ultraviolet (UV) absorbance at 254 nm (UV254) and true color were identified as appropriate surrogates to assess the oxidation of six pharmaceuticals (i.e., carbamazepine, meprobamate, dilantin, primidone, atenolol, and iopromide) during ozonation of wastewater. Three tertiary-treated wastewaters were evaluated during oxidation with ozone (O3) and O3 coupled with hydrogen peroxide (O3/H2O2). The correlation between pharmaceutical oxidation and removal of UV254 was dependent upon the reactivity of each specific compound toward ozone, as measured by the second-order rate constant (k'(O3)). Oxidation of compounds with k'(O3) > 10(3) M(-1) s(-1) correlated well (R2 > 0.73) with UV254 reduction between 0-50%. Oxidation of compounds with apparent k'(O3) < 10 M(-1) s(-1) resulted primarily from hydroxyl radicals and correlated well (R2 > 0.80) with the UV254 reduction of 15-85%. The removal of true color also correlated well (R2 > 0.85) with the oxidation of pharmaceuticals during the ozonation of two wastewaters. These correlations demonstrate that UV254 reduction and true color removal may be used as surrogates to evaluate pharmaceutical oxidation in the presence or absence of dissolved ozone residual during advanced wastewater treatment with O3 or O3/H2O2. The use of online UV254 measurements would allow wastewater utilities to optimize the ozone dose required to meet their specific treatment objectives.

  15. Color Variabilities of Spectrally Defined Red QSOs at z = 0.3–1.2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, I.-Chenn; Hwang, Chorng-Yuan; Kaiser, Nick; Magnier, Eugene A.; Metcalfe, Nigel; Waters, Christopher

    2018-03-01

    We study the brightness and the color variabilities of 34 red and 122 typical quasi-stellar objects (QSOs) at z = 0.3–1.2 using data from the Pan-STARRS Medium Deep Survey. The red and the typical QSOs are selected based on the ratios of the flux densities at 3000 Å to those at 4000 Å in the rest frame. We find that 16 out of 34 red QSOs are identified as extended sources, which exhibit strong brightness and color variabilities at shorter wavelengths due to the contamination of the emission from their host galaxies. Some point-like QSOs with significant color variabilities are able to change their color classification according to our spectral definition. The timescales of the color variabilities for these point-like QSOs are within 4 years, suggesting that the size scales of the mechanisms producing the color variabilities are less than a few light years. The spectra of some extended and point-like red QSOs can be well fitted with the dust-reddened spectra of a typical QSO, while others are difficult to explain with dust reddening.

  16. 3-Methyl-7-(2-thienyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione: pi-stacked bilayers built from N-H...O, C-H...O and C-H...pi hydrogen bonds.

    PubMed

    Trilleras, Jorge; Quiroga, Jairo; Cobo, Justo; Glidewell, Christopher

    2009-06-01

    In the title compound, C(12)H(9)N(3)O(2)S, the thienyl substituent is disordered over two sets of sites with occupancies of 0.749 (3) and 0.251 (3). A combination of N-H...O, C-H...O and C-H...pi hydrogen bonds links the molecules into bilayers and these bilayers are themselves linked into a continuous structure by pi-pi stacking interactions.

  17. Structural and luminescent study of TeO2-BaO-Bi2O3-Ag glass system doped with Eu3+ and Dy3+ for possible color-tunable phosphor application

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lewandowski, Tomasz; Seweryński, Cezary; Walas, Michalina; Łapiński, Marcin; Synak, Anna; Sadowski, Wojciech; Kościelska, Barbara

    2018-05-01

    Tellurite glass systems of 73TeO2-4BaO-3Bi2O3-1Ag:xEu2O3-(2-x)Dy2O3 (where x = 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2 in molar ratio) composition have been successfully synthesized. In order to acquire Ag nanoparticles, materials have been heat treated at 350 °C in the air atmosphere. Structural properties of obtained samples were evaluated with various techniques. X-Ray Diffraction (XRD) measurements indicated that obtained materials are amorphous in nature. UV-vis results presented transitions characteristic to Dy3+ and Eu3+ ions. Additionally, X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) analysis indicated the presence of silver in metallic form. Photoluminescence measurements shown influence of Ag nanoparticles on emission characteristics. Simultaneous emission of Dy3+ and Eu3+ has been observed when samples were excited with λexc = 390 nm. Change of the emission color induced by heat treatment has been observed and described in case of x = 1 glass series. According to CIE results emission color changes as Eu/Dy ratio and heat treatment time are changed. Emission shifts from reddish-orange to yellowish white color. Obtained photoluminescence results confirm that synthesized materials are good candidates for color tunable phosphors.

  18. Transcriptome and Biochemical Analysis of a Flower Color Polymorphism in Silene littorea (Caryophyllaceae)

    PubMed Central

    Casimiro-Soriguer, Inés; Narbona, Eduardo; Buide, M. L.; del Valle, José C.; Whittall, Justen B.

    2016-01-01

    Flower color polymorphisms are widely used as model traits from genetics to ecology, yet determining the biochemical and molecular basis can be challenging. Anthocyanin-based flower color variations can be caused by at least 12 structural and three regulatory genes in the anthocyanin biosynthetic pathway (ABP). We use mRNA-Seq to simultaneously sequence and estimate expression of these candidate genes in nine samples of Silene littorea representing three color morphs (dark pink, light pink and white) across three developmental stages in hopes of identifying the cause of flower color variation. We identified 29 putative paralogs for the 15 candidate genes in the ABP. We assembled complete coding sequences for 16 structural loci and nine of ten regulatory loci. Among these 29 putative paralogs, we identified 622 SNPs, yet only nine synonymous SNPs in Ans had allele frequencies that differentiated pigmented petals (dark pink and light pink) from white petals. These Ans allele frequency differences were further investigated with an expanded sequencing survey of 38 individuals, yet no SNPs consistently differentiated the color morphs. We also found one locus, F3h1, with strong differential expression between pigmented and white samples (>42x). This may be caused by decreased expression of Myb1a in white petal buds. Myb1a in S. littorea is a regulatory locus closely related to Subgroup 7 Mybs known to regulate F3h and other loci in the first half of the ABP in model species. We then compare the mRNA-Seq results with petal biochemistry which revealed cyanidin as the primary anthocyanin and five flavonoid intermediates. Concentrations of three of the flavonoid intermediates were significantly lower in white petals than in pigmented petals (rutin, quercetin and isovitexin). The biochemistry results for rutin, quercetin, luteolin and apigenin are consistent with the transcriptome results suggesting a blockage at F3h, possibly caused by downregulation of Myb1a. PMID:26973662

  19. Color naming: color scientists do it between Munsell sheets of color

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Beretta, Giordano B.; Moroney, Nathan M.

    2010-01-01

    With the advent of high dynamic range imaging and wide gamut color spaces, gamut mapping algorithms have to nudge image colors much more drastically to constrain them within a rendering device's gamut. Classical colorimetry is concerned with color matching and the developed color difference metrics are for small distances. For larger distances, categorization becomes a more useful concept. In the gamut mapping case, lexical distance induced by color names is a more useful metric, which translates to the condition that a nudged color may not cross a name boundary. The new problem is to find these color name boundaries. We compare the experimental procedures used for color naming by linguists, ethnologists, and color scientists and propose a methodology that leads to robust repeatable experiments.

  20. A Novel Coordination Polymer Constructed by Hetero-Metal Ions and 2,3-Pyridine Dicarboxylic Acid: Synthesis and Structure of [NiNa2(PDC)2(μ-H2O)(H2O)2] n

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dou, Ming-Yu; Lu, Jing

    2017-12-01

    A novel coordination polymer containing hetero-metal ions, [NiNa2(PDC)2(μ-H2O)(H2O)2] n , where PDC is 2,3-pyridine dicarboxylate ion, has been synthesized. In the structure, the PDC ligand chelates and bridges two Ni(II) and two Na(I) centers. Two kinds of metal centers are connected by μ4-PDC and μ2-H2O to form 2D coordination layers. Hydrogen bonds between coordination water molecules and carboxylate oxygen atoms further link these 2D coordination layers to form 3D supramolecular network.

  1. Two-center three-electron bonding in ClNH 3 revealed via helium droplet infrared laser Stark spectroscopy: Entrance channel complex along the Cl + NH 3 → ClNH 2 + H reaction

    DOE PAGES

    Moradi, Christopher P.; Xie, Changjian; Kaufmann, Matin; ...

    2016-04-22

    Pyrolytic dissociation of Cl 2 is employed to dope helium droplets with single Cl atoms. Sequential addition of NH 3 to Cl-doped droplets leads to the formation of a complex residing in the entry valley to the substitution reaction Cl + NH 3 → ClNH 2 + H. Infrared Stark spectroscopy in the NH stretching region reveals symmetric and antisymmetric vibrations of a C 3v symmetric top. Frequency shifts from NH 3 and dipole moment measurements are consistent with a ClNH 3 complex containing a relatively strong two-center three-electron (2c–3e) bond. The nature of the 2c–3e bonding in ClNH 3more » is explored computationally and found to be consistent with the complexation-induced blue shifts observed experimentally. As a result, computations of interconversion pathways reveal nearly barrierless routes to the formation of this complex, consistent with the absence in experimental spectra of two other complexes, NH 3Cl and Cl–HNH 2, which are predicted in the entry valley to the hydrogen abstraction reaction Cl + NH 3 → HCl + NH 2.« less

  2. Processing of Color Words Activates Color Representations

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Richter, Tobias; Zwaan, Rolf A.

    2009-01-01

    Two experiments were conducted to investigate whether color representations are routinely activated when color words are processed. Congruency effects of colors and color words were observed in both directions. Lexical decisions on color words were faster when preceding colors matched the color named by the word. Color-discrimination responses…

  3. Color discrimination, color naming and color preferences in 80-year olds.

    PubMed

    Wijk, H; Berg, S; Sivik, L; Steen, B

    1999-06-01

    The aim of the present study was to investigate color discrimination, color naming and color preference in a random sample of 80-year-old men and women. Knowledge of color perception in old age can be of value when using color contrast, cues and codes in the environment to promote orientation and function. The color naming test indicated that the colors white, black, yellow, red, blue and green promoted recognition to the highest degree among all subjects. A gender-related difference, in favor of women, occurred in naming five of the mixed colors. Women also used more varied color names than men. Color discrimination was easier in the red and yellow area than in the blue and green area. This result correlates positively with visual function on far sight, and negatively with diagnosis of a cataract. The preference order for seven colors put blue, green and red at the top, and brown at the bottom, hence agreeing with earlier studies, and indicating that the preference order for colors remains relatively stable also in old age. This result should be considered when designing environments for old people.

  4. UV light assisted decolorization of dark brown colored coffee effluent by photo-Fenton reaction.

    PubMed

    Tokumura, Masahiro; Ohta, Ayano; Znad, Hussein T; Kawase, Yoshinori

    2006-12-01

    The photochemical decolorization of coffee effluent has been examined by photo-Fenton (UV/Fe2+/H2O2) process. Effects of UV light intensity, initial coffee concentration, iron dose and H2O2 dose on the color removal of model coffee effluent have been investigated. The rate of decolorization increased with decreasing initial coffee effluent concentration. It was found that the Fe ion dose and UV light intensity enhanced the decolorization rate. The decolorization process of coffee effluent could be divided into three established phases. At the beginning of the photo-Fenton process, the instantaneous and significant increase in color of the solution was found (Phase-I). In the subsequent phase (Phase-II), the decolorization rate was initially fast and subsequently decreased. In Phase-III, the rate was accelerated and then the complete decolorization of model coffee effluent was achieved. In order to elucidate the mechanisms of coffee effluent color removal process, the concentration changes in Fe3+ and Fe2+ besides H2O2 were measured during the course of the photo-Fenton process. The rate-determining step in Phase-II was the photo-Fenton reaction or photoreduction of Fe3+. On the other hand, the decolorization process in Phase-III was highly affected by Fenton reaction or decomposition of H2O2 with Fe2+. About 93% mineralization of 250 mg L(-1) model coffee effluent was achieved after 250 min. A comparative study for TiO2, ZnO and photo-Fenton oxidation processes has been also carried out and the photo-Fenton process was found to be the most effective for color removal of coffee effluent.

  5. Color categories only affect post-perceptual processes when same- and different-category colors are equally discriminable.

    PubMed

    He, Xun; Witzel, Christoph; Forder, Lewis; Clifford, Alexandra; Franklin, Anna

    2014-04-01

    Prior claims that color categories affect color perception are confounded by inequalities in the color space used to equate same- and different-category colors. Here, we equate same- and different-category colors in the number of just-noticeable differences, and measure event-related potentials (ERPs) to these colors on a visual oddball task to establish if color categories affect perceptual or post-perceptual stages of processing. Category effects were found from 200 ms after color presentation, only in ERP components that reflect post-perceptual processes (e.g., N2, P3). The findings suggest that color categories affect post-perceptual processing, but do not affect the perceptual representation of color.

  6. Color categories and color appearance

    PubMed Central

    Webster, Michael A.; Kay, Paul

    2011-01-01

    We examined categorical effects in color appearance in two tasks, which in part differed in the extent to which color naming was explicitly required for the response. In one, we measured the effects of color differences on perceptual grouping for hues that spanned the blue–green boundary, to test whether chromatic differences across the boundary were perceptually exaggerated. This task did not require overt judgments of the perceived colors, and the tendency to group showed only a weak and inconsistent categorical bias. In a second case, we analyzed results from two prior studies of hue scaling of chromatic stimuli (De Valois, De Valois, Switkes, & Mahon, 1997; Malkoc, Kay, & Webster, 2005), to test whether color appearance changed more rapidly around the blue–green boundary. In this task observers directly judge the perceived color of the stimuli and these judgments tended to show much stronger categorical effects. The differences between these tasks could arise either because different signals mediate color grouping and color appearance, or because linguistic categories might differentially intrude on the response to color and/or on the perception of color. Our results suggest that the interaction between language and color processing may be highly dependent on the specific task and cognitive demands and strategies of the observer, and also highlight pronounced individual differences in the tendency to exhibit categorical responses. PMID:22176751

  7. Comparison of the color of natural teeth measured by a colorimeter and Shade Vision System.

    PubMed

    Cho, Byeong-Hoon; Lim, Yong-Kyu; Lee, Yong-Keun

    2007-10-01

    The objectives were to measure the difference in the color and color parameters of natural teeth measured by a tristimulus colorimeter (CM, used as a reference) and Shade Vision System (SV), and to determine the influence of color parameters on the color difference between the values measured by two instruments. Color of 12 maxillary and mandibular anterior teeth was measured by CM and SV for 47 volunteers (number of teeth=564). Color parameters such as CIE L*, a* and b* values, chroma and hue angle measured by two instruments were compared. Chroma was calculated as C*ab=(a*2 = b*2)1/2, and hue angle was calculated as h degrees =arctan(b*/a*). The influence of color parameters measured by CM on the color difference (DeltaE*(ab)) between the values measured by two instruments was analyzed with multiple regression analysis (alpha=0.01). Mean DeltaE*(ab) value between the values measured by two instruments was 21.7 (+/-3.7), and the mean difference in lightness (CIE L*) and chroma was 16.2 (+/-3.9) and 13.2 (+/-3.0), respectively. Difference in hue angle was high as 132.7 (+/-53.3) degrees . Except for the hue angle, all the color parameters showed significant correlations and the coefficient of determination (r(2)) was in the range of 0.089-0.478. Based on multiple regression analysis, the standardized partial correlation coefficient (beta) of the included predictors for the color difference was -0.710 for CIE L* and -0.300 for C*(ab) (p<0.01). All the color parameters showed significant but weak correlations except for hue angle. When lightness and chroma of teeth were high, color difference between the values measured by two instruments was small. Clinical accuracy of two instruments should be investigated further.

  8. Stabilization of photosystem II reaction centers: influence of bile salt detergents and low pH.

    PubMed

    Gall, B; Scheer, H

    1998-07-17

    Rapid deterioration of samples is a major obstacle in research on the isolated reaction center of photosystem II. Its stability was tested systematically using a wide range of detergents, varying pH and temperature. Stability and activity did not depend on ionic properties of detergents or on critical micellar concentration. However, both were significantly increased by bile salt detergents in the dark as well as in the light. Low pH (5.5) and low temperature further improved stability. The results suggest that in particular the zwitterionic bile salt detergent, CHAPS, in pH 5.5 buffers is a very useful detergent and even superior to dodecylmaltoside for work with photosystem II reaction centers.

  9. Perianth bottom-specific blue color development in Tulip cv. Murasakizuisho requires ferric ions.

    PubMed

    Shoji, Kazuaki; Miki, Naoko; Nakajima, Noriyuki; Momonoi, Kazumi; Kato, Chiharu; Yoshida, Kumi

    2007-02-01

    The entire flower of Tulipa gesneriana cv. Murasakizuisho is purple, except the bottom, which is blue. To elucidate the mechanism of the different color development in the same petal, we prepared protoplasts from the purple and blue epidermal regions and measured the flavonoid composition by HPLC, the vacuolar pH by a proton-selective microelectrode, and element contents by the inductively coupled plasma (ICP) method. Chemical analyses revealed that the anthocyanin and flavonol compositions in both purple and blue colored protoplasts were the same; delphinidin 3-O-rutinoside (1) and major three flavonol glycosides, manghaslin (2), rutin (3) and mauritianin (4). The vacuolar pH values of the purple and blue protoplasts were 5.5 and 5.6, respectively, without any significant difference. However, the Fe(3+) content in the blue protoplast was approximately 9.5 mM, which was 25 times higher than that in the purple protoplasts. We could reproduce the purple solution by mixing 1 with two equimolar concentrations of flavonol with lambda(vismax) = 539 nm, which was identical to that of the purple protoplasts. Furthermore, addition of Fe(3+) to the mixture of 1-4 gave the blue solution with lambda(vismax) = 615 nm identical to that of the blue protoplasts. We have established that Fe(3+) is essential for blue color development in the tulip.

  10. Quality attributes and color characteristics in three-piece boneless hams.

    PubMed

    McKeith, Russell O; Pringle, T Dean

    2013-09-01

    One hundred and fifty hams were selected on visual assessment of quality into normal (C) and two-tone (TT) groups. CIE LAB color and pH measurements were collected at the plant 48h postmortem on the gluteus medius (GM), gluteus profundus (GP), and rectus femoris (RF), and again at 72h on the semimembranosus (SM), biceps femoris (BF), semitendinosus (ST), and RF. Data were analyzed using GLM procedures of SAS, and correlations between color scores, pH, and drip loss were calculated. Plant and fabrication pH were lower (P<0.01) in GM from TT hams compared with C. Muscles from TT hams had lower (P<0.01) L* and a* values compared with C. The GM L* and GM pH values were correlated (P<0.05) with L* values for all other muscles and drip loss in SM. These data show that GM color and pH are accurate predictors of pork quality attributes in the muscles of a three-piece boneless ham. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  11. Fabrication of magnetic field induced structural colored films with tunable colors and its application on security materials.

    PubMed

    Shang, Shenglong; Zhang, Qinghong; Wang, Hongzhi; Li, Yaogang

    2017-01-01

    A flexible, magnetic field induced structurally colored films with brilliant colors and high physical rigidity were reported in this article. Using an external magnetic field, the photocurable colloidal suspensions that containing superparamagnetic Fe 3 O 4 @C colloidal nanocrystal clusters (CNCs) could polymerize under UV light. After polymerization, the films with different colors (red, green, blue) were obtained. Through combination of suspensions which contains Fe 3 O 4 @C CNCs with different sizes, a series of multi-colored films were obtained. Moreover, these structural colors can be patterned easily by photolithography and various structural colored patterns were shown in the article. The structural colored patterns could conceal or display its color according to the changing of background which makes them hold significant potential applications for security materials. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  12. 7. Photographic copy of color photograph of NUWC from the ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    7. Photographic copy of color photograph of NUWC from the Thames River, 1988, view northwest. Original color negative no. N0211-SP-88(L)-02389.16 on file at photo lab at NUWC, Newport, R.I. Copyright-free. - Naval Undersea Warfare Center, East side of Smith & East Streets between Columbia & South Coves, New London, New London County, CT

  13. 8. Photographic copy of color photograph of NUWC from the ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    8. Photographic copy of color photograph of NUWC from the Thames River, 1988, view southeast. Original color negative no. N0211-SP-88(L)-02389.4 on file at photo lab at NUWC, Newport, R.I. Copyright-free. - Naval Undersea Warfare Center, East side of Smith & East Streets between Columbia & South Coves, New London, New London County, CT

  14. Color in Reference Production: The Role of Color Similarity and Color Codability.

    PubMed

    Viethen, Jette; van Vessem, Thomas; Goudbeek, Martijn; Krahmer, Emiel

    2017-05-01

    It has often been observed that color is a highly preferred attribute for use in distinguishing descriptions, that is, referring expressions produced with the purpose of identifying an object within a visual scene. However, most of these observations were based on visual displays containing only colors that were maximally different in hue and for which the language of experimentation possessed basic color terms. The experiments described in this paper investigate whether speakers' preference for color is reduced if the color of the target referent is similar to that of the distractors. Because colors that look similar are often also harder to distinguish linguistically, we also examine the impact of the codability of color values. As a third factor, we investigate the salience of available alternative attributes and its impact on the use of color. The results of our experiments show that, while speakers are indeed less likely to use color when the colors in a display are similar, this effect is mostly due to the difficulty in naming similar colors. Color use for color with a basic color term is affected only when the colors of target and distractors are very similar (yet still distinguishable). The salience of our alternative attribute size, manipulated by varying the difference in size between target and distractors, had no impact on the use of color. Copyright © 2016 Cognitive Science Society, Inc.

  15. Color-tunable properties of Eu3+- and Dy3+-codoped Y2O3 phosphor particles

    PubMed Central

    2012-01-01

    Rare-earth phosphors are commonly used in display panels, security printing, and fluorescent lamps, and have potential applications in lasers and bioimaging. In the present study, Eu3+- and Dy3+-codoped uniform-shaped Y2O3 submicron particles were prepared using the urea homogeneous precipitation method. The structure and morphology of the resulting particles were characterized by X-ray diffraction, field emission scanning electron microscope, and field emission transmission electron microscope, whereas their optical properties were monitored by photoluminescence spectroscopy. The room-temperature luminescence color emission of the synthesized particles can be tuned from red to yellow by switching the excitation wavelength from 254 to 350 nm. The luminescence intensities of red and yellow emissions could be altered by varying the dopant concentration. Strong quenching was observed at high Eu3+ and Dy3+ concentrations in the Y2O3 host lattice. PMID:23043645

  16. Is the color trails culture free?

    PubMed

    Fasfous, Ahmed F; Puente, Antonio E; Pérez-Marfil, María Nieves; Cruz-Quintana, Francisco; Peralta-Ramirez, Isabel; Pérez-García, Miguel

    2013-11-01

    Increasingly clinical neuropsychology has been addressing the effects of culture on neuropsychological functioning. However, that focus has been on comparing performance on standardized tests across two or more groups, often Hispanic. In this study, Arabic children were tested in Morocco using a "culture-free test," Children's Color Trails. Children of different ages and living in rural and urban centers were tested. The results suggest that the Color Trails Test scores from Arab children differed from U.S. norms available. Furthermore, the location of testing and the age of the child were of significance. The role of culture-specific tests was considered.

  17. Loving transgressions: Queer of color bodies, affective ties, transformative community.

    PubMed

    Carrillo Rowe, Aimee; Royster, Francesca T

    2017-07-03

    This introductory article considers the importance of queer woman of color theorizations of affect in thinking more fully the recent interdisciplinary turn to affect. The affective turn has vitally invited culture and feminist critics to interrogate emotion beyond the individual to examine the political and cultural production of emotion. Even as women of color are often associated with excessive affect, the theoretical contributions women of color make to the field of affect studies are often overlooked. Our introduction and this special issue more broadly examine how this solipsism shapes projects invested in critical knowledge production, as well as the stakes of centering a queer woman of color genealogy. For instance, we argue for the importance of retaining U.S. third-world feminist concepts-like interpellation, oppositional consciousness, and the generative force of negative affects-even as they fall out of favor within affect studies. Centering theory that emerges from the vexed spaces of queer women of color lived experiences generates a vital interdisciplinary conversation that contributes to the ongoing political task of mobilizing affect for social action as a critical praxis. In the articles that follow we see this critical praxis at work in the form of community organizing, music, poetry, and performance art.

  18. Distance preservation in color image transforms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Santini, Simone

    1999-12-01

    Most current image processing systems work on color images, and color is a precious perceptual clue for determining image similarity. Working with color images, however, is not the sam thing as working with images taking values in a 3D Euclidean space. Not only are color spaces bounded, but the characteristics of the observer endow the space with a 'perceptual' metric that in general does not correspond to the metric naturally inherited from R3. This paper studies the problem of filtering color images abstractly. It begins by determining the properties of the color sum and color product operations such that he desirable properties of orthonormal bases will be preserved. The paper then defines a general scheme, based on the action of the additive group on the color space, by which operations that satisfy the required properties can be defined.

  19. Platinum-Catalyzed, Terminal-Selective C(sp(3))-H Oxidation of Aliphatic Amines.

    PubMed

    Lee, Melissa; Sanford, Melanie S

    2015-10-14

    This Communication describes the terminal-selective, Pt-catalyzed C(sp(3))-H oxidation of aliphatic amines without the requirement for directing groups. CuCl2 is employed as a stoichiometric oxidant, and the reactions proceed in high yield at Pt loadings as low as 1 mol%. These transformations are conducted in the presence of sulfuric acid, which reacts with the amine substrates in situ to form ammonium salts. We propose that protonation of the amine serves at least three important roles: (i) it renders the substrates soluble in the aqueous reaction medium; (ii) it limits binding of the amine nitrogen to Pt or Cu; and (iii) it electronically deactivates the C-H bonds proximal to the nitrogen center. We demonstrate that this strategy is effective for the terminal-selective C(sp(3))-H oxidation of a variety of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines.

  20. Control of Emission Color of High Quantum Yield CH3NH3PbBr3 Perovskite Quantum Dots by Precipitation Temperature.

    PubMed

    Huang, He; Susha, Andrei S; Kershaw, Stephen V; Hung, Tak Fu; Rogach, Andrey L

    2015-09-01

    Emission color controlled, high quantum yield CH 3 NH 3 PbBr 3 perovskite quantum dots are obtained by changing the temperature of a bad solvent during synthesis. The products for temperatures between 0 and 60 °C have good spectral purity with narrow emission line widths of 28-36 nm, high absolute emission quantum yields of 74% to 93%, and short radiative lifetimes of 13-27 ns.

  1. 2-(Alkylamino)-3-aryl-6,7-dihydrobenzofuran-4(5H)-ones: Improved Synthesis and their Photophysical Properties

    PubMed Central

    Kumar, Manoj; Kumawat, Lokesh Kumar; Gupta, Vinod Kumar; Sharma, Anuj

    2015-01-01

    Furans are an important class of compounds and exhibit a diverse range of activities and properties. As such, improved synthetic access to furans is an important research goal. In the present report, a solvent- and catalyst-free reaction between 5,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanedione (dimedone), an aryl aldehyde and an isocyanide under microwave irradiation is presented. This method is significantly improved from previously described protocols in terms of applicability of wide ranging aryl aldehydes, better yields, shorter reaction times, facile work up and essentially no need of column chromatography. The photophysical properties of this series of compounds were studied for their possible applicability in the field of metal ion sensors. In solution, two compounds, 2-(cyclohexylamino)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-6,6-dimethyl-6,7-dihydrobenzofuran-4(5H)-one (1 i) and 2-(tert-butylamino)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-6,6-dimethyl-6,7-dihydrobenzofuran-4(5H)-one (1 j), underwent an observable color change from yellow to colorless in the presence of aluminum(III) ions. Further studies to investigate the UV absorption and luminescence behavior of these compounds revealed their utility as “naked-eye sensors” for aluminum detection. PMID:26491643

  2. --No Title--

    Science.gov Websites

    form-inline+ul{margin-top:2em}.weather-widget{text-align:center}.weather-widget .wx-temp{color :0 .25em}h4.date{font-size:1.3em;color:#000;font-weight:500;margin-top:20px;margin-bottom:4px}h4.date

  3. Color naming across languages reflects color use

    PubMed Central

    Gibson, Edward; Futrell, Richard; Mahowald, Kyle; Bergen, Leon; Ratnasingam, Sivalogeswaran; Gibson, Mitchell; Piantadosi, Steven T.; Conway, Bevil R.

    2017-01-01

    What determines how languages categorize colors? We analyzed results of the World Color Survey (WCS) of 110 languages to show that despite gross differences across languages, communication of chromatic chips is always better for warm colors (yellows/reds) than cool colors (blues/greens). We present an analysis of color statistics in a large databank of natural images curated by human observers for salient objects and show that objects tend to have warm rather than cool colors. These results suggest that the cross-linguistic similarity in color-naming efficiency reflects colors of universal usefulness and provide an account of a principle (color use) that governs how color categories come about. We show that potential methodological issues with the WCS do not corrupt information-theoretic analyses, by collecting original data using two extreme versions of the color-naming task, in three groups: the Tsimane', a remote Amazonian hunter-gatherer isolate; Bolivian-Spanish speakers; and English speakers. These data also enabled us to test another prediction of the color-usefulness hypothesis: that differences in color categorization between languages are caused by differences in overall usefulness of color to a culture. In support, we found that color naming among Tsimane' had relatively low communicative efficiency, and the Tsimane' were less likely to use color terms when describing familiar objects. Color-naming among Tsimane' was boosted when naming artificially colored objects compared with natural objects, suggesting that industrialization promotes color usefulness. PMID:28923921

  4. Colorful Structure at Fine Scales

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2017-09-07

    These are the highest-resolution color images of any part of Saturn's rings, to date, showing a portion of the inner-central part of the planet's B Ring. The view is a mosaic of two images that show a region that lies between 61,300 and 65,600 miles (98,600 and 105,500 kilometers) from Saturn's center. This image is a natural color composite, created using images taken with red, green and blue spectral filters. The pale tan color is generally not perceptible with the naked eye in telescope views, especially given that Saturn has a similar hue. The material responsible for bestowing this color on the rings -- which are mostly water ice and would otherwise appear white -- is a matter of intense debate among ring scientists that will hopefully be settled by new in-situ observations before the end of Cassini's mission. The different ringlets seen here are part of what is called the "irregular structure" of the B ring. Cassini radio occultations of the rings have shown that these features have extremely sharp boundaries on even smaller scales (radially, or along the direction outward from Saturn) than the camera can resolve here. Closer to Saturn, the irregular structures become fuzzier and more rounded, less opaque, and their color contrast diminishes. The narrow ringlets in the middle of this scene are each about 25 miles (40 kilometers) wide, and the broader bands at right are about 200 to 300 miles (300 to 500 kilometers) across. It remains unclear exactly what causes the variable brightness of these ringlets and bands -- the basic brightness of the ring particles themselves, shadowing on their surfaces, their absolute abundance, and how densely the particles are packed, may all play a role. The second image (Figure 1) is a color-enhanced version. Blue colors represent areas where the spectrum at visible wavelengths is less reddish (meaning the spectrum is flatter toward red wavelengths), while red colors represent areas that are spectrally redder (meaning the

  5. A mass spectrometric study of gaseous H4PO+3 and H2PO-3 ions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    de Petris, Giulia; Occhiucci, Giorgio; Pepi, Federico

    1994-09-01

    H4PO+3 ions have been generated in a mass spectrometer by proton-transfer to H3PO3 from different Brønsted acids. The proton affinity of H3PO3 has been estimated by bracketing and kinetic methods to be 198.6 ± 2 kcal mol-1. Gaseous H4PO+3 ions have been structurally assessed by metastable ion kinetic energy (MIKE) and collisionally induced dissociation (CID) mass spectrometry leading to the detection of a single isomeric species. The chemistry of H2PO-3 is characterized by facile addition-elimination reactions leading to formation of polyanions. Species containing up to six P atoms have been detected.

  6. Transformation products of submicron-sized aluminum-substituted magnetite: Color and reductant solubility

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Golden, D. C.; Ming, D. W.; Lauer, H. V., Jr.

    1991-01-01

    Magnetite, when present as fine particles, is soluble in acid ammonium oxalate (pH equals 3). However, the commonly used extractant for free iron oxides (i.e., citrate dithionite-bicarbonate (CDB) is not very effective in dissolving magnetite in soils and geologic materials. Upon oxidation, magnetite transforms to maghemite; at elevated temperatures, maghemite inverts to hematite. This transformation causes a change in color from black to red and may affect the reductant solubility as well. The objectives here were to examine the color and reflectance spectral characteristics of products during the transformation of magnetite to maghemite to hematite and to study the effect of Al-substitution in magnetite on the above process. Reductant solubility of Al-substituted magnetite, maghemite, and hematite was also studied. In summary, the transformation of magnetite to maghemite was accompanied by a change in color from black to red because of the oxidation of Fe2(+) to Fe3(+). The phase change maghemite to hematite had a relatively minor effect on the color and the reflectance spectra.

  7. Semiconductor color-center structure and excitation spectra: Equation-of-motion coupled-cluster description of vacancy and transition-metal defect photoluminescence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lutz, Jesse J.; Duan, Xiaofeng F.; Burggraf, Larry W.

    2018-03-01

    Valence excitation spectra are computed for deep-center silicon-vacancy defects in 3C, 4H, and 6H silicon carbide (SiC), and comparisons are made with literature photoluminescence measurements. Optimizations of nuclear geometries surrounding the defect centers are performed within a Gaussian basis-set framework using many-body perturbation theory or density functional theory (DFT) methods, with computational expenses minimized by a QM/MM technique called SIMOMM. Vertical excitation energies are subsequently obtained by applying excitation-energy, electron-attached, and ionized equation-of-motion coupled-cluster (EOMCC) methods, where appropriate, as well as time-dependent (TD) DFT, to small models including only a few atoms adjacent to the defect center. We consider the relative quality of various EOMCC and TD-DFT methods for (i) energy-ordering potential ground states differing incrementally in charge and multiplicity, (ii) accurately reproducing experimentally measured photoluminescence peaks, and (iii) energy-ordering defects of different types occurring within a given polytype. The extensibility of this approach to transition-metal defects is also tested by applying it to silicon-substituted chromium defects in SiC and comparing with measurements. It is demonstrated that, when used in conjunction with SIMOMM-optimized geometries, EOMCC-based methods can provide a reliable prediction of the ground-state charge and multiplicity, while also giving a quantitative description of the photoluminescence spectra, accurate to within 0.1 eV of measurement for all cases considered.

  8. 12 CFR 749.3 - Vital records center.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ....3 Vital records center. A vital records center is defined as a storage facility, which may include... must maintain or contract with a third party to maintain any equipment or software for its vital...

  9. 12 CFR 749.3 - Vital records center.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ....3 Vital records center. A vital records center is defined as a storage facility, which may include... must maintain or contract with a third party to maintain any equipment or software for its vital...

  10. 12 CFR 749.3 - Vital records center.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ....3 Vital records center. A vital records center is defined as a storage facility, which may include... must maintain or contract with a third party to maintain any equipment or software for its vital...

  11. 12 CFR 749.3 - Vital records center.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ....3 Vital records center. A vital records center is defined as a storage facility, which may include... must maintain or contract with a third party to maintain any equipment or software for its vital...

  12. 12 CFR 749.3 - Vital records center.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ....3 Vital records center. A vital records center is defined as a storage facility, which may include... must maintain or contract with a third party to maintain any equipment or software for its vital...

  13. Resin cement color stability and its influence on the final shade of all-ceramics.

    PubMed

    Kilinc, Evren; Antonson, Sibel A; Hardigan, Patrick C; Kesercioglu, Atilla

    2011-07-01

    Adhesive resin cements may go through internal discoloration, which may show-through and affect the appearance of translucent all-ceramic restorations. This in vitro study evaluated the amount of resin cement color change and its effect on the final shade of the all-ceramics. Three different resin cements in both light and dual-cure forms were included in the study (Nexus-2/Kerr; Appeal/Ivoclar Vivadent; Calibra/Dentsply). All resin cements contained veneered (IPS Empress Esthetic, ETC1 shade, 20 mm × 1 mm ingot discs) and uncovered groups (n=10/group), all luted on white backgrounds (acetalpolyoxymethylene/Delrin(®)). Curing was performed according to ISO standards with a calibrated LED curing-light (Flashlite 1401). Samples were stored in 37°C distilled water at dark. Spectrophotometric baseline color measurements (Color Eye 7000A) were performed from the samples' top surfaces at 24h (D65 illuminator). Samples were subjected to 65 h of accelerated ageing (Atlas Ci4000). Further color measurements from the same areas were recorded in CIEL*a*b* coordinates where a ΔE data above 3 was accepted as visible discoloration (OptiviewLite-1.9software). Statistical analysis was performed using a nested random effects model and Tukey's post hoc analysis. Light-cure groups showed better color stability in all three resins but only in Appeal resin cement, the dual-cure group discolored significantly more (p<0.001). More discoloration was recorded on uncovered cement groups that represented the exposed cement at the margins. There was no visible color change (ΔE>3) through the ceramic surface on any veneered group. All resin cements showed varying degrees of discoloration after accelerated ageing however their actual color change was partially masked by the ceramic. Dual-cure resin cements may affect aesthetics on restoration margins if directly exposed. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  14. Epigenetic signatures of autism: trimethylated H3K4 landscapes in prefrontal neurons.

    PubMed

    Shulha, Hennady P; Cheung, Iris; Whittle, Catheryne; Wang, Jie; Virgil, Daniel; Lin, Cong L; Guo, Yin; Lessard, Andree; Akbarian, Schahram; Weng, Zhiping

    2012-03-01

    Neuronal dysfunction in cerebral cortex and other brain regions could contribute to the cognitive and behavioral defects in autism. To characterize epigenetic signatures of autism in prefrontal cortex neurons. We performed fluorescence-activated sorting and separation of neuronal and nonneuronal nuclei from postmortem prefrontal cortex, digested the chromatin with micrococcal nuclease, and deeply sequenced the DNA from the mononucleosomes with trimethylated H3K4 (H3K4me3), a histone mark associated with transcriptional regulation. Approximately 15 billion base pairs of H3K4me3-enriched sequences were collected from 32 brains. Academic medical center. A total of 16 subjects diagnosed as having autism and 16 control subjects ranging in age from 0.5 to 70 years. Identification of genomic loci showing autism-associated H3K4me3 changes in prefrontal cortex neurons. Subjects with autism showed no evidence for generalized disruption of the developmentally regulated remodeling of the H3K4me3 landscape that defines normal prefrontal cortex neurons in early infancy. However, excess spreading of H3K4me3 from the transcription start sites into downstream gene bodies and upstream promoters was observed specifically in neuronal chromatin from 4 of 16 autism cases but not in controls. Variable subsets of autism cases exhibit altered H3K4me3 peaks at numerous genes regulating neuronal connectivity, social behaviors, and cognition, often in conjunction with altered expression of the corresponding transcripts. Autism-associated H3K4me3 peaks were significantly enriched in genes and loci implicated in neurodevelopmental diseases. Prefrontal cortex neurons from subjects with autism show changes in chromatin structures at hundreds of loci genome-wide, revealing considerable overlap between genetic and epigenetic risk maps of developmental brain disorders.

  15. Recent advances in Ni-H2 technology at NASA Lewis Research Center

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gonzalezsanabria, O. D.; Britton, D. L.; Smithrick, J. J.; Reid, M. A.

    1986-01-01

    The NASA Lewis Research Center has concentrated its efforts on advancing the Ni-H2 system technology for low Earth orbit applications. Component technology as well as the design principles were studied in an effort to understand the system behavior and failure mechanisms in order to increase performance and extend cycle life. The design principles were previously addressed. The component development is discussed, in particular the separator and nickel electrode and how these efforts will advance the Ni-H2 system technology.

  16. Metabolism of D-[1-3H]glucose, D-[2-3H]glucose, D-[5-3H]glucose, D-[6-3H]glucose and D-[U-14C]glucose by rat and human erythrocytes incubated in the presence of H2O or D2O.

    PubMed

    Conget, I; Malaisse, W J

    1995-02-01

    The present study investigates whether heavy water affects the efficiency of 3HOH production from D-[1-3H]glucose, D-[2-3H]glucose, D-[5-3H]glucose and D-[6-3H]glucose relative to the total generation of tritiated metabolites produced by either rat or human erythrocytes. The relative 3HOH yield was close to 95% with D-[5-3H]glucose, 72% with D-[2-3H]glucose, 22-32% with D-[1-3H]glucose, and only 12% with D-[6-3H]glucose. In the latter case, the comparison of the specific radioactivity of intracellular and extracellular acidic metabolites, expressed relative to that of 14C-labelled metabolites produced from D-[U-14C]glucose, indicated that the generation of 3HOH from D-[6-3H]glucose occurs at distal metabolic steps, such as the partial reversion of the pyruvate kinase reaction or the interconversion of pyruvate and L-alanine in the reaction catalysed by glutamate-pyruvate transaminase. As a rule, the substitution of H2O by D2O only caused minor to negligible changes in the relative 3HOH yield. This implies that the unexpectedly high deuteration of 13C-labelled D-glucose metabolites recently documented in erythrocytes exposed to D2O cannot be attributed to any major interference of heavy water with factors regulating both the deuteration and detritiation efficiency, such as the enzyme-to-enzyme tunnelling of specific glycolytic intermediates.

  17. Color universal design: analysis of color category dependency on color vision type (4)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ikeda, Tomohiro; Ichihara, Yasuyo G.; Kojima, Natsuki; Tanaka, Hisaya; Ito, Kei

    2013-02-01

    This report is af ollow-up to SPIE-IS+T / Vol. 7528 7528051-8, SPIE-IS+T / Vol. 7866 78660J-1-8 and SPIE-IS+T / Vol. 8292 829206-1-8. Colors are used to communicate information in various situations, not just for design and apparel. However, visual information given only by color may be perceived differently by individuals with different color vision types. Human color vision is non-uniform and the variation in most cases is genetically linked to L-cones and M-cones. Therefore, color appearance is not the same for all color vision types. Color Universal Design is an easy-to-understand system that was created to convey color-coded information accurately to most people, taking color vision types into consideration. In the present research, we studied trichromat (C-type), prolan (P-type), and deutan (D-type) forms of color vision. We here report the result of two experiments. The first was the validation of the confusion colors using the color chart on CIELAB uniform color space. We made an experimental color chart (total of color cells is 622, the color difference between color cells is 2.5) for fhis experiment, and subjects have P-type or D-type color vision. From the data we were able to determine "the limits with high probability of confusion" and "the limits with possible confusion" around various basing points. The direction of the former matched with the theoretical confusion locus, but the range did not extend across the entire a* range. The latter formed a belt-like zone above and below the theoretical confusion locus. This way we re-analyzed a part of the theoretical confusion locus suggested by Pitt-Judd. The second was an experiment in color classification of the subjects with C-type, P-type, or D-type color vision. The color caps of fhe 100 Hue Test were classified into seven categories for each color vision type. The common and different points of color sensation were compared for each color vision type, and we were able to find a group of color caps

  18. Calibration between Color Camera and 3D LIDAR Instruments with a Polygonal Planar Board

    PubMed Central

    Park, Yoonsu; Yun, Seokmin; Won, Chee Sun; Cho, Kyungeun; Um, Kyhyun; Sim, Sungdae

    2014-01-01

    Calibration between color camera and 3D Light Detection And Ranging (LIDAR) equipment is an essential process for data fusion. The goal of this paper is to improve the calibration accuracy between a camera and a 3D LIDAR. In particular, we are interested in calibrating a low resolution 3D LIDAR with a relatively small number of vertical sensors. Our goal is achieved by employing a new methodology for the calibration board, which exploits 2D-3D correspondences. The 3D corresponding points are estimated from the scanned laser points on the polygonal planar board with adjacent sides. Since the lengths of adjacent sides are known, we can estimate the vertices of the board as a meeting point of two projected sides of the polygonal board. The estimated vertices from the range data and those detected from the color image serve as the corresponding points for the calibration. Experiments using a low-resolution LIDAR with 32 sensors show robust results. PMID:24643005

  19. Star Formation Activity in the Galactic H II Region Sh2-297

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mallick, K. K.; Ojha, D. K.; Samal, M. R.; Pandey, A. K.; Bhatt, B. C.; Ghosh, S. K.; Dewangan, L. K.; Tamura, M.

    2012-11-01

    We present a multiwavelength study of the Galactic H II region Sh2-297, located in the Canis Major OB1 complex. Optical spectroscopic observations are used to constrain the spectral type of ionizing star HD 53623 as B0V. The classical nature of this H II region is affirmed by the low values of electron density and emission measure, which are calculated to be 756 cm-3 and 9.15 × 105 cm-6 pc using the radio continuum observations at 610 and 1280 MHz, and Very Large Array archival data at 1420 MHz. To understand local star formation, we identified the young stellar object (YSO) candidates in a region of area ~7farcm5 × 7farcm5 centered on Sh2-297 using grism slitless spectroscopy (to identify the Hα emission line stars), and near infrared (NIR) observations. NIR YSO candidates are further classified into various evolutionary stages using color-color and color-magnitude (CM) diagrams, giving 50 red sources (H - K > 0.6) and 26 Class II-like sources. The mass and age range of the YSOs are estimated to be ~0.1-2 M ⊙ and 0.5-2 Myr using optical (V/V-I) and NIR (J/J-H) CM diagrams. The mean age of the YSOs is found to be ~1 Myr, which is of the order of dynamical age of 1.07 Myr of the H II region. Using the estimated range of visual extinction (1.1-25 mag) from literature and NIR data for the region, spectral energy distribution models have been implemented for selected YSOs which show masses and ages to be consistent with estimated values. The spatial distribution of YSOs shows an evolutionary sequence, suggesting triggered star formation in the region. The star formation seems to have propagated from the ionizing star toward the cold dark cloud LDN1657A located west of Sh2-297.

  20. Synthesis ofN-(2-chloro-5-methylthiophenyl)-N'-(3-methyl-thiophenyl)-N'-[3H3]methylguanidine, l brace [3H3]CNS-5161 r brace

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gibbs, Andrew R.; Morimoto, Hiromi; VanBrocklin, Henry F.

    2001-09-28

    The preparation of the title compound, [{sup 3}H{sub 3}]CNS-5161, was accomplished in three steps starting with the production of [{sup 3}H{sub 3}]iodomethane (CT{sub 3}I). The intermediate N-[{sup 3}H{sub 3}]methyl-3-(thiomethylphenyl)cyanamide was prepared in 77% yield by the addition of CT{sub 3}I to 3-(thiomethylphenyl)cyanamide, previously treated with sodium hydride. Reaction of this tritiated intermediate with 2-chloro-5-thiomethylaniline hydrochloride formed the guanidine compound [{sup 3}H{sub 3}]CNS-5161. Purification by HPLC gave the desired labeled product in an overall yield of 9% with greater than 96% radiochemical purity and a final specific activity of 66 Ci mmol{sup -1}.

  1. Immune reactivity to food coloring.

    PubMed

    Vojdani, Aristo; Vojdani, Charlene

    2015-01-01

    Artificial food dyes are made from petroleum and have been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the enhancement of the color of processed foods. They are widely used in the food and pharmaceutical industries to increase the appeal and acceptability of their products. Synthetic food colorants can achieve hues not possible for natural colorants and are cheaper, more easily available, and last longer. However, since the use of artificial food coloring has become widespread, many allergic and other immune reactive disorders have increasingly been reported. During the past 50 y, the amount of synthetic dye used in foods has increased by 500%. Simultaneously, an alarming rise has occurred in behavioral problems in children, such as aggression, attention deficit disorder (ADD), and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). The ingestion of food delivers the greatest foreign antigenic load that challenges the immune system. Artificial colors can also be absorbed via the skin through cosmetic and pharmaceutical products. The molecules of synthetic colorants are small, and the immune system finds it difficult to defend the body against them. They can also bond to food or body proteins and, thus, are able to act in stealth mode to circumvent and disrupt the immune system. The consumption of synthetic food colors, and their ability to bind with body proteins, can have significant immunological consequences. This consumption can activate the inflammatory cascade, can result in the induction of intestinal permeability to large antigenic molecules, and could lead to cross-reactivities, autoimmunities, and even neurobehavioral disorders. The Centers for Disease Control (CDC) recently found a 41% increase in diagnoses of ADHD in boys of high-school age during the past decade. More shocking is the legal amount of artificial colorants allowed by the FDA in the foods, drugs, and cosmetics that we consume and use every day. The consuming public is largely

  2. Do focal colors look particularly "colorful"?

    PubMed

    Witzel, Christoph; Franklin, Anna

    2014-04-01

    If the most typical red, yellow, green, and blue were particularly colorful (i.e., saturated), they would "jump out to the eye." This would explain why even fundamentally different languages have distinct color terms for these focal colors, and why unique hues play a prominent role in subjective color appearance. In this study, the subjective saturation of 10 colors around each of these focal colors was measured through a pairwise matching task. Results show that subjective saturation changes systematically across hues in a way that is strongly correlated to the visual gamut, and exponentially related to sensitivity but not to focal colors.

  3. Effect of lipstick on composite resin color at different application times.

    PubMed

    Galvão, Avilmar Passos; Jacques, Letícia Borges; Dantas, Luciana; Mathias, Paula; Mallmann, André

    2010-12-01

    The aim of this study was to evaluate the influence of the contact of two lipsticks, one with common fixer and one with ultra fixer, on the color of a composite resin immediately, 30 min and 24 h after photoactivation. Ninety specimens were prepared with a composite resin, Filtek-Z350. Specimens were polished and divided into 9 groups (n=10) according to time elapsed after photoactivation (A- immediately; B- 30 min; C- 24 h) and the contact with lipstick (UF- lipstick with ultra fixer; F- lipstick with common fixer). The control group was represented by specimens that did not have any contact with lipstick (C- without lipstick). Color measurements of the specimens were carried out using a spectrophotometer (Easyshade - CIE L* a* b* system). For UF and F groups, the baseline color of the specimens was measured immediately before pigmentation and the lipsticks were applied dry after 1 hour. The excess lipstick was removed with absorbent paper and final color checking was performed, including the control group. Differences between the final and baseline color measurements were calculated and data were analyzed statistically by the Kruskal-Wallis test at 5%. The means between the differences of color values were: AUF: 16.0; AF: 12.4; AC: 1.07; BUF: 9.51; BF: 8.3; BC: 0.91; CUF: 17.7; CF: 12.41; CC: 0.82. Groups where lipstick was applied showed greater staining than the control group at the three evaluation times. The lipstick with ultra fixer stained more than the lipstick with common fixer. Time elapsed between photoactivation and contact with lipstick had a similar influence on the groups that received lipstick application.

  4. The color-magnitude distribution of small Kuiper Belt objects

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wong, Ian; Brown, Michael E.

    2015-11-01

    Occupying a vast region beyond the ice giants is an extensive swarm of minor bodies known as the Kuiper Belt. Enigmatic in their formation, composition, and evolution, these Kuiper Belt objects (KBOs) lie at the intersection of many of the most important topics in planetary science. Improved instruments and large-scale surveys have revealed a complex dynamical picture of the Kuiper Belt. Meanwhile, photometric studies have indicated that small KBOs display a wide range of colors, which may reflect a chemically diverse initial accretion environment and provide important clues to constraining the surface compositions of these objects. Notably, some recent work has shown evidence for bimodality in the colors of non-cold classical KBOs, which would have major implications for the formation and subsequent evolution of the entire KBO population. However, these previous color measurements are few and mostly come from targeted observations of known objects. As a consequence, the effect of observational biases cannot be readily removed, preventing one from obtaining an accurate picture of the true color distribution of the KBOs as a whole.We carried out a survey of KBOs using the Hyper Suprime-Cam instrument on the 8.2-meter Subaru telescope. Our observing fields targeted regions away from the ecliptic plane so as to avoid contamination from cold classical KBOs. Each field was imaged in both the g’ and i’ filters, which allowed us to calculate the g’-i’ color of each detected object. We detected more than 500 KBOs over two nights of observation, with absolute magnitudes from H=6 to H=11. Our survey increases the number of KBOs fainter than H=8 with known colors by more than an order of magnitude. We find that the distribution of colors demonstrates a robust bimodality across the entire observed range of KBO sizes, from which we can categorize individual objects into two color sub-populations -- the red and very-red KBOs. We present the very first analysis of the

  5. Influence of coping design on the cervical color of ceramic crowns.

    PubMed

    Paniz, Gianluca; Kang, Ki-Ho; Kim, Yongjeong; Kumagai, Naota; Hirayama, Hiroshi

    2013-12-01

    The replication of natural teeth, especially with single-tooth restorations, represents a challenge. Similar to metal ceramic crowns, different designs of zirconia substructures have been suggested to improve the esthetic results of zirconia ceramic crowns. The purpose of the study was to analyze the color of the cervical portion of single zirconia ceramic crowns fabricated with different zirconia coping designs. The color, measured on the CIELAB color scale, of 3 different groups of restorations (n=10) fabricated with zirconia coping (Lava) and feldspathic porcelain (Noritake Super Porcelain) was analyzed with a spectrophotometer. Conventional zirconia crowns with zirconia facial margins were compared with ceramic crowns with porcelain facial margins and either a horizontal reduction of the zirconia coping (1.0 mm reduction) or an additional vertical reduction (1.0 mm additional reduction). The 3 groups, each with a different coping extension, were examined with a 1-way ANOVA and the Fisher exact test, and the differences of the groups were evaluated by applying ΔE thresholds (α=.05). The mean color difference among all the groups was not clinically significant (ΔE<3.7). Reduced color differences were present between the 2 porcelain butt margin groups of crowns (ΔE=1.06, between group H and V). Increased differences were present between the zirconia margin group and the porcelain butt margin group (ΔE=2.54 between group C and H; ΔE=2.41 between group C and V). Lab* values were examined in all the groups of crowns to determine the clinical implications. Within the limitation of the study, no significant differences were present among the tested groups of crowns. Nevertheless, although some differences were present between the zirconia margin group and the porcelain butt margin group, reduced differences were present between the 2 different cutback designs. Copyright © 2013 Editorial Council for the Journal of Prosthetic Dentistry. Published by Mosby, Inc

  6. Novel influenza (H1N1) infection in pediatric renal transplant recipients: a single center experience.

    PubMed

    Frieling, Michelle L; Williams, Angela; Al Shareef, Turki; Kala, Gunjeet; Teh, Jun Chuan; Langlois, Valerie; Allen, Upton D; Hebert, Diane; Robinson, Lisa A

    2012-03-01

    In 2009, novel influenza A H1N1 caused significant morbidity and mortality worldwide, particularly in children. Because they are immunocompromised, pediatric transplant recipients are presumed to be at high risk. This study assessed epidemiological characteristics, presenting symptoms, and clinical course among pediatric renal transplant recipients with confirmed H1N1 infection. A retrospective review was conducted in renal transplant recipients followed at The Hospital for Sick Children (Toronto) who contracted H1N1 infection between June and November, 2009. Epidemiological, clinical, and laboratory features at presentation, and clinical course were analyzed. Of 59 children, 14 (23.7%) developed H1N1 infection. Children with H1N1 infection had undergone kidney transplantation more recently than their uninfected counterparts. The most common symptoms included fever (92.9%), cough (85.7%), headache (42.9%), and vomiting (42.9%). Fifty percent of patients required hospitalization, of median duration 3.0 (1.0-5.0) days. No child required intensive care treatment. Half the H1N1-infected children had acute renal dysfunction, with serum creatinine elevated >10% above basal values (median increase 21.6 [14.3-46.2]%). In five of the seven children, serum creatinine returned to baseline within two wk. These findings indicate that H1N1 influenza infection in pediatric kidney transplant recipients followed at our center was surprisingly mild, and produced no lasting sequelae. © 2011 John Wiley & Sons A/S.

  7. Using color management in color document processing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nehab, Smadar

    1995-04-01

    Color Management Systems have been used for several years in Desktop Publishing (DTP) environments. While this development hasn't matured yet, we are already experiencing the next generation of the color imaging revolution-Device Independent Color for the small office/home office (SOHO) environment. Though there are still open technical issues with device independent color matching, they are not the focal point of this paper. This paper discusses two new and crucial aspects in using color management in color document processing: the management of color objects and their associated color rendering methods; a proposal for a precedence order and handshaking protocol among the various software components involved in color document processing. As color peripherals become affordable to the SOHO market, color management also becomes a prerequisite for common document authoring applications such as word processors. The first color management solutions were oriented towards DTP environments whose requirements were largely different. For example, DTP documents are image-centric, as opposed to SOHO documents that are text and charts centric. To achieve optimal reproduction on low-cost SOHO peripherals, it is critical that different color rendering methods are used for the different document object types. The first challenge in using color management of color document processing is the association of rendering methods with object types. As a result of an evolutionary process, color matching solutions are now available as application software, as driver embedded software and as operating system extensions. Consequently, document processing faces a new challenge, the correct selection of the color matching solution while avoiding duplicate color corrections.

  8. Determination of the unsulfonated color concentration from D&C Yellow No. 10 by the derivative spectrophotometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berdie, A. D.; Jitian, S.

    2018-01-01

    The method that we used is based on the measurement of the first derivative of the mixture of the two colorants at the wavelength for which one of them has the first derivative equal to zero. The Code of Federal Regulations (21 CFR 74.1710) specifies for D&C Yellow No. 10 the maximum permitted levels of an unsulfonated subsidiary color and of diethyl ether-soluble matter other than that specified. In the proposed method a color additive sample is dissolved in water and the unsulfonated subsidiary color are extracted from this solution with dichloromethane. The analysts in dichloromethane solution are determined by spectrophotometry. The unsulfonated subsidiary colors determined are: - D&C Yellow No. 11 [2-(2-Quinolinyl)-1H-indene-1,3(2H)-dione] (Y11), from which D&C Yellow No. 10 is manufactured by sulfonating and - 1,5-Naphthyridinequinophthalone (1,5-NQ). Another compound soluble in water and dichloromethane (which I called S) is present in dichloromethane solution after extraction together with the other two colors and can affect the correct determination of the concentrations. The dichloromethane-soluble matter other than specified is a mixture consisting mostly of chlorinated derivatives of the unsulfonated subsidiary color. Because the S color is present both in aqueous and in dichloromethane solutions, the spectra of calibration solutions should be corrected. The applied correction does not affect the determination of the unsulfonated subsidiary colors concentrations. D&C Yellow No. 11 and 1,5-NQ are used as standard for unsulfonated subsidiary colors.

  9. Assessment of color parameters of composite resin shade guides using digital imaging versus colorimeter.

    PubMed

    Yamanel, Kivanc; Caglar, Alper; Özcan, Mutlu; Gulsah, Kamran; Bagis, Bora

    2010-12-01

    This study evaluated the color parameters of resin composite shade guides determined using a colorimeter and digital imaging method. Four composite shade guides, namely: two nanohybrid (Grandio [Voco GmbH, Cuxhaven, Germany]; Premise [KerrHawe SA, Bioggio, Switzerland]) and two hybrid (Charisma [Heraeus Kulzer, GmbH & Co. KG, Hanau, Germany]; Filtek Z250 [3M ESPE, Seefeld, Germany]) were evaluated. Ten shade tabs were selected (A1, A2, A3, A3,5, A4, B1, B2, B3, C2, C3) from each shade guide. CIE Lab values were obtained using digital imaging and a colorimeter (ShadeEye NCC Dental Chroma Meter, Shofu Inc., Kyoto, Japan). The data were analyzed using two-way analysis of variance and Bonferroni post hoc test. Overall, the mean ΔE values from different composite pairs demonstrated statistically significant differences when evaluated with the colorimeter (p < 0.001) but there was no significant difference with the digital imaging method (p = 0.099). With both measurement methods in total, 80% of the shade guide pairs from different composites (97/120) showed color differences greater than 3.7 (moderately perceptible mismatch), and 49% (59/120) had obvious mismatch (ΔE > 6.8). For all shade pairs evaluated, the most significant shade mismatches were obtained between Grandio-Filtek Z250 (p = 0.021) and Filtek Z250-Premise (p = 0.01) regarding ΔE mean values, whereas the best shade match was between Grandio-Charisma (p = 0.255) regardless of the measurement method. The best color match (mean ΔE values) was recorded for A1, A2, and A3 shade pairs in both methods. When proper object-camera distance, digital camera settings, and suitable illumination conditions are provided, digital imaging method could be used in the assessment of color parameters. Interchanging use of shade guides from different composite systems should be avoided during color selection. © 2010, COPYRIGHT THE AUTHORS. JOURNAL COMPILATION © 2010, WILEY PERIODICALS, INC.

  10. Reliability of blood color and blood gases in discriminating arterial from venous puncture during cardiopulmonary resuscitation.

    PubMed

    Park, Je Sung; Lee, Byung Kook; Jeung, Kyung Woon; Choi, Sung Soo; Park, Sang Wook; Song, Kyung Hwan; Lee, Sung Min; Heo, Tag; Min, Yong Il

    2015-04-01

    We investigated the use of blood color brightness and blood gas variables for discriminating arterial from venous puncture during cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). The study's aims were to determine if discrimination using Po2 is superior to using blood color brightness, and if blood color brightness, Po2, and acid-base variables derived from blood gas analysis accurately discriminate arterial from venous blood during CPR. Fifteen pigs underwent ventricular fibrillation followed by CPR. During CPR, paired femoral arterial and venous blood samples were obtained, and 2 blinded observers were asked to identify the blood's origin. Blood color brightness was measured using a blood brightness scale (BBS). The discriminatory performances of the BBS and blood gas variables were evaluated by calculating the area under receiver operating characteristic curves (AUC). The observers accurately discriminated arterial from venous blood with a sensitivity of 97.0% (84.7%-99.5%) and specificity of 84.9% (69.1%-93.4%). The BBS (AUC = 0.983) and Po2 (AUC = 0.981) methods both showed comparable and excellent discriminatory performances. pH, Pco2, and HCO3(-) all discriminated arterial from venous blood (AUC = 0.831, 0.971, and 0.652, respectively). The AUC for Pco2 was comparable to that for Po2 but significantly larger than that for pH (P = .002) or HCO3(-) (P < .001). The BBS and Po2 methods showed comparable and excellent discrimination performances. Using pH, Pco2, and HCO3(-) levels also discriminated arterial from venous blood during CPR with statistical significance. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  11. Perception of color emotions for single colors in red-green defective observers.

    PubMed

    Sato, Keiko; Inoue, Takaaki

    2016-01-01

    It is estimated that inherited red-green color deficiency, which involves both the protan and deutan deficiency types, is common in men. For red-green defective observers, some reddish colors appear desaturated and brownish, unlike those seen by normal observers. Despite its prevalence, few studies have investigated the effects that red-green color deficiency has on the psychological properties of colors (color emotions). The current study investigated the influence of red-green color deficiency on the following six color emotions: cleanliness, freshness, hardness, preference, warmth, and weight. Specifically, this study aimed to: (1) reveal differences between normal and red-green defective observers in rating patterns of six color emotions; (2) examine differences in color emotions related to the three cardinal channels in human color vision; and (3) explore relationships between color emotions and color naming behavior. Thirteen men and 10 women with normal vision and 13 men who were red-green defective performed both a color naming task and an emotion rating task with 32 colors from the Berkeley Color Project (BCP). Results revealed noticeable differences in the cleanliness and hardness ratings between the normal vision observers, particularly in women, and red-green defective observers, which appeared mainly for colors in the orange to cyan range, and in the preference and warmth ratings for colors with cyan and purple hues. Similarly, naming errors also mainly occurred in the cyan colors. A regression analysis that included the three cone-contrasts (i.e., red-green, blue-yellow, and luminance) as predictors significantly accounted for variability in color emotion ratings for the red-green defective observers as much as the normal individuals. Expressly, for warmth ratings, the weight of the red-green opponent channel was significantly lower in color defective observers than in normal participants. In addition, the analyses for individual warmth ratings in

  12. Perception of color emotions for single colors in red-green defective observers

    PubMed Central

    Inoue, Takaaki

    2016-01-01

    It is estimated that inherited red-green color deficiency, which involves both the protan and deutan deficiency types, is common in men. For red-green defective observers, some reddish colors appear desaturated and brownish, unlike those seen by normal observers. Despite its prevalence, few studies have investigated the effects that red-green color deficiency has on the psychological properties of colors (color emotions). The current study investigated the influence of red-green color deficiency on the following six color emotions: cleanliness, freshness, hardness, preference, warmth, and weight. Specifically, this study aimed to: (1) reveal differences between normal and red-green defective observers in rating patterns of six color emotions; (2) examine differences in color emotions related to the three cardinal channels in human color vision; and (3) explore relationships between color emotions and color naming behavior. Thirteen men and 10 women with normal vision and 13 men who were red-green defective performed both a color naming task and an emotion rating task with 32 colors from the Berkeley Color Project (BCP). Results revealed noticeable differences in the cleanliness and hardness ratings between the normal vision observers, particularly in women, and red-green defective observers, which appeared mainly for colors in the orange to cyan range, and in the preference and warmth ratings for colors with cyan and purple hues. Similarly, naming errors also mainly occurred in the cyan colors. A regression analysis that included the three cone-contrasts (i.e., red-green, blue-yellow, and luminance) as predictors significantly accounted for variability in color emotion ratings for the red-green defective observers as much as the normal individuals. Expressly, for warmth ratings, the weight of the red-green opponent channel was significantly lower in color defective observers than in normal participants. In addition, the analyses for individual warmth ratings in

  13. Population genomics of parallel hybrid zones in the mimetic butterflies, H. melpomene and H. erato

    PubMed Central

    Ruiz, Mayté; Salazar, Patricio; Counterman, Brian; Medina, Jose Alejandro; Ortiz-Zuazaga, Humberto; Morrison, Anna; Papa, Riccardo

    2014-01-01

    Hybrid zones can be valuable tools for studying evolution and identifying genomic regions responsible for adaptive divergence and underlying phenotypic variation. Hybrid zones between subspecies of Heliconius butterflies can be very narrow and are maintained by strong selection acting on color pattern. The comimetic species, H. erato and H. melpomene, have parallel hybrid zones in which both species undergo a change from one color pattern form to another. We use restriction-associated DNA sequencing to obtain several thousand genome-wide sequence markers and use these to analyze patterns of population divergence across two pairs of parallel hybrid zones in Peru and Ecuador. We compare two approaches for analysis of this type of data—alignment to a reference genome and de novo assembly—and find that alignment gives the best results for species both closely (H. melpomene) and distantly (H. erato, ∼15% divergent) related to the reference sequence. Our results confirm that the color pattern controlling loci account for the majority of divergent regions across the genome, but we also detect other divergent regions apparently unlinked to color pattern differences. We also use association mapping to identify previously unmapped color pattern loci, in particular the Ro locus. Finally, we identify a new cryptic population of H. timareta in Ecuador, which occurs at relatively low altitude and is mimetic with H. melpomene malleti. PMID:24823669

  14. Factors influencing internal color of cooked meats.

    PubMed

    Suman, Surendranath P; Nair, Mahesh N; Joseph, Poulson; Hunt, Melvin C

    2016-10-01

    This manuscript overviews the pertinent research on internal color of uncured cooked meats, biochemical processes involved in meat cookery, and fundamental mechanisms governing myoglobin thermal stability. Heat-induced denaturation of myoglobin, responsible for the characteristic dull-brown color of cooked meats, is influenced by a multitude of endogenous (i.e., pH, muscle source, species, redox state) and exogenous (i.e., packaging, ingredients, storage) factors. The interactions between these factors critically influence the internal cooked color and can confuse the consumers, who often perceive cooked color to be a reliable indicator for doneness and safety. While certain phenomena in cooked meat color are cosmetic in nature, others can mislead consumers and result in foodborne illnesses. Research in meat color suggests that processing technologies and cooking practices in industry as well as households influence the internal cooked color. Additionally, the guidelines of many international public health and regulatory authorities recommend using meat thermometers to determine safe cooking endpoint temperature and to ensure product safety. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  15. Green colorants based on energetic azole borates.

    PubMed

    Glück, Johann; Klapötke, Thomas M; Rusan, Magdalena; Stierstorfer, Jörg

    2014-11-24

    The investigation of green-burning boron-based compounds as colorants in pyrotechnic formulations as alternative for barium nitrate, which is a hazard to health and to the environment, is reported. Metal-free and nitrogen-rich dihydrobis(5-aminotetrazolyl)borate salts and dihydrobis(1,3,4-triazolyl)borate salts have been synthesized and characterized by NMR spectroscopy, elemental analysis, mass spectrometry, and vibrational spectroscopy. Their thermal and energetic properties have been determined as well. Several pyrotechnic compositions using selected azolyl borate salts as green colorants were investigated. Formulations with ammonium dinitramide and ammonium nitrate as oxidizers and boron and magnesium as fuels were tested. The burn time, dominant wavelength, spectral purity, luminous intensity, and luminous efficiency as well as the thermal and energetic properties of these compositions were measured. © 2014 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  16. Automatic color preference correction for color reproduction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tsukada, Masato; Funayama, Chisato; Tajima, Johji

    2000-12-01

    The reproduction of natural objects in color images has attracted a great deal of attention. Reproduction more pleasing colors of natural objects is one of the methods available to improve image quality. We developed an automatic color correction method to maintain preferred color reproduction for three significant categories: facial skin color, green grass and blue sky. In this method, a representative color in an object area to be corrected is automatically extracted from an input image, and a set of color correction parameters is selected depending on the representative color. The improvement in image quality for reproductions of natural image was more than 93 percent in subjective experiments. These results show the usefulness of our automatic color correction method for the reproduction of preferred colors.

  17. [Investigation of the function of the glass colorant on the machinable infiltrated ceramics color].

    PubMed

    Yang, Xiao-Yu; Liu, Chang-Hong; Liao, Yun-Mao; Xian, Su-Qin; Gao, Wen-Feng

    2006-06-01

    To investigae the function of the glass colorant on the color of the machinable infiltrated ceramics(MIC). Five kinds of glass with different colorant were infiltrated through the aluminous matrix by heating the components to 1 100 degrees C for 2 hours. The specimens surface was polished, and their thickness was 0.5 mm. The refractive index of the MIC infiltration glass was 1.59691 (587.6 nm, nd) . The most different parameter of the MIC color were L*, then a*, and b* had little difference . The parameters of the color space of MIC were: L*(64.55-71.46), a*(3.35-7.38), b*(10.00-12.41), Ca*b*(11.38-13.95), ha*b*(54.07-73.00). These were almost close to the color parameters of Vita In-ceram. This experiment proved that the glass colorant was changed the MIC color parameters, and the main function was on L*, then a*. The ceramic color was up to the requirement of clinic.

  18. Frequency of color blindness in pre-employment screening in a tertiary health care center in Pakistan.

    PubMed

    Chhipa, Shaukat Ali; Hashmi, Farzeen K; Ali, Shehreen; Kamal, Mustafa; Ahmad, Khabir

    2017-01-01

    To describe the frequency of color vision deficiency among Pakistani adults presenting for pre-employment health screening in a tertiary care hospital. The cross-sectional study was carried out at the Aga Khan University Hospital, Karachi, and the data was collected for color vision deficiency, age, gender, and job applied for from pre-employment examination during 2013-2014. IBM SPSS 20 was used for statistical analysis. Three thousand four hundred and thirty seven persons underwent pre-employment screening during 2013 and 2014; 1837 (53.44%) were males and 1600 (46.65%) females. The mean age was 29.01 (±6.53) years. A total of 0.9% (32/3437) persons had color vision deficiency with male being 1.4% and female 0.4%. Color vision deficiency was observed in 0.9% of candidates screened for pre-employment health check up in a tertiary care hospital. The color vision deficiency was predominantly present in male individuals.

  19. Colors of Dwarf Ellipticals from GALEX to WISE

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schombert, James M.

    2018-02-01

    Multicolor photometry is presented for a sample of 60 dwarf ellipticals (dE’s) selected by morphology. The sample uses data from GALEX, SDSS, and WISE to investigate the colors in the NUV, ugri, and W1 (3.4 μm) filters. We confirm the blueward shift in the color–magnitude relation (CMR) for dE’s, compared to the CMR for bright ellipticals, as seen in previous studies. However, we find that the deviation in color across the UV to near-IR for dE’s is a strong signal of a younger age for dE’s, one that indicates decreasing mean age with lower stellar mass. Lower mass dE’s are found to have mean ages of 4 Gyr and mean [Fe/H] values of ‑1.2. Age and metallicity increase tothe most massive dE’s, with mean ages similar to normal ellipticals (12 Gyr) and their lowest metallicities ([Fe/H] = ‑0.3). Deduced initial star formation rates for dE’s, combined with their current metallicities and central stellar densities, suggest a connection between field low surface brightness (LSB) dwarfs and cluster dE’s, where the cluster environment halts star formation for dE’s, triggering a separate evolutionary path.

  20. Red-Green Color Vision Impairment in Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy

    PubMed Central

    Costa, Marcelo Fernandes ; Oliveira, Andre Gustavo Fernandes ; Feitosa-Santana, Claudia ; Zatz, Mayana ; Ventura, Dora Fix 

    2007-01-01

    The present study evaluated the color vision of 44 patients with Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD) (mean age 14.8 years; SD 4.9) who were submitted to a battery of four different color tests: Cambridge Colour Test (CCT), Neitz Anomaloscope, Ishihara, and American Optical Hardy-Rand-Rittler (AO H-R-R). Patients were divided into two groups according to the region of deletion in the dystrophin gene: upstream of exon 30 (n=12) and downstream of exon 30 (n=32). The control group was composed of 70 age-matched healthy male subjects with no ophthalmological complaints. Of the patients with DMD, 47% (21/44) had a red-green color vision defect in the CCT, confirmed by the Neitz Anomaloscope with statistical agreement (P<.001). The Ishihara and the AO H-R-R had a lower capacity to detect color defects—5% and 7%, respectively, with no statistical similarity between the results of these two tests nor between CCT and Anomaloscope results (P>.05). Of the patients with deletion downstream of exon 30, 66% had a red-green color defect. No color defect was found in the patients with deletion upstream of exon 30. A negative correlation between the color thresholds and age was found for the controls and patients with DMD, suggesting a nonprogressive color defect. The percentage (66%) of patients with a red-green defect was significantly higher than the expected <10% for the normal male population (P<.001). In contrast, patients with DMD with deletion upstream of exon 30 had normal color vision. This color defect might be partially explained by a retina impairment related to dystrophin isoform Dp260. PMID:17503325

  1. H3K4me3 induces allosteric conformational changes in the DNA-binding and catalytic regions of the V(D)J recombinase

    PubMed Central

    Bettridge, John; Na, Chan Hyun; Desiderio, Stephen

    2017-01-01

    V(D)J recombination is initiated by the recombination-activating gene (RAG) recombinase, consisting of RAG-1 and RAG-2 subunits. The susceptibility of gene segments to cleavage by RAG is associated with histone modifications characteristic of active chromatin, including trimethylation of histone H3 at lysine 4 (H3K4me3). Binding of H3K4me3 by a plant homeodomain (PHD) in RAG-2 stimulates substrate binding and catalysis, which are functions of RAG-1. This has suggested an allosteric mechanism in which information regarding occupancy of the RAG-2 PHD is transmitted to RAG-1. To determine whether the conformational distribution of RAG is altered by H3K4me3, we mapped changes in solvent accessibility of cysteine thiols by differential isotopic chemical footprinting. Binding of H3K4me3 to the RAG-2 PHD induces conformational changes in RAG-1 within a DNA-binding domain and in the ZnH2 domain, which acts as a scaffold for the catalytic center. Thus, engagement of H3K4me3 by the RAG-2 PHD is associated with dynamic conformational changes in RAG-1, consistent with allosteric control by active chromatin. PMID:28174273

  2. Effect of coffe and a cola-based soft drink on the color stability of bleached bovine incisors considering the time elapsed after bleaching

    PubMed Central

    PIROLO, Rodrigo; MONDELLI, Rafael Francisco Lia; CORRER, Gisele Maria; GONZAGA, Carla Castiglia; FURUSE, Adilson Yoshio

    2014-01-01

    There is no consensus about the waiting time necessary for the patient to start consuming beverages containing colorants again after bleaching. Objective: To evaluate the influence of beverages with coloring agents on bleached bovine incisors considering the time elapsed after bleaching. Materials and methods: Sixty bovine incisors were bleached with 35% hydrogen peroxide for in-office use (Whiteness HP Max) and divided into 10 groups. The color was evaluated with a spectrophotometer (Spectro Shade MICRO) before and after bleaching, employing the CIE-Lab system. After bleaching, the teeth were exposed for 5 min to coffee or cola-based soft drink (CBSD) at different periods after bleaching: 10 min, 1 h, 24 h, 48 h, and 72 h. Color (∆E) and lightness (∆L) variations were obtained from the CIE-Lab coordinates. Data were subjected to two-way ANOVA and Tukey HSD tests (p<0.05). Results: Significant differences were observed between groups for both the ∆L and ∆E values (p<0.001). All specimens presented a decrease in brightness (negative ∆L). The highest ∆E values were observed for teeth stained with a CBSD at 10 min and 1 h (4.12 and 4.16, respectively). Teeth pigmented with coffee presented ∆E values below 3.3 units for all evaluation times. Conclusion: The exposure to coffee after bleaching causes less color changes than the exposure to a CBSD regardless of the time after bleaching. PMID:25075672

  3. Effect of coffee and a cola-based soft drink on the color stability of bleached bovine incisors considering the time elapsed after bleaching.

    PubMed

    Pirolo, Rodrigo; Mondelli, Rafael Francisco Lia; Correr, Gisele Maria; Gonzaga, Carla Castiglia; Furuse, Adilson Yoshio

    2014-01-01

    There is no consensus about the waiting time necessary for the patient to start consuming beverages containing colorants again after bleaching. To evaluate the influence of beverages with coloring agents on bleached bovine incisors considering the time elapsed after bleaching. Sixty bovine incisors were bleached with 35% hydrogen peroxide for in-office use (Whiteness HP Max) and divided into 10 groups. The color was evaluated with a spectrophotometer (Spectro Shade MICRO) before and after bleaching, employing the CIE-Lab system. After bleaching, the teeth were exposed for 5 min to coffee or cola-based soft drink (CBSD) at different periods after bleaching: 10 min, 1 h, 24 h, 48 h, and 72 h. Color (∆E) and lightness (∆L) variations were obtained from the CIE-Lab coordinates. Data were subjected to two-way ANOVA and Tukey HSD tests (p<0.05). Significant differences were observed between groups for both the ∆L and ∆E values (p<0.001). All specimens presented a decrease in brightness (negative ∆L). The highest ∆E values were observed for teeth stained with a CBSD at 10 min and 1 h (4.12 and 4.16, respectively). Teeth pigmented with coffee presented ∆E values below 3.3 units for all evaluation times. The exposure to coffee after bleaching causes less color changes than the exposure to a CBSD regardless of the time after bleaching.

  4. The astrochemistry of H+3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Herbst, E.

    2000-09-01

    The reactions of the molecular ion H3+ are pivotal to the chemistry of dense interstellar clouds. Produced by the cosmic-ray ionizati on of molecular hydrogen, H3+ reacts with a variety of a toms and molecules to produce species that are precursors to many of the detect ed molecules in dense clouds. For example, the reaction of H3+ with atomic O leads, eventually, to the production of water, while the re action with HD leads to the production of a wide variety of deuterated isotopom ers. In this article, the chemistry of H3+ and the produc ts derived from it are discussed in the larger context of interstellar chemistr y.

  5. The role of spatial organization in preference for color pairs.

    PubMed

    Schloss, Karen B; Palmer, Stephen E

    2011-01-01

    We investigated how spatial organization influences color-pair preference asymmetries: differential preference for one color pair over another when the pairs contain the same colors in opposite spatial configurations. Schloss and Palmer (2011, Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics 73 55-571) found weak figure ground preference asymmetries for small squares centered on large squares in aesthetic ratings. Here, we found robust preference asymmetries using a more sensitive forced-choice task: participants strongly prefer pairs with yellower, lighter figures on bluer, darker grounds (experiment 1). We also investigated which spatial factors influence these preference asymmetries. Relative area of the two component regions is clearly important, and perceived 3-D area of the 2-D displays (ie after the ground is amodally completed behind the figure) is more influential than 2-D area (experiment 2). Surroundedness is not required, because yellowness blueness effects were comparable for pairs in which the figure was surrounded by the ground, and for mosaic arrangements in which the regions were adjacent and separated by a gap (experiment 3). Lightness darkness effects, however, were opposite for figure ground versus mosaic organizations: people prefer figure-ground organizations in which smaller regions are lighter, but prefer mosaic organizations in which smaller regions are darker. Physiological, phenomenological, and ecological explanations of the reported results are discussed.

  6. H3K27me3 and H3K4me3 chromatin environment at super-induced dehydration stress memory genes of Arabidopsis thaliana.

    PubMed

    Liu, Ning; Fromm, Michael; Avramova, Zoya

    2014-03-01

    Pre-exposure to a stress may alter the plant's cellular, biochemical, and/or transcriptional responses during future encounters as a 'memory' from the previous stress. Genes increasing transcription in response to a first dehydration stress, but producing much higher transcript levels in a subsequent stress, represent the super-induced 'transcription memory' genes in Arabidopsis thaliana. The chromatin environment (histone H3 tri-methylations of Lys 4 and Lys 27, H3K4me3, and H3K27me3) studied at five dehydration stress memory genes revealed existence of distinct memory-response subclasses that responded differently to CLF deficiency and displayed different transcriptional activities during the watered recovery periods. Among the most important findings is the novel aspect of the H3K27me3 function observed at specific dehydration stress memory genes. In contrast to its well-known role as a chromatin repressive mechanism at developmentally regulated genes, H3K27me3 did not prevent transcription from the dehydration stress-responding genes. The high H3K27me3 levels present during transcriptionally inactive states did not interfere with the transition to active transcription and with H3K4me3 accumulation. H3K4me3 and H3K27me3 marks function independently and are not mutually exclusive at the dehydration stress-responding memory genes.

  7. Coherent control of D2/H2 dissociative ionization by a mid-infrared two-color laser field

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wanie, Vincent; Ibrahim, Heide; Beaulieu, Samuel; Thiré, Nicolas; Schmidt, Bruno E.; Deng, Yunpei; Alnaser, Ali S.; Litvinyuk, Igor V.; Tong, Xiao-Min; Légaré, François

    2016-01-01

    Steering the electrons during an ultrafast photo-induced process in a molecule influences the chemical behavior of the system, opening the door to the control of photochemical reactions and photobiological processes. Electrons can be efficiently localized using a strong laser field with a well-designed temporal shape of the electric component. Consequently, many experiments have been performed with laser sources in the near-infrared region (800 nm) in the interest of studying and enhancing the electron localization. However, due to its limited accessibility, the mid-infrared (MIR) range has barely been investigated, although it allows to efficiently control small molecules and even more complex systems. To push further the manipulation of basic chemical mechanisms, we used a MIR two-color (1800 and 900 nm) laser field to ionize H2 and D2 molecules and to steer the remaining electron during the photo-induced dissociation. The study of this prototype reaction led to the simultaneous control of four fragmentation channels. The results are well reproduced by a theoretical model solving the time-dependent Schrödinger equation for the molecular ion, identifying the involved dissociation mechanisms. By varying the relative phase between the two colors, asymmetries (i.e., electron localization selectivity) of up to 65% were obtained, corresponding to enhanced or equivalent levels of control compared to previous experiments. Experimentally easier to implement, the use of a two-color laser field leads to a better electron localization than carrier-envelope phase stabilized pulses and applying the technique in the MIR range reveals more dissociation channels than at 800 nm.

  8. Callisto False Color

    NASA Image and Video Library

    1996-09-26

    This false color picture of Callisto was taken by NASA's Voyager 2 on July 7, 1979 at a range of 1,094,666 kilometers (677,000 miles) and is centered on 11 degrees N and 171 degrees W. This rendition uses an ultraviolet image for the blue component. Because the surface displays regional contrast in UV, variations in surface materials are apparent. Notice in particular the dark blue haloes which surround bright craters in the eastern hemisphere. The surface of Callisto is the most heavily cratered of the Galilean satellites and resembles ancient heavily cratered terrains on the moon, Mercury and Mars. The bright areas are ejecta thrown out by relatively young impact craters. A large ringed structure, probably an impact basin, is shown in the upper left part of the picture. The color version of this picture was constructed by compositing black and white images taken through the ultraviolet, clear and orange filters. http://photojournal.jpl.nasa.gov/catalog/PIA00457

  9. Comparison of (/sup 3/H)pirenzepine and (/sup 3/H)quinuclidinylbenzilate binding to muscarinic cholinergic receptors in rat brain

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Luthin, G.R.; Wolfe, B.B.

    The properties of (/sup 3/H)quinuclidinylbenzilate ( (/sup 3/H)QNB) binding and (/sup 3/H)pirenzepine ( (/sup 3/H)PZ) binding to various regions of rat brain were compared. (/sup 3/H)PZ appeared to bind with high affinity to a single site, with a Kd value of approximately 15 nM in the cerebral cortex. The rank order of potencies of muscarinic drugs to inhibit binding of either (/sup 3/H)QNB or (/sup 3/H)PZ was QNB greater than atropine . scopolamine greater than pirenzepine greater than oxotremorine greater than bethanechol. Muscarinic antagonists (except PZ) inhibited both (/sup 3/H)PZ and (/sup 3/H)QNB binding with Hill coefficients of approximately 1.more » PZ inhibited (/sup 3/H)QNB binding in cortex with a Hill coefficient of 0.7, but inhibited (/sup 3/H)PZ binding with a Hill coefficient of 1.0. Hill coefficients for agonists were less than 1. The density of (/sup 3/H)PZ binding sites was approximately half the density of (/sup 3/H)QNB binding sites in cortex, striatum and hippocampus. In pons-medulla and cerebellum, the densities of (/sup 3/H)PZ binding sites were 20 and 0%, respectively, relative to the densities of (/sup 3/H)QNB binding sites. When unlabeled PZ was used to compete for (/sup 3/H)QNB binding, the relative number of high-affinity PZ binding sites in cortex, pons and cerebellum agreed with the relative number of (/sup 3/H)PZ binding sites in those regions. The binding of (/sup 3/H)PZ and (/sup 3/H)QNB was nonadditive in cortex. GTP inhibited high-affinity oxotremorine binding, but not PZ binding. Together, these data suggest that (/sup 3/H)PZ binds to a subset of (/sup 3/H)QNB binding sites. Whether this subset reflects the existence of subtypes of muscarinic receptors or is a consequence of coupling to another membrane protein remains to be seen.« less

  10. Color attributes and oxidative stability of longissimus lumborum and psoas major muscles from Nellore bulls.

    PubMed

    Canto, Anna C V C S; Costa-Lima, Bruno R C; Suman, Surendranath P; Monteiro, Maria Lucia G; Viana, Fernanda M; Salim, Ana Paula A A; Nair, Mahesh N; Silva, Teofilo J P; Conte-Junior, Carlos A

    2016-11-01

    The influence of muscle source on color stability of fresh beef from purebred Bos indicus cattle was investigated. Longissimus lumborum (LL) and psoas major (PM) muscles obtained from twelve (n=12) Nellore bull carcasses (24h post-mortem) were fabricated into 2.54-cm steaks, aerobically packaged, and stored at 4°C for nine days. Steaks were analyzed on day 0 for proximate composition and myoglobin concentration, whereas pH, instrumental color, metmyoglobin reducing activity (MRA), lipid oxidation, and protein oxidation were evaluated on days 0, 3, 6, and 9. LL steaks exhibited greater (P<0.05) redness, color stability, and MRA than PM counterparts. On the other hand, PM steaks demonstrated greater (P<0.05) myoglobin content, lipid oxidation, and protein oxidation than LL steaks. These results indicated the critical influence of muscle source on discoloration of fresh beef from Bos indicus animals and suggested the necessity to engineer muscle-specific strategies to improve color stability and marketability of beef from Bos indicus cattle. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  11. Improving Learning Results and Reducing Cognitive Load through 3D Courseware on Color Management and Inspection Instruction

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hsiung, Liang-Yuan; Lai, Mu-Hui

    2013-01-01

    This study intends to solve the problem that schools in Taiwan lack of the equipment for color management and inspection instruction and seek ways to improve learning results and reduce cognitive load. The researchers developed 3D courseware for color management and inspection through a research and development process. To further scrutinize the…

  12. Clarifying color category border according to color vision

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ichihara, Takumi; Ichihara, Yasuyo G.

    2015-01-01

    We usually recognize color by two kinds of processes. In the first, the color is recognized continually and a small difference in color is recognized. In the second, the color is recognized discretely. This process recognizes a similar color of a certain range as being in the same color category. The small difference in color is ignored. Recognition by using the color category is important for communication using color. It is known that a color vision defect confuses colors on the confusion locus of color. However, the color category of a color vision defect has not been thoroughly researched. If the color category of the color vision defect is clarified, it will become an important key for color universal design. In this research, we classified color stimuli into four categories to check the shape and the border of the color categories of varied color vision. The experimental result was as follows. The border of protanopia is the following three on the CIE 1931 (x, y) chromaticity diagram: y = -0.3068x + 0.4795, y = -0.1906x + 0.4021, y = -0.2624x + 0.3896. The border of deuteranopia is the following three on the CIE 1931 (x, y) chromaticity diagram: y = -0.7931x + 0.7036, y = -0.718x + 0.5966, y = -0.6667x + 0.5061.

  13. Magneto-optical investigation of MgSO3·6H2O with polarized light

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Petkova, P.

    2017-10-01

    The crystals of magnesium sulphite hexahydrate (MgSO3·6H2O) belong to point group C3 (no center of symmetry). They possess gyrotropy and nonlinear optical properties. The refractive index no and ne, the angle of Faraday rotation φ(λ), the Verdet constant V(λ), the magneto-optic anomaly factor γ(λ) and the density of oscillators N of MgSO3·6H2O single crystals have been studied in the present work. The investigations were carried out in the spectral range 300 - 800 nm with linear polarized light E ⃗ ⊥ c ̅ , E ⃗ | | c ̅ (c ̅ is the optical axis of MgSO3·6H2O) propagated in the direction (10 1 ̅ 0) .

  14. 7 CFR 58.633 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Color. 58.633 Section 58.633 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....633 Color. Coloring used for ice cream and related products shall be those certified by the U.S. Food...

  15. 7 CFR 58.633 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Color. 58.633 Section 58.633 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....633 Color. Coloring used for ice cream and related products shall be those certified by the U.S. Food...

  16. 7 CFR 58.633 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Color. 58.633 Section 58.633 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....633 Color. Coloring used for ice cream and related products shall be those certified by the U.S. Food...

  17. 7 CFR 58.633 - Color.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Color. 58.633 Section 58.633 Agriculture Regulations of the Department of Agriculture (Continued) AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (Standards, Inspections....633 Color. Coloring used for ice cream and related products shall be those certified by the U.S. Food...

  18. A one-step colorimetric acid-base titration sensor using a complementary color changing coordination system.

    PubMed

    Cho, Hui Hun; Kim, Si Hyun; Heo, Jun Hyuk; Moon, Young Eel; Choi, Young Hun; Lim, Dong Cheol; Han, Kwon-Hoon; Lee, Jung Heon

    2016-06-21

    We report the development of a colorimetric sensor that allows for the quantitative measurement of the acid content via acid-base titration in a single-step. In order to create the sensor, we used a cobalt coordination system (Co-complex sensor) that changes from greenish blue colored Co(H2O)4(OH)2 to pink colored Co(H2O)6(2+) after neutralization. Greenish blue and pink are two complementary colors with a strong contrast. As a certain amount of acid is introduced to the Co-complex sensor, a portion of greenish blue colored Co(H2O)4(OH)2 changes to pink colored Co(H2O)6(2+), producing a different color. As the ratio of greenish blue and pink in the Co-complex sensor is determined by the amount of neutralization reaction occurring between Co(H2O)4(OH)2 and an acid, the sensor produced a spectrum of green, yellow green, brown, orange, and pink colors depending on the acid content. In contrast, the color change appeared only beyond the end point for normal acid-base titration. When we mixed this Co-complex sensor with different concentrations of citric acid, tartaric acid, and malic acid, three representative organic acids in fruits, we observed distinct color changes for each sample. This color change could also be observed in real fruit juice. When we treated the Co-complex sensor with real tangerine juice, it generated diverse colors depending on the concentration of citric acid in each sample. These results provide a new angle on simple but quantitative measurements of analytes for on-site usage in various applications, such as in food, farms, and the drug industry.

  19. Dynamic aggregation of the mid-sized gadolinium complex {Ph4[Gd(DTTA)(H2O)2](-)3}.

    PubMed

    Jaccard, Hugues; Miéville, Pascal; Cannizzo, Caroline; Mayer, Cédric R; Helm, Lothar

    2014-02-01

    A compound binding three Gd(3+) ions, {Ph4[Gd(DTTA)(H2O)2](-) 3} (where H5DTTA is diethylenetriaminetetraacetic acid), has been synthesized around a hydrophobic center made up of four phenyl rings. In aqueous solution the molecules start to self-aggregate at concentrations well below 1 mM as shown by the increase of rotational correlation times and by the decrease of the translational self-diffusion constant. NMR spectra recorded in aqueous solution of the diamagnetic analogue {Ph4[Y(DTTA)(H2O)2](-)3} show that the aggregation is dynamic and due to intermolecular π-stacking interactions between the hydrophobic aromatic centers. From estimations of effective radii, it can be concluded that the aggregates are composed of two to three monomers. The paramagnetic {Ph4[Gd(DTTA)(H2O)2](-)3} exhibits concentration-dependent (1)H NMR relaxivities with high values of approximately 50 mM(-1) s(-1) (30 MHz, 25 °C) at gadolinium concentrations above 20 mM. A combined analysis of (1)H NMR dispersion profiles measured at different concentrations of the compound and (17)O NMR data measured at various temperatures was performed using different theoretical approaches. The fitted parameters showed that the increase in relaxivity with increasing concentration of the compound is due to slower global rotational motion and an increase of the Lipari-Szabo order parameter S(2).

  20. Sensory Drive, Color, and Color Vision.

    PubMed

    Price, Trevor D

    2017-08-01

    Colors often appear to differ in arbitrary ways among related species. However, a fraction of color diversity may be explained because some signals are more easily perceived in one environment rather than another. Models show that not only signals but also the perception of signals should regularly evolve in response to different environments, whether these primarily involve detection of conspecifics or detection of predators and prey. Thus, a deeper understanding of how perception of color correlates with environmental attributes should help generate more predictive models of color divergence. Here, I briefly review our understanding of color vision in vertebrates. Then I focus on opsin spectral tuning and opsin expression, two traits involved in color perception that have become amenable to study. I ask how opsin tuning is correlated with ecological differences, notably the light environment, and how this potentially affects perception of conspecific colors. Although opsin tuning appears to evolve slowly, opsin expression levels are more evolutionarily labile but have been difficult to connect to color perception. The challenge going forward will be to identify how physiological differences involved in color vision, such as opsin expression levels, translate into perceptual differences, the selection pressures that have driven those differences, and ultimately how this may drive evolution of conspecific colors.